Document:

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 10(C) 

EXECUTION VERSION 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

dated as of 

April 12, 2010 

between 
 THE
FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION 
 The Lenders Party Hereto 

and 
 JPMORGAN
CHASE BANK, N.A., 
 as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent 

 
  

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC, 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES LLC, 

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners 
  

 
 US BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 COMERICA BANK 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 

as Documentation Agents 
  

 
 WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Syndication Agent 

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 i 
  

 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE I	  	
			
		  	DEFINITIONS	  	
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Defined Terms	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Terms Generally	  	28
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Accounting Terms and Determinations	  	28
			
		  	ARTICLE II	  	
			
		  	THE CREDITS	  	
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	The Commitments	  	29
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Loans and Borrowings	  	30
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Procedures for Borrowings	  	30
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Funding of Loans	  	31
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Interest Elections; Conversion and Continuation Options	  	32
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments; Incremental Term Loans	  	33
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt	  	35
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Prepayment of Loans	  	38
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Fees	  	39
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Interest	  	40
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Alternate Rate of Interest	  	41
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Increased Costs	  	41
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	Break Funding Payments	  	42
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	Taxes	  	43
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs	  	44
	 SECTION 2.16.
	  	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	  	46
	 SECTION 2.17.
	  	Extension of Revolving Commitment Termination Date	  	46
	 SECTION 2.18.
	  	Defaulting Lenders	  	48
			
		  	ARTICLE III	  	
			
		  	LETTERS OF CREDIT	  	
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	L/C Commitment	  	50
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit	  	50
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Fees and Other Charges	  	51
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	L/C Participations	  	51
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrower	  	52
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Obligations Absolute	  	53
	 SECTION 3.07.
	  	Letter of Credit Payments	  	53

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 ii 
  

					
	 SECTION 3.08.
	  	Applications	  	53
			
		  	ARTICLE IV	  	
			
		  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries	  	53
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	Authorization; Enforceability	  	54
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts	  	54
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	Financial Condition, Etc.	  	54
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	Properties	  	55
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	Litigation and Environmental Matters	  	55
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	Compliance with Laws and Agreements	  	55
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	Investment and Holding Company Status	  	55
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	Taxes, Etc	  	56
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	ERISA	  	56
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	Disclosure	  	56
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	Use of Credit	  	56
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	Regulation H	  	56
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	Matters Relating to Collateral.	  	56
	 SECTION 4.15.
	  	Senior Indebtedness	  	58
			
		  	ARTICLE V	  	
			
		  	CONDITIONS	  	
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	Conditions to Effectiveness	  	58
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	Each Credit Event	  	61
			
		  	ARTICLE VI	  	
			
		  	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	  	
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	Financial Statements and Other Information	  	61
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	Notices of Material Events	  	63
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	Existence; Conduct of Business	  	63
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Payment of Obligations	  	63
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	64
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	Books and Records; Inspection Rights	  	64
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	Compliance with Laws and Agreements	  	64
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	Insurance	  	64
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Further Assurances; Additional Subsidiary Guarantors; Additional Collateral	  	64
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Maintenance of Separateness	  	67
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Credit Ratings	  	68
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	Post-Closing Covenant	  	68

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 iii 
  

					
			
		  	ARTICLE VII	  	
			
		  	NEGATIVE COVENANTS	  	
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	Indebtedness	  	69
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	Liens; Negative Pledge	  	70
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	Investments; Joint Ventures	  	72
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	Guarantees	  	74
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	Restricted Junior Payments	  	74
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	Fundamental Changes; Disposal of Assets 	  	75
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	Lines of Business	  	77
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	77
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	Financial Covenants	  	77
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Synthetic Leases 	  	77
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions 	  	77
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	Amendments of Documents Relating to other Indebtedness	  	78
	 SECTION 7.13.
	  	Minimum Liquidity	  	78
			
		  	ARTICLE VIII	  	
			
		  	EVENTS OF DEFAULT	  	
			
		  	ARTICLE IX	  	
			
		  	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT	  	
			
		  	ARTICLE X	  	
			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	Notices	  	85
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	Waivers; Amendments	  	85
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	  	87
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	88
	 SECTION 10.05.
	  	Survival	  	91
	 SECTION 10.06.
	  	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	  	92
	 SECTION 10.07.
	  	Severability	  	92
	 SECTION 10.08.
	  	Right of Setoff	  	92
	 SECTION 10.09.
	  	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc	  	93
	 SECTION 10.10.
	  	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	93
	 SECTION 10.11.
	  	Headings	  	94
	 SECTION 10.12.
	  	Releases of Guaranties and Liens	  	94
	 SECTION 10.13.
	  	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality	  	94
	 SECTION 10.14.
	  	USA PATRIOT Act	  	95
	 SECTION 10.15.
	  	Marshalling; Payments Set Aside	  	95
	 SECTION 10.16.
	  	Effect of Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement	  	96
	 SECTION 10.17.
	  	Certain Agreements	  	96

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 iv 
  

					
	 SECTION 10.18.
	  	Certain Financial Statements	  	97

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 v 
  

							
	 SCHEDULE IA
	 		 	Revolving Lenders and Revolving Commitments	 	
				
	 SCHEDULE IB
	 		 	 Term Lenders and Term Commitments
	 	
				
	 SCHEDULE II
	 	-	 	 Disclosed Matters
	 	1
				
	 SCHEDULE III
	 	-	 	 Subsidiary Guarantors
	 	2
				
	 SCHEDULE IV
	 	-	 	 Subsidiaries; Excluded Subsidiaries
	 	4
				
	 SCHEDULE V
	 	-	 	 Existing Indebtedness
	 	12
				
	 SCHEDULE VI
	 	-	 	 Existing Liens
	 	14
				
	 SCHEDULE VII
	 	-	 	 Existing Guarantees
	 	16

  

									
					
	 EXHIBIT A
	 	-	 	 Form of Assignment and Assumption
	 		 	
					
	 EXHIBIT B
	 	-	 	 Form of Additional Commitment Agreement
	 		 	
					
	 EXHIBIT C
	 	-	 	 Form of Compliance Certificate
	 		 	
					
	 EXHIBIT D
	 	-	 	 Form of Opinions of Counsel to the Loan Parties
	 		 	
					
	 EXHIBIT E
	 	-	 	 Form of Financial Condition Certificate
	 		 	
					
	 EXHIBIT F
	 	-	 	 Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
	 		 	

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 12, 2010, among THE FIRST
AMERICAN CORPORATION, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Administrative Agent. 
 The Borrower (as
hereinafter defined), certain lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent thereunder are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 16, 2009 (as so amended and in effect immediately
prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement, the “Existing Credit Agreement”); 
 The Borrower and certain of
the lenders party to the Existing Credit Agreement desire that the Existing Credit Agreement be amended in certain respects and to be restated in its entirety, and accordingly, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of such
lenders hereby agree to amend the Existing Credit Agreement and the parties hereto hereby agree to restate the Existing Credit Agreement, as so amended, in its entirety, effective as of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined). The execution and
delivery of this Agreement shall not constitute a novation of the Existing Credit Agreement and all parties to the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue as parties to this agreement. Accordingly, the parties agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings
specified below: 
 “ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the
Loans constituting such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (by purchase or otherwise) of all or
substantially all of the business, property or fixed assets of, or the Capital Stock of, any Person or any division, business unit or line of business of any Person. 

“Additional Collateral Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.09(b). 

“Additional Revolving Commitment Lender” means any Person that agrees to provide a Revolving Commitment or (in the case
of an existing Revolving Lender) agrees to increase the amount of its Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.17, in each case with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). 

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, an interest rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period. 

 
 ©Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 2 
  

 “Administrative Agent” means JPMCB, in its capacity as administrative agent
for the Lenders hereunder and shall include any successor the Administrative Agent. 
 “Administrative
Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent. 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual shall be an Affiliate solely by reason of his or her being a director, officer or employee of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) none of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall be Affiliates of the Borrower and (c) (i) at any time prior to the Spin-Off, FINCO and its Subsidiaries shall be Affiliates of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and (ii) at any time after the Spin-Off, FINCO and its Subsidiaries shall only be Affiliates of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries if FINCO or any Subsidiary of FINCO directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 

“Agreement” means this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among The First American Corporation, the Lenders
party hereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent. 
 “Alternate Base Rate” means, for
any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar Loan with a one-month
interest period commencing on such day plus 1.00%. For purposes of this definition, Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined using Adjusted LIBO Rate as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the definition of Adjusted
LIBO Rate, except that (x) if a given day is a Business Day, such determination shall be made on such day (rather than two Business Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period) or (y) if a given day is not a Business Day, Adjusted
LIBO Rate for such day shall be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to preceding clause (x) for the most recent Business Day preceding such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the
Federal Funds Effective Rate or such Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be. 

“Applicable Rate” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan or an ABR Loan, or with
respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, respectively, opposite
the applicable Leverage Ratio then in effect: 
  

							
	     Leverage Ratio    
	 	 Eurodollar

            Spread  
          
	 	 ABR

            Spread  
          
	 	 Commitment

            Fee
Rate            

	 >2.00
	 	3.25%	 	2.25%	 	0.50%

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 3 
  

							
	 1.00 to 2.00
	 	3.00%	 	2.00%	 	0.50%
	 <1.00
	 	2.75%	 	1.75%	 	0.50%

 provided that (i) for
purposes of the foregoing, the initial Leverage Ratio is 2.60 to 1.00 and (ii) any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately
following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(c) and (b) with respect to any Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan, 3.25% if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 and 3.00% if the
Leverage Ratio is less than 1.00 to 1.00, and with respect to any Term Loan that is an ABR Loan, 2.25% if the Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 and 2.00% if the Leverage Ratio is less than 1.00 to 1.00, provided that the
Applicable Rate for any Incremental Term Loan shall be set forth in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Agreement. 

“Application” means an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the
Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit. 
 “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person)
that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or
(c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 
 “Asset Sale” means any
single Disposition or related series of Dispositions by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Third Party of (a) any of the Capital Stock of any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, (b) substantially all of the assets of any
division or line of business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business, or (c) any other assets (whether tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such other
assets to the extent that the aggregate value of such other assets Disposed of in any single Disposition or related series of Dispositions is equal to $5,000,000 or less). 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender as assignor and an assignee
(with the consent of each Person whose consent is required by Section 10.04(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent. 

“Available Retained Cash” means, on any Excess Cash Flow Application Date, an amount (which may be a negative amount)
equal to the sum of: 
 (a) the aggregate amount of all Excess Cash Flow calculated prior to or on such Excess Cash Flow
Application Date beginning with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011; minus 
 (b) the aggregate principal
amount of Term Loans prepaid or required to be prepaid prior to or on such Excess Cash Flow Application Date and since the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.08(c). 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 4 
  

 “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the
United States of America. 
 “Borrower” means The First American Corporation, a California corporation.

 “Borrowing” means a Revolving Borrowing or a Term Borrowing. 

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

 “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New
York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar
deposits in the London interbank market. 
 “Capital Expenditures” means for any period, with respect to any
Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capital Lease) of fixed or capital assets (including, without limitation, data and software) or additions to equipment
(including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries. 

“Capital Lease”, as applied to any Person, means any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that
Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person. 

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any
Capital Lease, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Securities” means preferred securities issued by a Subsidiary of the Borrower organized as a Delaware business
trust that are redeemable, at the option of such issuer, ten years or more after the issuance thereof, which securities are guaranteed by the Borrower and the proceeds of which are invested in junior subordinated securities of the Borrower.

 “Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing. 

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to
interest and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after the date
of acquisition thereof; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 5 
  

 
instrumentality thereof, each having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof or other durations approved by the Administrative Agent and, at the time of
acquisition, having a rating of at least “A-1” or “P-1” (or long-term ratings of at least “A2” or “A”) from either S&P or Moody’s, or, with respect to municipal bonds, a rating of at least MIG 1 or
VMIG 1 from Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof); (c) commercial paper maturing not more than 12 months after the date of creation thereof or other durations approved by the Administrative Agent and, at the time of acquisition, having
a rating of at least A-1 or P-1 from either S&P or Moody’s; (d) domestic and Eurodollar certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 6 months after the date of acquisition thereof and issued or accepted by any
Lender or by any other commercial bank that has combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (e) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above
entered into with any commercial bank meeting the requirements specified in clause (d) above or with any securities dealer of recognized national standing; (f) shares of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, or money market funds that invest solely in one or more of the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above; and (g) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, high quality, short-term liquid
Investments comparable to the types of Investments described in clauses (a) through (f) above made by such Foreign Subsidiary in the ordinary course of managing its surplus cash position in a manner consistent with past practices.

 “Cash Management Practices” means the cash, Cash Equivalent and short-term investment management practices
of the Loan Parties as approved by the board of directors or chief financial officer of the Borrower from time to time, including any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business having a maturity of ninety two
(92) days or less representing borrowings from any financial institution with which the Loan Parties have a depository or other investment relationship in connection with such practices (or any Affiliate of such financial institution), which
borrowings may be secured by the cash and Cash Equivalents purchased by the relevant Loan Party with the proceeds of such borrowings. 

“Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement,
(b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.12(b), by any
lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

 “Change of Control” means that during any period of 25 consecutive calendar months, (i) a majority of
the board of directors of the Borrower shall no longer be composed of individuals (a) who were members of said board on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Spin-Off, (b) whose election or nomination to said board was approved by
individuals referred to in clause (a) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of said board or (c) whose election or nomination to said board was approved by individuals referred to in clauses
(a) and (b)
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 6 
  

 
above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of said board or (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3
and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the outstanding common stock of the Borrower. 

“Closing Date” means the first date on which all of the conditions set forth in Section 5.01 have been satisfied or
waived. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

“Collateral” means all of the property (including Capital Stock) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to
the Collateral Documents as security for the Secured Obligations. 
 “Collateral Agent” means JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Collateral Documents and shall include any successor Collateral Agent. 

“Collateral Documents” means, and includes each of, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Additional Collateral
Document and all other security documents that may be entered into from time to time after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of
any Loan Party under any Loan Document. 
 “Commitment” means, as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Commitment
and the Revolving Commitment of such Lender. 
 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto delivered to the Administrative Agent and Lenders by the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.01(c). 

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, an amount equal to
(a) Consolidated Net Income plus (b) to the extent the following items are deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense,
(ii) taxes computed on the basis of income, (iii) total depreciation expense, (iv) total amortization expense (including amortization of deferred financing fees and other original issue discount and banking fees, charges and
commissions (e.g., letter of credit fees and commitment fees) of such Person determined on a consolidated basis for such period), (v) any expenses or charges incurred in connection with any issuance of debt or equity securities (including
upfront fees payable in respect of bank facilities), (vi) any fees and expenses related to Acquisitions and Investments permitted hereunder or acquisitions consummated prior to the date hereof, (vii) any other non-cash charges (including
without limitation impairment charges and excluding any such non-cash 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 7 
  

 
charges representing an accrual or reserve for expected cash items in any future period), (viii) any deduction for minority interest expense, (ix) any non-cash compensation charge
arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, (x) restructuring charges, reserves and severance charges for such period, not to exceed $20,000,000 for any one Fiscal Year and (xi) unrealized losses in respect
of Swap Agreements (but adding any realized losses to the extent not deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income) and minus (c) to the extent the following items are added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, the sum,
without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) any non-recurring gains, (ii) any non-cash gains, (iii) unrealized gains in respect of Swap Agreements (but deducting any realized gains to the extent not included in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income) and (iv) any gains arising as a result of the repurchase of Existing Notes at a discount, all of the foregoing as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in conformity
with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Companies” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 

“Consolidated Current Assets” means, at any date, all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in
conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date. 

“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth
opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding the current portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries; provided that any such excluded current portion of Indebtedness shall solely be in respect of Indebtedness which has a final maturity, or which is renewable or extendable (at the option of the Borrower) to a date, that is more
than one year from such date of determination of “total current liabilities”. 
 “Consolidated Interest
Expense” means, for any period, the sum, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the following: (a) all interest in respect of Indebtedness accrued
during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) plus (b) the net amounts payable (or minus the net amounts receivable) under Swap Agreements accrued during such period (whether or not actually paid or received
during such period). 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person (the “Subject
Person”) for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Subject Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with GAAP plus, for any period prior to
the Spin-Off, any allocation of general corporate expenses and overhead not attributable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) any income (or loss) in the Fiscal Year
ending December 31, 2010 from discontinued operations related to the Spin-Off, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Subject Person or is merged into or consolidated with the
Subject Person or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 8 
  

 
the Subject Person or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) any after-tax gains or losses, and any related fees and expenses, in each case to the extent attributable to Asset Sales or returned
surplus assets of any Plan, (d) any currency gains and losses, and (e) (to the extent not included in clauses (a) through (d) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses. 

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries at such date. 
 “Consolidated Total Senior Secured Debt” means, as at any date, the principal
amount of all Consolidated Total Debt that is not subordinated to the Obligations and that is secured by a first priority Lien on any assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 

“Consolidated Working Capital” means, as at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over
Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date. 
 “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings
correlative thereto. 
 “CoreLogic Buyback” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 7.03(k).

 “Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of
time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulting Lender” means any
Lender, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply
with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of
this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid
by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or
appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 9 
  

 
for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment. 

“Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits, proceedings and environmental matters disclosed in Schedule II.

 “Disposition” means, with respect to any property, any sale, lease, Sale/Leaseback Transaction, assignment,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings. 

“Dissenting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c). 

“Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof. 
 “ECF Percentage” means 50%; provided, that, with respect to each Fiscal Year ending on or
after December 31, 2011, the ECF Percentage shall be reduced to 0% if the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Year is less than 1.0 to 1.0. 

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions,
notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous
Material or to health and safety matters. 
 “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or
otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law,
(b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the
environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. 

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated
as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code. 

“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the
regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 10 
  

 
minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the
Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Plan,
or the failure by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the
termination of any Plan; (e) a determination that any Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the
PBGC or a plan administrator of any written notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer
Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any written notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent, in Reorganization, or in “endangered” or “critical”
status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA). 
 “Eurodollar”, when
used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII. 

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Fiscal Year, (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such Fiscal Year
and, without duplication (including of amounts included in determining Consolidated Net Income), (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such Fiscal Year, and (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash loss on the Disposition of property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year (other than sales of
inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus (b) the sum, without duplication (including of amounts deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income), of
(i) the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (ii) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash during such Fiscal Year on account of Capital Expenditures,
Acquisitions permitted under Section 7.06(d) and Investments permitted under Sections 7.03(h), (i), (j), (k), (n) and (p) (excluding (A) for any such Capital Expenditure, the principal amount of Indebtedness (other than Loans)
incurred in connection therewith and the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount used as financing therefor and (B) for any such Acquisition or Investment, the principal amount of Indebtedness (other than Loans) incurred in connection
therewith (but including any earnout or other payments made in connection with any such Acquisition)), (iii) the aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving Loans during such Fiscal Year to the

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 11 
  

 
extent accompanying permanent optional reductions of the Revolving Commitments and all optional prepayments of the Term Loans during such Fiscal Year, (iv) the aggregate amount of all
regularly scheduled principal payments of outstanding Indebtedness (including the Loans and the principal component of any payments in respect of Capital Leases) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made during such Fiscal Year (other than in
respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such Fiscal Year, (vi) prior to any Reinvestment Prepayment
Date with respect thereto and to the extent included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income, the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount, (vii) cash indemnity payments made pursuant to indemnification provisions in any agreement in
connection with the Spin-Off or any Asset Sale permitted pursuant to this Agreement and (viii) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gain on the Disposition of property by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year (other than
sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business), to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income. 

“Excess Cash Flow Application Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(c). 

“Excluded Domestic Subsidiaries” means, (i) as of any date of determination from the Closing Date until 90 days
thereafter, those Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower that, collectively for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ended most recently prior to such date of determination, constituted less than 10% of the Total Domestic Assets for such period and
(ii) as of any date of determination beginning 90 days after the Closing Date, those Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower that, collectively for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ended most recently prior to such date of determination,
constituted less than 5% of Total Domestic Assets for such period. 
 “Excluded Foreign Subsidiary” means any
Foreign Subsidiary in respect of which either (a) the pledge of all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary as Collateral or (b) the guaranteeing by such Subsidiary of the Obligations, would, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower,
result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower. 
 “Excluded Subsidiary” means any Excluded Domestic
Subsidiary or any Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any
Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United
States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.16(b)), any
withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or is attributable to such Foreign 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 12 
  

 
Lender’s failure or inability to comply with Section 2.14(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive
additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.14(a). 
 “Existing
Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto. 
 “Existing Note
Documents” means the indentures and/or trust agreements pursuant to which the Existing Notes were issued. 

“Existing Notes” means the (a) 5.70% senior debentures of the Borrower, due August 2014, (b) 7.55% senior
debentures of the Borrower, due August 2028, (c) preferred plus 7.55% trust certificates series FAR-I evidencing a fractional undivided interest in a portion of the senior debentures of the Borrower described in clause (b) (the
“Trust Certificates”), (d) 8.50% trust preferred securities, due 2012, issued by First American Capital Trust and (e) 8.50% junior subordinated deferrable interest debenture of the Borrower, due 2012. 

“Existing Revolving Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(a).

 “Experian” means Experian Information Solutions, Inc., an Ohio corporation, or any Affiliate thereof that
holds a membership interest in FARES. 
 “Experian Buyout Date” means the first date on which the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries own 100% of the membership interests of FARES. 
 “Facility” means each of the Term Facility
and the Revolving Facility. 
 “FAREISI” means First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc., a
California corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower. 
 “FARES” means First American Real
Estate Solutions LLC, a California limited liability company. 
 “FARES Documents” means (i) the Amended
and Restated Contribution and Joint Venture Agreement among the Borrower, FAREISI, Experian and FARES, dated as of December 31, 2009 and (ii) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement among FAREISI and Experian, dated as of
December 31, 2009. 
 “Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 13 
  

 
the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. 

“FINCO” means First American Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

“FINCO Subsidiary” means each Person that is a Subsidiary of FINCO at the time of the Spin-Off. 

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral
Document, that (a) such Lien has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral and (b) such Lien is the only Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.02) to which such Collateral is subject.

 “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year. 

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar
year. 
 “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that
in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or
pertaining to government. 
 “Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply
funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain
working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter
of credit or letter of guaranty issued to 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 14 
  

 
support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 

“Guaranties” means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any guaranty entered into by any Subsidiary of the
Borrower pursuant to Section 6.09. 
 “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances
or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other
substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law. 
 “Incremental Closing Date”
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(d). 
 “Incremental Term Lender” has the meaning
assigned to such term in Section 2.06(d). 
 “Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 2.06(d). 
 “Incremental Term Loan Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.06(d). 
 “Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of
such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind that in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or similar instruments (including surplus debentures or notes whether or not characterized as liabilities for purposes of GAAP and non-perpetual preferred stock requiring redemption or repurchase and any option exercisable in
respect thereof to the extent of such redemption or repurchase), (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person that in accordance with GAAP would be
shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of
business) that in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person, (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease
Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of
bankers’ acceptances and (j) for purposes of Article VIII(f) only, all obligations of such Person under Swap Agreements, after giving effect to applicable netting arrangements; provided that Indebtedness shall include the aggregate

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 15 
  

 
liquidation preference of all Capital Securities. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general
partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable
therefor. 
 “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. 

“INFOCO Subsidiary” means, on any date of determination prior to the date of the Spin-Off, each Subsidiary of the
Borrower other than FINCO or any FINCO Subsidiary. 
 “Insolvent” means, with respect to any Multiemployer
Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA. 
 “Issuing
Lender” means JPMCB or Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or any affiliate of either thereof, each in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit. References to “the Issuing Lender” herein shall refer to the Lender or
affiliate that is being requested to issue the Letter of Credit in question or that has issued such Letter of Credit. 

“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with
Section 2.05. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, each Quarterly Date,
(b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of each Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period that is more than three months long, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals
of three months after the first day of such Interest Period, (c) with respect to any Revolving Loan, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments and (d) with respect to any Term Loan, on the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 “Interest Period” means (a) for any Borrowing (other than an ABR Borrowing), the Interest Period of the
Loan or Loans constituting such Borrowing; and (b) (i) for any Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Revolving Loan and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is
one, two, three or six months or (if agreed to by all Lenders) nine or twelve months thereafter, as specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request and (ii) for any Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan, the period
commencing on the date of such Term Loan and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is three or six months or (if agreed to by all Lenders) one, two, nine or twelve months thereafter, as specified in the applicable
Interest Election Request (it being understood and agreed that, pursuant to Section 2.05(a), for the first 30 days following the Closing Date the Administrative Agent may (in its sole reasonable discretion) designate an Interest Period of one
month for the Term Loans that are Eurodollar Loans); provided that (x) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 16 
  

 
next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (y) any Interest Period that commences
on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.
For purposes hereof, the date of a Loan initially shall be the date on which such Loan is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan. 

“Investment” means (a) any purchase or other acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a
beneficial interest in, any Securities of, any other Person (other than a Person that prior to such purchase or acquisition was a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower), (b) any loan, advance (other than advances to
employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Third Party, including all indebtedness
and accounts receivable from that Third Party that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that Third Party in the ordinary course of business, or (c) any monetary obligations under Swap Agreements not constituting hedging
agreements; provided, however, that the purchase of any Trust Certificates (as defined in the definition of “Existing Notes”) shall not constitute an “Investment.” The amount of any Investment shall be (i) the original cost
of such Investment minus (ii) the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of any repayments, redemptions, dividends or distributions thereon or proceeds from the sale thereof, in each case to the extent of cash payments (including any
cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) actually received by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (B) the aggregate
amount described in the immediately preceding clause (i). 
 “IP Collateral” means the intellectual property
Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. 
 “Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership
or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other legal form; provided that in no event shall any Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

 “JPMCB” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 

“L/C Commitment” means $50,000,000. 

“L/C Obligations” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired
amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.05. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 17 
  

 “L/C Participants” means the collective reference to all the Revolving
Lenders other than the Issuing Lender. 
 “Lender Counterparties” means and includes any Lender and any
Affiliate thereof party to a Swap Agreement (notwithstanding the respective Lender subsequently ceases at any time to be a Lender under this Agreement for any reason), together with such Lender’s or Affiliate’s successors and assigns (if
any). 
 “Lenders” means the Revolving Lenders, the Term Lenders and the Incremental Term Lenders, other than
any such Revolving Lender, Term Lender or Incremental Term Lender that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or Section 10.02(c). 

“Letters of Credit” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a). 

“Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to
(b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ending on or prior to such date. 

“LIBO Rate” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01
Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative
Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
Period, as the rate for the offering of Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period shall be the arithmetic
mean of the rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in
immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum LIBO Rate with respect to any Term
Loan shall not in any event be less than 1.50%. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any
mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or title retention agreement
(or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset. 

“Loan” means any Revolving Loan or any Term Loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 18 
  

 “Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Guaranties and the Collateral
Documents. 
 “Loan Party” means the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and “Loan
Parties” means all such Persons, collectively. 
 “Majority-Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that
is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower. 
 “Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the
meaning of Regulations T, U and X of the Board. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on
(a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole. 

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any
Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time. 

“Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such
period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. 
 “Minority Interest” means the minority
interests in the Capital Stock of a Majority-Owned Subsidiary owned by Persons other than a Consolidated Company. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or similar security instrument. 

“Mortgage Policy” means a lender’s title insurance policy (Form 2006). 

“Mortgaged Property” means any Real Property having a fair market value of $1,000,000 or more and which is owned by the
Borrower or any other Loan Party and required to be subject to a Mortgage pursuant to Section 6.09(b). 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 19 
  

 “National Joint Venture” means a Joint Venture between the Borrower and/or
one or more of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a customer or client of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary thereof, on the other hand, in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries collectively own between 50% and 51% of the Capital Stock of the
Joint Venture. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event,
the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only
as and when received), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of
such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Collateral Document or granted to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, net of taxes paid or
reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and net of reserves reasonably established to fund contingent liabilities (including, without
limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligation, in each case as associated with such Asset Sale) and (b) in connection with
any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses
actually incurred in connection therewith. 
 “Non-Extending Revolving Lender” has the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 2.17(a). 
 “Obligations” means all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender pursuant to the terms of, or which may arise under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether on account of principal, interest, fees, Reimbursement Obligations, indemnities, costs or expenses. 

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement. 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity
performing similar functions. 
 “Permitted Action” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 10.17(a). 
 “Permitted Encumbrances” means (a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments
or other governmental charges that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04; (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s,

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 20 
  

 
landlords’, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being
contested in compliance with Section 6.04; (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j) of Article VIII and that are vacated, extinguished or removed within 30 days following attachment; (f) easements, zoning
restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or
interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (g) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and (h) with respect to any Mortgaged Property, such exceptions to title as are set forth in the Mortgage Policy delivered with respect thereto, all of which exceptions must be acceptable
to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company,
partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity. 
 “Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other
than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under
Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA. 

“Pledged Collateral” means the “Pledged Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 “Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime
rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. 

“Projections” means a detailed consolidated budget for the following Fiscal Year, including a projected consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following Fiscal Year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto.

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 21 
  

 “PTO” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any successor
or substitute office in which filings are necessary or, in the opinion of Collateral Agent, desirable in order to create or perfect Liens on any IP Collateral. 

“Quarterly Dates” means the 7th day of February, May, August and November in each year, the first of which shall be the
first such day after the date hereof; provided that if any such day is not a Business Day, then such Quarterly Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day (unless such succeeding Business Day falls in a subsequent calendar month, in which
event such Quarterly Date shall be the next preceding Business Day). 
 “Real Property” of any Person means all
the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including leaseholds. 

“Recovery Event” means any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any
condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Loan Party. 
 “Register” has the meaning set forth in
Section 10.04(c). 
 “Reimbursement Obligation” means the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the
Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.05 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit. 
 “Reincorporation”
means an event of the type described in Section 6.03(ii) or Section 7.06(a). 
 “Reinvestment Deferred
Amount” means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Loan Party in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(d) as a result of the delivery
of a Reinvestment Notice. 
 “Reinvestment Event” means any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which
the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice. 
 “Reinvestment Notice” means a written notice executed by a
Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects, within one year of the date of such Reinvestment Notice, to use all or a
specified portion, or to enter into a binding commitment to use all or a specified portion, of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business. 

“Reinvestment Prepayment Amount” means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount
relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s business. 

“Reinvestment Prepayment Date” means, with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring
one year after such Reinvestment Event, unless 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 22 
  

 
and to the extent the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) shall have, prior to such date, entered into a binding commitment to reinvest all or any portion of the relevant
Reinvestment Deferred Amount and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrower’s business with all or any portion of the relevant
Reinvestment Deferred Amount. 
 “Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such
Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates. 

“Reorganization” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within
the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA. 
 “Required Lenders” means, at any time, the holders of more than
50% of (a) until the Closing Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the total Revolving Commitments then in effect
or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that the unused Revolving Commitment and the portion of the total Revolving Credit Exposures held or
deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders. 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer,
chief accounting officer or treasurer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the treasurer, chief accounting officer or chief financial officer of the Borrower. 

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any
shares of any class of stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding owned by any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except a dividend payable solely in shares of common stock of the Borrower
or such Subsidiary or payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of that class, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of
any class of stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding owned by any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) any payment (other than a payment (including by way of cashless exercise)
made solely in any class of stock of the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary, as the case may be) made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of stock of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding owned by any Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance
(including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 23 
  

 “Revolver Availability Period” means the period from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and the date of termination in full of the Revolving Commitments. 

“Revolving Borrowing” means, with respect to the borrowings made under the Revolving Facility, (a) all ABR Loans
made or converted on the same date or (b) all Eurodollar Loans that have the same Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Revolving Borrowing comprising one or more Revolving Loans that have been converted or continued shall be the
effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans. 
 “Revolving
Commitment” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of
such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.17 and (b) reduced or
increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 10.04. The initial amount of each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule IA or in the Assignment and
Assumption pursuant to which such Revolving Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $500,000,000. 

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means (a) July 11, 2012 (or if such date is not a Business Day, the
immediately preceding Business Day) or (b) with respect to any Revolving Lender the Revolving Commitment of which has been extended pursuant to Section 2.17, the date to which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment has been so extended.

 “Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of (i) the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans at such time and (ii) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations outstanding at such time. 

“Revolving Extension Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(a). 

“Revolving Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(a). 

“Revolving Facility” means the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder. 

“Revolving Lender” means each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds a Revolving Loan. 

“Revolving Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a). 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 24 
  

 “Revolving Percentage” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the
percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.18 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Revolving Percentage” shall mean
the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the
Revolving Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Revolving Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services. 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
sell or otherwise transfer any of its property and thereafter rent or lease such property or similar property for substantially the same use or uses as the property sold or transferred. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the
functions of said Commission. 
 “Secured Hedging Agreement” means any Swap Agreement between the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries and a Lender Counterparty, as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, that mitigates the Borrower’s interest rate exposure under this Agreement and which is designated by the
Borrower as a “Borrower Secured Obligation” under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. 
 “Secured Hedging
Obligations” means, without duplication, all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Lender Counterparties, whenever arising, under the Secured Hedging Agreements, including
principal, interest, fees, premiums, scheduled periodic payments, breakage, termination and other payments, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence
of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Loan Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code). 

“Secured Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. 

“Secured Parties” means, collectively, each of (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the
Collateral Agent and (iv) the Lender Counterparties. 
 “Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership
interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible,
subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 25 
  

 
participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing. 

“Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Senior Secured Debt as
of such date to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ending on or prior to such date. 

“Spin-Off” means the distribution by the Borrower to its shareholders of all of the shares of common stock of FINCO
pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents. 
 “Spin-Off Documents” means the (i) Separation and Distribution
Agreement between the Borrower and FINCO; (ii) Tax Sharing Agreement between the Borrower and FINCO; (iii) Data Sharing Agreement between FINCO and First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.; (iv) License Agreement between FINCO, as
licensor, and First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc., as licensee; and (v) License Agreement between First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc., as licensor, and FINCO, as licensee, the forms of which are included as Exhibits to FINCO’s
filing on Form 10 made with the SEC. 
 “SPV” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(b).

 “Statutory Reserve Rate” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, a fraction (expressed
as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the arithmetic mean, taken over each day in such Interest Period, of the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any
marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation
D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for
proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in
any reserve percentage. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower which is
subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the
“parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (other than a National Joint Venture) the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the
parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (other than a
National Joint Venture) (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership
interests are, as of such date, 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 26 
  

 
owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the
parent. Unless otherwise specified, for any time prior to the Spin-Off, “Subsidiary” means an INFOCO Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, for any time on or after the Spin-Off, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
For the avoidance of doubt, FINCO and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Subsidiaries of the Borrower. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower other than any Excluded Subsidiary. The Subsidiary
Guarantors as of the Closing Date are listed on Schedule III hereto. 
 “Swap Agreement” means any agreement
with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or
pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services
provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement. 

“Synthetic Lease” means a lease of property or assets designed to permit the lessee (a) to claim depreciation on
such property or assets under U.S. tax law and (b) to treat such lease as an operating lease or not to reflect the leased property or assets on the lessee’s balance sheet under GAAP. 

“Targeted Assets” means assets or businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries designated by the Borrower as non-core
to its business and having an aggregate book value as of December 31, 2009 not in excess of $200,000,000, and assets incidental thereto. 

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed
by any Governmental Authority. 
 “Term Borrowing” means, with respect to the borrowings made under the Term
Facility, (a) all ABR Loans made or converted on the same date or (b) all Eurodollar Loans that have the same Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Term Borrowing comprising one or more Term Loans that have been converted or
continued shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Term Loan or Term Loans. 

“Term Commitment” means, with respect to any Lender, (a) the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan
to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule IB and (b) the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make an
Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on any Incremental Closing Date in a principal amount as agreed pursuant to Section 2.06(d). 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 27 
  

 The aggregate amount of the Term Commitments pursuant to clause (a) above is $350,000,000. 

“Term Facility” means the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder. 

“Term Lender” means each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan. 

“Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b) and shall include each Incremental Term Loan.

 “Term Percentage” means, with respect to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Term
Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Term Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the
aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding). 
 “Third Party” means any Person other than
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Total Assets” means, at any time with respect to any Person, the
total assets appearing on the most recently prepared consolidated balance sheet of such Person as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person for which such balance sheet is available, prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Total Domestic Assets” means, at any time, the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries at such time.

 “Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of Loan Documents, the
borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof. 
 “Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or
Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans constituting such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate. 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable
jurisdiction. 
 “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Securities of such Person having ordinary
voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors of such Person. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any
corporation, partnership or other entity of which all of the equity securities or other ownership interests (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors’ qualifying shares) are owned or controlled by the parent on such date. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 28 
  

 “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result
of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. 

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the
singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of
or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such
amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and
“hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all
tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. 
 
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms and Determinations. 
 (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders hereunder shall (unless otherwise disclosed to the Lenders in writing at the
time of delivery thereof in the manner described in subsection (b) below) be prepared, in accordance with (in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in the
preparation of the latest financial statements furnished to the Lenders hereunder (which, prior to the delivery of the first financial statements (after the date hereof) under Section 6.01, shall mean the financial statements as at
December 31, 2009 referred to in Section 4.04(a)). All calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be made by application of (in the case of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest annual or quarterly financial statements furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 (or, prior to
the delivery of the first financial statements (after the date hereof) under Section 6.01, used in the preparation of the financial statements as at December 31, 2009 referred to in Section 4.04(a)) unless (i) the Borrower shall
have objected to determining such compliance on such basis at the time of delivery of such financial statements or (ii) the Required Lenders shall so object within 30 days after delivery of such financial statements, in either of which events
such calculations shall be made on a basis consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest financial statements as to which such objection shall not have been made (which, if objection is made in respect of the first financial statements
delivered under Section 6.01, shall mean the financial statements referred to in Section 4.04(a)). 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 29 
  

 (b) The Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders at the same time as the delivery of any
annual or quarterly financial statement under Section 6.01 (i) a description in reasonable detail of any material variation between the application of accounting principles or practices employed in the preparation of such statement and the
application of accounting principles or practices employed in the preparation of the next preceding annual or quarterly financial statements as to which no objection has been made in accordance with the last sentence of subsection (a) above and
(ii) reasonable estimates of the difference between such statements arising as a consequence thereof. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower and the Lenders agree that, if after the date hereof, changes to
GAAP become effective so as to require the reduction of the carrying amount of goodwill upon impairment (including, without limitation, as a result of the establishment of a benchmark), disposition of assets, discontinuance of operations or other
similar events, then, for purposes of calculating compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.09, each such reduction shall be treated as an extraordinary non-cash item and shall be disregarded. 

(d) The Borrower will not change the last day of its Fiscal Year from December 31 of each year, or the last days of the first
three Fiscal Quarters in each of its Fiscal Years from March 31, June 30 and September 30 of each year, respectively. 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be
construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result
or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein. 

ARTICLE II 

THE CREDITS 

SECTION 2.01. The Commitments. 

(a) Revolving Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to
make revolving credit loans (“Revolving Loans”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolver Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving
Credit Exposure exceeding such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (b) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments. For the avoidance of doubt, the total Revolving Credit Exposures, if any, under
the Existing Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date shall be maintained as Revolving Credit Exposures hereunder. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow
Revolving Loans. 
 (b) Term Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender
severally agrees to make a term loan (a “Term Loan”) to the Borrower on the 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 30 
  

 
Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of the Term Commitment of such Term Lender. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed. The
Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.05 and 2.11. 

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. 

(a) Obligations of Lenders. Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type made by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective relevant Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of
the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. 

(b) Type of Loans. Subject to Section 2.11, each Borrowing shall be constituted entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar
Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. 
 Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing
any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 (c) Minimum Amounts; Limitation on Number of Borrowings. At the commencement of the Interest Period for any
Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $3,000,000 or a larger
multiple of $500,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that
there shall not at any time be more than a total of five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding. 
 (d) Limitations on
Lengths of Interest Periods. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert to or continue as a Eurodollar Borrowing, (i) any Revolving Borrowing if the Interest
Period requested therefor would end after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or (ii) any Term Borrowing if the Interest Period requested therefor would end after the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date. 

SECTION 2.03. Procedures for Borrowings. 

(a) Procedure for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent
of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing under the Revolving Facility, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Revolving Borrowing or (b) in the case
of an ABR Borrowing under the Revolving Facility, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Revolving Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed
promptly by hand 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 31 
  

 
delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written
Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02: 
 (i) the
aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing; 
 (ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business
Day; 
 (iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; 

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor, which shall be a period contemplated by
the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and 
 (v) the location and number of the
Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.04. 
 If no election as
to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03(a), the Administrative Agent shall advise each Revolving Lender of the details thereof and of the
amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing. 
 (b) Procedure
for Term Borrowings. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date)
requesting that the Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the date specified in such notice as the Closing Date and setting forth the related information of the types set forth in clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 2.03(a). 

SECTION 2.04. Funding of Loans. 

(a) Funding by Revolving Lenders. Each Revolving Lender shall make each Revolving Loan to be made by it hereunder on the
proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Revolving Lenders. The
Administrative Agent will make such Revolving Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the
Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request. 
 (b) Funding by Term Lenders. Each Term Lender shall make each Term
Loan to be made by it hereunder on the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Term
Lenders. The Administrative Agent will 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 32 
  

 
make such Term Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York
City and designated by the Borrower. 
 (c) Presumption by the Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent
shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such
Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as applicable, and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a
Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount
with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate
or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. 

SECTION 2.05. Interest Elections; Conversion and Continuation Options. 

(a) Elections by the Borrower for Borrowings; Initial Type of Loans. Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type
specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have the Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. For the first 30 days following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may (in its sole
reasonable discretion) designate an Interest Period for Term Loans which are Eurodollar Loans of one month. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue any Borrowing as a Borrowing of
the same Type and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect the Interest Period therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case
each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans constituting such Borrowing, and the Loans constituting each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. 

(b) Notice of Elections. To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of
such election by telephone (i) in the case of a proposed conversion to or continuation of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed conversion or continuation or
(ii) in the case of a proposed conversion to an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed conversion. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and
shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. 

(c) Information in Interest Election Requests. Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the
following information in compliance with Section 2.02: 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 33 
  

 (i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and,
if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) of this
paragraph shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); 
 (ii) the effective date of the election made
pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day; 
 (iii) whether the resulting
Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and 
 (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a
Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”. 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. 
 (d) Notice by the Administrative Agent to Lenders.
Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. 

(e) Failure to Elect; Events of Default. If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to
a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary
provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding
Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period therefor. 

SECTION 2.06. Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments; Incremental Term Loans.

 (a) Scheduled Termination of Revolving Commitments. Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitments shall
terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
 (b) Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving
Commitments. The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is $3,000,000 or a larger multiple
of $500,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.08, the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed
the total Revolving Commitments. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 34 
  

 (c) Notice of Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. The
Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction,
specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Revolving Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section
shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be
revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the
Revolving Commitments shall be made ratably among the Revolving Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments. 

(d) Incremental Term Loans. The Borrower may, from time to time by notice to the Administrative Agent, propose that
additional term loans be made hereunder (each an “Incremental Term Loan”) either by the agreement of one or more existing Term Lenders to make Incremental Term Loans or by the agreement of one or more Persons which are not then Term
Lenders to make Incremental Term Loans (each an “Incremental Term Lender”), in each case with the approval of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), which notice shall specify the name of each Incremental Term
Lender, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the portion thereof being made by each Incremental Term Lender, the date on which such Incremental Term Loans shall be made (an “Incremental Closing Date”) (which shall
be a Business Day at least three Business Days after delivery of such notice and 30 days prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date), the Applicable Rate for the Incremental Term Loans and any fees payable in connection therewith;
provided that no Lender shall have any obligation hereunder to become an Incremental Term Lender and any election to do so shall be in the sole discretion of each Lender; provided further that: 

(i) the minimum aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans made on any Incremental Closing Date and the minimum
amount thereof being made by any Incremental Term Lender shall be $10,000,000 and the amount thereof shall be a multiple of $5,000,000; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to any Incremental Term Loan, the total Loans and unused Revolving Commitments
hereunder shall not exceed $1,050,000,000; 
 (iii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the
relevant Incremental Closing Date or shall result from any Incremental Term Loan; 
 (iv) the
representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the relevant Incremental Closing Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated
to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date); 
 (v) no Incremental Term Loan shall
have an average weighted life to maturity which is shorter than the then remaining average weighted life to maturity of the Term 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 35 
  

 
Loans made on the Closing Date and each Incremental Term Loan shall have a final maturity no earlier than the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date; 

(vi) the Incremental Term Loans will be secured and guaranteed with the other Loans on a pari passu basis and will
be entitled to prepayments and voting rights on the same basis as the Term Loans made on the Closing Date unless a lesser treatment is agreed to by the Incremental Term Lenders; 

(vii) as of any Incremental Closing Date, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis giving
effect to the Incremental Term Loans to be made on such date and the use of proceeds thereof) shall be equal to or less than 2.50 to 1.0; and 

(viii) in respect of any Applicable Rate for any Incremental Term Loan (which shall be deemed to include all upfront
or similar fees or original issue discount payable in connection therewith), such Applicable Rate (A) shall not be greater than the Applicable Rate applicable to the other Term Loans (which shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees
or original issue discount payable in connection therewith) (the “Existing Applicable Rate”) or (B) if such Applicable Rate does exceed the Existing Applicable Rate, the Existing Applicable Rate shall be increased by the amount
necessary to eliminate such excess. 
 Each Incremental Term Loan shall be made as of the relevant Incremental Closing Date upon
receipt by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Incremental Closing Date, of (A) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that the conditions with respect to such Incremental
Term Loans under this paragraph (d) have been satisfied and (B) an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, duly executed by each applicable Incremental Term Lender and the Borrower and
acknowledged by the Administrative Agent (each such agreement, an “Incremental Term Loan Agreement”). Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a fully executed agreement from each Incremental Term Lender referred to in clause
(B) above, together with the certificate referred to in clause (A) above, each Incremental Term Lender shall make its portion of the Incremental Term Loans to be made by it hereunder on the applicable Incremental Closing Date by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Incremental Term Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Incremental Term Loans available to
the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower. 

SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. 

(a) Repayment of Revolving Loans. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for account
of the Revolving Lenders the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 36 
  

 (b) Repayment of Term Loans. (i) The Borrower hereby unconditionally
promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Term Lender the Term Loan (other than any Incremental Term Loan) of each Term Lender in consecutive quarterly installments on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter (or, in the case of the
last installment, the date that is the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date), each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Term Lender’s Term Percentage, multiplied by the amount set forth below opposite such installment: 

 

				
	 Installment
	  	Principal Amount
	 September 30, 2010
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2010
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2011
	  	$	875,000
	 June 30, 2011
	  	$	875,000
	 September 30, 2011
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2011
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2012
	  	$	875,000
	 June 30, 2012
	  	$	875,000
	 September 30, 2012
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2012
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2013
	  	$	875,000
	 June 30, 2013
	  	$	875,000
	 September 30, 2013
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2013
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2014
	  	$	875,000
	 June 30, 2014
	  	$	875,000
	 September 30, 2014
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2014
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2015
	  	$	875,000

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 37 
  

				
	 June 30, 2015
	  	$	875,000
	 September 30, 2015
	  	$	875,000
	 December 31, 2015
	  	$	875,000
	 March 31, 2016
	  	$	875,000
	 Sixth anniversary of the Closing Date
	  	$	329,875,000

 provided,
however, that in the event the Borrower at any time incurs unsecured Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.1(j) in an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000,000 and such unsecured Indebtedness is at any time scheduled to mature or
is subject to any mandatory repurchase, redemption or amortization (other than pursuant to customary asset sale and change of control provisions) prior to the date that is six months after the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, on the date three
months prior to such maturity or such mandatory repurchase, redemption or amortization (as such maturity date or date of mandatory repurchase, redemption or amortization may have been extended), so long as the aggregate principal amount of such
unsecured indebtedness is then more than $50,000,000, the Borrower shall repay in full the remaining principal amount of the Term Loan of such Term Lender and (ii) the Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent
for account of each Incremental Term Lender the Incremental Term Loan of each Incremental Term Lender in installments each of which shall be in an amount as set forth in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Agreement. 

(c) Maintenance of Loan Accounts by Lenders. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice
an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder. 

(d) Maintenance of Loan Accounts by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall maintain
accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a Revolving Loan or a Term Loan, the Type thereof and each Interest Period therefor, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof. 

(e) Effect of Entries. The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or
(d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

(f) Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such
event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 38 
  

 
Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more
promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns). 

SECTION 2.08. Prepayment of Loans. 

(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in
whole or in part, subject to the requirements of this Section. 
 (b) Mandatory Prepayments: Incurrence of
Indebtedness. If any Indebtedness shall be issued or incurred by any Loan Party (excluding any Indebtedness issued or incurred in accordance with Section 7.01), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied on
the date of such issuance or incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans. 
 (c) Mandatory Prepayments: Excess
Cash Flow. If, for any Fiscal Year commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, the Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply the ECF Percentage of such Excess
Cash Flow toward the prepayment of the Term Loans. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) no later than five days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial
statements of the Borrower referred to in Section 6.01(a), for the Fiscal Year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.

 (d) Mandatory Prepayments: Asset Sales; Recovery Events. If on any date any Loan Party shall receive Net Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans; provided that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans. 

(e) Notices, Etc. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment
hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00
p.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that
(A) if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.06, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in
accordance with Section 2.06 and (B) partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or whole multiple thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent
shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 39 
  

 
such that the remaining Borrowing would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the
Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing; provided that amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied, first, to ABR Loans and, second, to Eurodollar Loans (and if more than one Interest
Period is applicable to such Eurodollar Loans, to the Eurodollar Loans with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto and ending with the Eurodollar Loans with the most number of days remaining in the Interest
Period applicable thereto, in each case, subject to Section 2.13); provided, further, that optional prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(a) shall be applied to installments thereof as directed by the Borrower
(subject to Section 2.13) and mandatory prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to clauses (b), (c) and (d) of Section 2.08 shall be applied in direct order of the installments set forth in Section 2.07(b). Prepayments shall be
accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.10. 
 (f) Prepayment Account. At the
option of the Borrower, amounts to be applied to prepay Eurodollar Loans shall, if such prepayment would not occur on the last day of the relevant Interest Period, be deposited in the Prepayment Account (as defined below). The Administrative Agent
shall apply any cash deposited in the Prepayment Account to prepay the relevant Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the respective Interest Periods therefor (or, at the direction of the Borrower, on any earlier date). For purposes of this Agreement,
the term “Prepayment Account” shall mean an account established by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Borrower, invest amounts on deposit in the Prepayment Account in
Cash Equivalents that mature prior to the last day of the applicable Interest Periods of the Eurodollar Loans to be prepaid, provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall not be required to make any investment that, in its sole
judgment, would require or cause the Administrative Agent to be in, or would result in any, violation of any applicable law or regulation and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to invest amounts on deposit in the Prepayment
Account if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent for any losses relating to the investments so that the amount available to prepay Eurodollar Loans on the last day
of the applicable Interest Periods therefor is not less than the amount that would have been available had no investments been made. Other than any interest earned on such investments, the Prepayment Account shall not bear interest. Interest or
profits, if any, on such investments shall be deposited and reinvested and disbursed as described above. If the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated pursuant to Article VIII, the Administrative Agent shall apply amounts on deposit in the
Prepayment Account to prepay the Eurodollar Loans. 
 (g) Secured Hedging Obligations Unaffected. Any repayment or
prepayment made pursuant to this Section shall not affect the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s obligation to continue to make payments under any Secured Hedging Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such
repayment or prepayment, subject to the terms of such Secured Hedging Agreement. 
 SECTION
2.09. Fees. 
 (a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of
each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 40 
  

 
equal to the Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the
earlier of the date such Revolving Commitment terminates and the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable on each Quarterly Date and on the earlier of the date the Revolving Commitment terminates and the
Revolving Commitment Termination Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including
the first day but excluding the last day). 
 (b) Administrative Agent Fees; Amendment Fees. The Borrower agrees to
pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (ii) to each lender under the Existing Credit Agreement, an
amendment fee on the Closing Date for the account of such lender in the amount previously agreed to by the Borrower. 

(c) Payment of Fees. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the
Administrative Agent for distribution, in the case of commitment fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances. 

SECTION 2.10. Interest. 

(a) ABR Loans. The Loans constituting each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base
Rate plus the Applicable Rate. 
 (b) Eurodollar Loans. The Loans constituting each Eurodollar Borrowing
shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate. 

(c) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Reimbursement
Obligation or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, all outstanding Loans and Reimbursement Obligations (whether or not overdue) shall bear
interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of the Loans, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided above or (ii) in the case of any other amount (including, without
limitation, any Reimbursement Obligation), 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section. 

(d) Payment of Interest. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such
Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan under the
Revolving Facility prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or any other date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or
prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Borrowing shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 41 
  

 (e) Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the
basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year),
and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate
of Interest. If prior to the commencement of the Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing: 
 (a) the
Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or 

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period
will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter
and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of
any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing. 

SECTION 2.12. Increased Costs. 

(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall: 

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of,
deposits with or for account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate); or 

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement, any Letter of
Credit or any Eurodollar Loan made, issued or participated in, as the case may be, by such Lender 
 and the result of any of the foregoing
shall be to increase the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or issuing or participating in any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or
receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 42 
  

 (b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law
regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans or Letters of
Credit made, issued or participated in by such Lender, as the case may be, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s
policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s
holding company for any such reduction suffered. 
 (c) Certificates from Lenders. A certificate of a Lender setting
forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. 

(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not
constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months
prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in
Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. 

SECTION 2.13. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of
any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, (c) the
failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.08(e) and is revoked in accordance herewith),
or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender
for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of
(i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period
for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the
Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period, over (ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate
that would be bid by such Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for Dollar deposits from other banks in the eurodollar 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 43 
  

 
market at the commencement of such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to
the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. 

SECTION 2.14. Taxes. 

(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made
free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the
sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal
to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance
with applicable law. 
 (b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other
Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. 
 (c) Indemnification by the
Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or
asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative
Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 (d) Evidence of
Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by
such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

(e) Foreign Lenders. Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law
of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times
prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 44 
  

 SECTION 2.15. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment;
Sharing of Set-offs. 
 (a) Payments by the Borrower. The Borrower shall make each payment
required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or under Section 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or
counterclaim; provided that if a new Revolving Loan is to be made by any Revolving Lender on a date the Borrower is to repay any principal of an outstanding Loan of such Lender, such Lender shall apply the proceeds of such new Loan to the
payment of the principal to be repaid and only an amount equal to the difference between the principal to be borrowed and the principal to be repaid shall be made available by such Revolving Lender to the Administrative Agent as provided in
Section 2.04 or paid by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph, as the case may be. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been
received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except that payments pursuant to Sections
2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt
thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for
the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars. 
 (b) Application of
Insufficient Payments. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, to pay
interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, to pay principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties
entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties. 
 (c) Pro Rata
Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (i) each Borrowing shall be made from the relevant Lenders, each payment of commitment fees under Section 2.09 shall be made for account of the relevant Lenders and each
termination or reduction of the amount of the Revolving Commitments under Section 2.06 shall be applied to the respective Revolving Commitments of the relevant Lenders, pro rata according to their respective Term Percentages or Revolving
Percentages, as the case may be; (ii) (A) each Term Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Term Lenders according to the amounts of their respective Term Percentages or their respective Term Loans (in the case of continuations of
Term Loans) and (B) each Revolving Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Revolving Lenders according to the amounts of their respective Revolving Percentages (in the case of the making of Revolving Loans), or their respective
Revolving Loans (in the case of conversions and continuations of Revolving Loans); (iii) (A) each payment or prepayment of principal of Term Loans by the Borrower shall be made for 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 45 
  

 
account of the Term Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Term Loans held by them and (B) each payment or prepayment of principal of Revolving
Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Revolving Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Revolving Loans held by them and (iv) (A) each payment of interest on Term Loans by the
Borrower shall be made for account of the Term Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on the Term Loans then due and payable to such Term Lenders and (B) each payment of interest on Revolving Loans by the Borrower shall be
made for account of the Revolving Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on the Revolving Loans then due and payable to such Revolving Lenders. 

(d) Sharing of Payments by Lenders. Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments
to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans
resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon then due than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall
purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and
accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price
restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or
any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of
this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the
Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. 

(e) Presumptions of Payment. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower
prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in
accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds
Effective Rate. 
 (f) Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent. If any Lender shall fail to
make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c) or 2.15(e), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative
Agent or the Issuing Lender for 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 46 
  

 
account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. 

SECTION 2.16. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. 

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, or if the
Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding
or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable
pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.14, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. 

(b) Replacement of Lenders. If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, (ii) the Borrower is
required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, (iii) any Lender is a Dissenting Lender or (iv) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower
may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04), all its
interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) the Borrower shall have received the
prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (y) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued
fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (z) in the case of any such assignment
resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.14, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any
such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. 

SECTION 2.17. Extension of Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 

(a) The Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Revolving Lenders) not more than 90
days and not less than 30 days prior to each July 11 (or if such anniversary date is not a Business Day, the Business Date next succeeding such anniversary) (each such anniversary of July 11, a “Revolving Extension Closing
Date”), request (each, a “Revolving Extension Request”) that each Revolving Lender extend the Revolving Commitment Termination Date then in effect for such Revolving Lender (the “Existing Revolving Commitment
Termination Date”) for an additional one year; provided that only two Revolving Extension Requests may be requested hereunder. Each Revolving Lender, 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 47 
  

 
acting in its sole discretion, shall, by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent given not later than the 20th day (or such later day as shall be acceptable to the Borrower) following
the date of the Borrower’s notice, advise the Borrower and the Administrative Agent whether or not such Revolving Lender agrees to such extension; provided that any Revolving Lender that does not so advise the Borrower shall be deemed to
have rejected such Revolving Extension Request (any such Revolving Lender which shall have rejected or is deemed to have rejected such extension being a “Non-Extending Revolving Lender”). The election of any Revolving Lender to
agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Lender to so agree, and such election shall become effective only as provided under paragraph (c) of this Section. 

(b) The Borrower shall have the right, at any time on or prior to, or at any time following, the relevant Revolving Extension
Closing Date, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to replace any Non-Extending Revolving Lender with, and otherwise add to this Agreement, one or more Additional Revolving Commitment Lenders. Each Additional Revolving
Commitment Lender shall enter into an agreement with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B hereto, pursuant to which such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall, effective as of such
Extension Closing Date (or, if such replacement occurs thereafter, as of the relevant effective date of such replacement), provide a new or additional Revolving Commitment hereunder, as applicable, in the amount specified therein and (if not then an
existing Lender) become a Lender hereunder (and if such replacement shall be made after such Revolving Extension Closing Date, the Revolving Commitment Termination Date for such Revolving Commitment of such Additional Revolving Commitment Lender
shall be the latest date to which the Revolving Commitments of the other Revolving Lenders was extended as of such Revolving Extension Closing Date). 

(c) If (and only if) the total of the Revolving Commitments of the Revolving Lenders that have agreed in connection with any
Revolving Extension Request to extend the Existing Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (if applicable) the additional Revolving Commitments of the Additional Revolving Commitment Lender(s) shall be at least 50% of the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Commitments in effect immediately prior to the relevant Revolving Extension Closing Date, then, effective as of such Revolving Extension Closing Date, the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, but only with respect to the Revolving
Commitment of each Revolving Lender that has agreed to so extend its Revolving Commitment and (if applicable) each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender that has replaced a Non-Extending Revolving Lender, shall be extended to the date that is one
year after the then Existing Revolving Commitment Termination Date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) and (if not then an existing Revolving Lender) each Additional Revolving Commitment Lender shall
thereupon become a “Revolving Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that the extension of the Existing Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall not be effective with respect to any Revolving Lender unless as of the
relevant Revolving Extension Closing Date: (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
of the Existing Revolving Commitment Termination Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date) and the Administrative Agent
shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower certifying thereto and (iii) all amounts payable hereunder to any Non-Extending 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 48 
  

 
Revolving Lender that is being replaced by an Additional Revolving Commitment Lender in connection with such extension shall have been paid in full. Upon the effectiveness of such extension, the
Administrative Agent shall record the relevant information in the Register and give prompt notice of such extension to the Borrower and the Lenders. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any Non-Extending Revolving Lender, the Revolving Commitment
Termination Date for such Revolving Lender shall remain unchanged (and the Revolving Commitment of such Revolving Lender shall terminate, the Revolving Loans made by such Non-Extending Revolving Lender hereunder shall mature and be payable by the
Borrower, and all other amounts owing to such Non-Extending Revolving Lender hereunder shall be payable, on such date). 
 
SECTION 2.18. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting
Lender: 
 (a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender
pursuant to Section 2.09(a); 
 (b) the Revolving Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender
shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, all affected Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.02), provided
that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; 

(c) if any L/C Obligation exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then: 

(i) all or any part of such L/C Obligation shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with
their respective Revolving Percentages but only to the extent (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of such L/C Obligation does not exceed the total of
all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 are satisfied at such time; 

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower
shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of such L/C Obligation (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause
(i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article VIII for so long as such amount is outstanding; 

(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any amount of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of an L/C
Obligation pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 49 
  

 
Lender pursuant to Section 3.03(a) with respect to such amount during the period such amount is cash collateralized; 

(iv) if all or any part of an L/C Obligation is reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause
(i) above, then the fees payable to the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 2.09(a) and Section 3.03(a) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Percentages; and 

(v) if any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of an L/C Obligation is neither cash collateralized nor
reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.18(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Lender or any Lender hereunder, all commitment fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with
respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment that was utilized by such L/C Obligation) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 3.03(a) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Percentage of
such L/C Obligation shall be payable to the Issuing Lender until such amount is cash collateralized and/or reallocated. 

(d) subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.18, any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on
account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.15(d) but excluding Section 2.16(b)) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such
Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the
payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder, (iii) third, if so
determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by an Issuing Lender, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any existing or future participating interest in any Letter of
Credit, (iv) fourth, to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (v) fifth, if so
determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any Loans under this Agreement, (vi) sixth, to the payment of any
amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or such Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of
its obligations under this Agreement, (vii) seventh, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result
of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and (viii) eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided, with respect to this clause
(viii), that if such payment is (A) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit in which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (B) made at a time
when the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 are satisfied, such payment shall be 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 50 
  

 
applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans or reimbursement
obligations owed to any Defaulting Lender. 
 In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Issuing Lender each agrees that a
Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders and fulfill its reimbursement obligations in respect
of Letters of Credit as the Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans and reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit in accordance with its Revolving
Percentage, as applicable. 
 In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.18, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then
the Borrower may (in the event that the Borrower does not require such Defaulting Lender to assign and delegate its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.16(b)), on ten (10) Business Days’
prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay all obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such
termination date. 
 ARTICLE III 

LETTERS OF CREDIT 

SECTION 3.01. L/C Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing
Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.04(a), agrees to issue letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on any
Business Day during the Revolver Availability Period in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to
such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Revolving Commitments. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and
(ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with
a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). 

(b) The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if such issuance would conflict with, or
cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable law. 
 
SECTION 3.02. Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit. The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an
Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process
such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event
shall the Issuing 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 51 
  

 
Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and
information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to
the Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount
thereof). 
 SECTION 3.03. Fees and Other Charges. (a) The Borrower will pay a
fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Rate then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable on each Quarterly Date and
on the earlier of the date the Revolving Commitment terminates and the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own
account a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the undrawn and unexpired amount of each Letter of Credit, payable on each Quarterly Date and on the earlier of the date the Revolving Commitment terminates and the Revolving Commitment Termination
Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the issuance date. 
 (b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the
Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of
Credit. 
 SECTION 3.04. L/C Participations. (a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably
agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the
terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of
each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full
by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (or in the event that any reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by it at any time), such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon
demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount that is not so reimbursed (or is so returned). Each L/C Participant’s obligation to pay
such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Participant may have against the Issuing Lender, the
Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Article VI, (iii) any adverse change in the
condition (financial or 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 52 
  

 
otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Participant or (v) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. 
 (b) If any amount required
to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Issuing Lender within three Business
Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and
including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator
of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.04(a) is not made available to the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the
Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility. A certificate of the
Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. 

(c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C
Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.04(a), the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of
collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Issuing Lender will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided, however, that in the event that
any such payment received by the Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Issuing Lender to it. 

SECTION 3.05. Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrower. If any draft is paid under any Letter
of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender for the amount of (a) the draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment, not later than
1:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice of such draft, if such notice is received on such day prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, or (ii) if clause (i) above does not apply, the
Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds. If the Borrower
fails to so reimburse the Issuing Lender by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of the honor date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing and the amount of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage
thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested an ABR Borrowing to be disbursed on the honor date in an amount equal to the unreimbursed drawing, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02(c)
for the principal amount of ABR Loans, without the need for a Borrowing request but subject to the Revolving Credit Exposure and Revolving Commitments limitations set forth in Section 2.1(a) 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 53 
  

 
and the conditions set forth in Section 5.02. Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in
(x) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 2.10(a) and (y) thereafter, Section 2.10(c). 

SECTION 3.06. Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligations under this Article III
shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any
other Person. The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.05 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity
or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other
party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or
delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to
have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if
done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower. 

SECTION 3.07. Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any
Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in
addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in
conformity with such Letter of Credit. 
 SECTION 3.08. Applications. To the extent
that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article III, the provisions of this Article III shall apply. 

ARTICLE IV 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that: 

SECTION 4.01. Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries. Each Loan Party is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 54 
  

 
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required. Each Loan Party has all
requisite organizational power and authority to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the Transactions. All of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of the Closing Date are identified in Schedule IV annexed hereto
(which Schedule IV sets forth the exact legal name and jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each Subsidiary and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party) and each Excluded
Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement has been so designated on said Schedule. 
 SECTION
4.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate or limited liability company powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company and, if required,
by all necessary shareholder or member action. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document will be, duly executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party and constitutes (or, when executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party,
will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of the applicable Loan Party, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law). 
 SECTION 4.03. Governmental Approvals; No
Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect,
and (ii) any filings which are necessary to perfect the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the
Borrower or any other Loan Party or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any material assets
of any Loan Party, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than the
Liens created under the Collateral Documents in favor of Collateral Agent on behalf of Secured Parties. 
 
SECTION 4.04. Financial Condition, Etc. 
 (a) Financial Condition. The Borrower has heretofore
furnished to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 and the related unaudited pro forma statements of operations and cash flows for the Fiscal Years ended on
such dates, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and adjusted historically to reflect the consummation of the Spin-Off, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such
financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a pro forma consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied at the
dates and for the periods presented after giving effect to the Spin-Off. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 55 
  

 (b) No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2009, except for the
Spin-Off and the incurrence of the Loans, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

SECTION 4.05. Properties. 

(a) Property Generally. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its
real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.02 and except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such
properties for their intended purposes. 
 (b) Intellectual Property. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person,
except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

SECTION 4.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. 

(a) Actions, Suits and Proceedings. There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority now pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to
result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve the Loan Documents or the Transactions. 

(b) Environmental Matters. Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually
or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit,
license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for
any Environmental Liability. 
 SECTION 4.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

 Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental
Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 4.08. Investment and Holding Company Status.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to
regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 56 
  

 SECTION 4.09. Taxes, Etc. The Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns and reports required to have been filed and have paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except
(a) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 4.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is
reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

SECTION 4.11. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements,
instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None
of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other
information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading as of the date made;
provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time. 

SECTION 4.12. Use of Credit. The proceeds of the Loans shall be used for working capital and
other general corporate purposes. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of
buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock. 

SECTION 4.13. Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an
area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, unless flood insurance has
been obtained thereafter and is in effect. 
 SECTION 4.14. Matters Relating to
Collateral. 
 (a) Creation, Perfection and Priority of Liens. 

(i) The execution and delivery of the Collateral Documents by the Loan Parties, together with (A) the actions
taken on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.01(d) hereof and (B) the delivery to Collateral Agent of any Pledged Collateral not delivered to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent at the time of execution and delivery
of the applicable Collateral Document are effective to create in favor of the 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 57 
  

 
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, for the benefit of the appropriate Secured Parties, as security for the respective Secured Obligations, a valid and perfected First
Priority Lien on all of the Collateral, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain the perfection and First Priority status of such Liens have been duly made or taken and remain in full force and effect, other
than the filing or recording of any UCC financing statements or other Collateral Documents delivered to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent for filing or recordation (but not yet filed or recorded) and the periodic filing of UCC
continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements filed by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. 

(ii) Once executed and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 6.09(b), each Mortgage creates, as security
for the obligations purported to be secured thereby, a valid and enforceable perfected security interest in and mortgage lien on the respective Mortgaged Property in favor of Collateral Agent (or such other trustee as may be required or desired
under local law) for the benefit of the Secured Parties, superior and prior to the rights of all third Persons (except that the security interest and mortgage lien created on such Mortgaged Property may be subject to the Permitted Encumbrances
related thereto) and subject to no other Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances related thereto). 
 (b) Governmental
Authorizations. No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party of the Liens purported to be
created in favor of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether
specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except for filings or recordings contemplated by Section 4.14(a) and except as may be required, in connection with the
disposition of any Pledged Collateral, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of securities. 
 (c) Absence
of Third-Party Filings. Except such as may have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent as contemplated by Section 4.14(a) and filings for Liens permitted hereunder, (i) no effective UCC financing statement,
fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office (except as may have been filed (A) to secure Indebtedness which is no longer outstanding and
(B) with respect to commitments to lend which have been terminated) and (ii) no effective filing concerning a security interest or other Lien covering all or any part of the IP Collateral material to the Borrower’s business is on file
in the PTO or the United States Copyright Office. 
 (d) Margin Regulations. The pledge of the Pledged Collateral
pursuant to the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 58 
  

 (e) Information Regarding Collateral. All information supplied to the
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects. 

SECTION 4.15. Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness”
(or other comparable term) of the Borrower under and as defined in the Existing Note Documents governing any Subordinated Indebtedness. 

ARTICLE V 

CONDITIONS 

SECTION 5.01. Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement (and the
amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement to be effected hereby) shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions has been satisfied (or waived by the Required Lenders), which date shall not be
later than April 30, 2010: 
 (a) Agreement. The Borrower and the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the
Required Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement. 
 (b) Loan
Party Documents. On or before the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, deliver to the Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent for Lenders with sufficient originally executed copies, where appropriate, for
each Lender and its counsel) the following with respect to the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the Closing Date: 

(i) Certified copies of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other appropriate organizational documents
of such Person (except those organizational documents referred to in Section 6.12(d)), together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, each dated a recent date prior to
the Closing Date; 
 (ii) Copies of the bylaws or similar organizational documents of such Person,
certified as of the Closing Date by such Person’s corporate secretary or an assistant secretary (or the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of the Borrower); 

(iii) Resolutions of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person (except those resolutions
referred to in Section 6.12(e)) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of such Person
(or the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of the Borrower) as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 59 
  

 (iv) Signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such
Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and 
 (v) Executed originals of the Loan
Documents to which such Person is a party. 
 (c) Approvals. On or prior to the Closing Date, (i) all necessary
governmental (domestic and foreign) and material Third Party approvals and/or consents in connection with the Transactions and the granting of Liens under the Loan Documents shall have been obtained and remain in effect, and all applicable waiting
periods with respect thereto shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) there shall not exist
any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon the Transactions and (iii) there shall
be no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened (a) with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (b) which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall determine has had, or would reasonably be expected
to have, a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (d) Security Interests in Pledged Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall
have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents and
instruments, and made or caused to be made all such registrations, filings and recordings (other than the filing or recording of items described in clause (iii) below) that may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent,
desirable in order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First Priority security interest in the entire Pledged Collateral. Such actions shall include the
following: 
 (i) delivery to Collateral Agent of accurate and complete schedules to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement; 
 (ii) delivery to Collateral Agent of certificates to the extent applicable (which
certificates shall be accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Collateral Agent) representing all Capital Stock included in the Pledged Collateral; 

(iii) delivery to Collateral Agent of UCC financing statements with respect to the Collateral under the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement, for filing in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of each applicable Loan Party; 

(iv) certified copies of requests for information or copies (Form UCC-11), or equivalent reports as of a recent
date, listing all effective financing statements that name the Borrower or any other Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (iii) above and, to the extent requested by the Collateral Agent, in such
other jurisdictions in which Collateral 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 60 
  

 
is located on the Closing Date, together with copies of such other financing statements that name the Borrower or any other Loan Party as debtor (none of which shall cover any of the Collateral
except (A) to the extent evidencing Liens permitted by this Agreement or (B) those in respect of which Collateral Agent shall have received termination statements (Form UCC-3) or such other termination statements as shall be required by
local law fully executed for filing); 
 (v) evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the
reasonable opinion of Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect and protect the security interests purported to be created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement have been taken, and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be in full force and
effect. 
 (e) Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, the aggregate value of all assets of the Borrower and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, as certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, shall be equal to at least 90% of the value of the Total Domestic Assets. 

(f) Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties. The Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received original executed
copies of one or more favorable written opinions of (i) General Counsel for the Borrower and (ii) White & Case LLP, special counsel for Loan Parties, each dated as of the Closing Date and setting forth substantially the matters in
the opinions designated in Exhibit D annexed hereto and such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel for Loan Parties to deliver such opinions, in each case addressed to the
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in their capacities as such, and each of the Lenders. 
 (g) Solvency
Assurances. On the Closing Date, the Lenders shall have received a financial condition certificate dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E annexed hereto and with appropriate attachments demonstrating that, after giving
effect to the consummation of the Transactions and the Spin-Off (assuming the Spin-Off were to occur on the Closing Date), the Borrower will be solvent. 

(h) Fees. The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Agents and Lenders,
the fees payable on the Closing Date (i) that are described in the letter agreement dated January 28, 2010, among the Borrower, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities LLC and (ii) without duplication, the fees payable
on the Closing Date described in Section 2.09 hereof. 
 (i) Disclosed Matters. The Lenders shall be
satisfied that there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect. 

(j) Indebtedness. The Lenders shall have received Schedule V hereto listing all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness created
pursuant to this Agreement) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 61 
  

 (k) Liens. The Lenders shall have received Schedule VI hereto listing all Liens
(other than Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date that secure Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 

(l) Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received (i) the financial statements referred to in Section 4.04
and (ii) Projections for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010 through the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2014. 

(m) Credit Rating. The Borrower shall have obtained a rating for the Term Facility from each of Moody’s and S&P.

 SECTION 5.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on
the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (a) the
representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made
as of a specified date, as of such specified date); and 
 (b) at the time of and immediately after giving
effect to such Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 Each Borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of
Credit on behalf of the Borrower shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in the preceding sentence. 

ARTICLE VI 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated, no Letter of Credit remains outstanding and the principal of and interest on each
Loan and all fees and other amounts payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that: 

SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender: 
 (a) within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year (or such lesser number of
days within which the Borrower shall be required to file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for such Fiscal Year with the SEC, without regard to any extension of the SEC’s filing requirements), (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets and
related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all reported
on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such
audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 62 
  

 
and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and (ii) the Projections for the immediately following
Fiscal Year; 
 (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower
(or such lesser number of days within which the Borrower shall be required to file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for such Fiscal Quarter with the SEC, without regard to any extension of the SEC’s filing requirements), the consolidated
balance sheets and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of the Fiscal Year, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the corresponding period or periods of the previous Fiscal Year, all certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as presenting fairly in all
material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 (c) (i) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) of this Section, a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (A) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or
proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (B) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 7.09 and (ii) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) of this
Section, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto attaching (A) a schedule setting forth a computation of Excess Cash Flow generated during the most recent Fiscal Year covered by such
financial statements and (B) a schedule setting forth the portion of the baskets for Restricted Junior Payments used during the most recent Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 7.05 and the remaining portion available thereunder; 

(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials
filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be, provided that if any such report, statement or other
material is electronically filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC and is publicly available through the internet or other electronic means, the Borrower will notify the Lenders promptly following such filing and, only upon the
request of any Lender, furnish a copy of such report, statement or other material to such Lender; and 
 (e) (e) promptly
following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided, that if the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and/or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for
such documents or notices from such administrator of sponsor and the Borrower shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) promptly after receipt thereof; and 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 63 
  

 (f) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the
operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request (including accountants’ letters).

 SECTION 6.02. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following: 
 (a) the occurrence of any Default; 

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or
affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be
expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000; 
 (d) the
assertion of any environmental matter by any Person against, or with respect to the activities of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or
authorizations, other than any environmental matter or alleged violation that, if adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect; 

(e) in the event the Experian Buyout Date occurs, the Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of
such fact; and 
 (f) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse
Effect. 
 Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other
executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto. 

SECTION 6.03. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan
Party to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the
foregoing shall not prohibit (i) any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.06 or (ii) the Borrower from reincorporating in another state of the U.S. as long as (A) the Borrower remains liable
for all of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (B) the Borrower shall provide 30 days’ advance written notice to the Administrative Agent and comply with any reasonable request of the Administrative Agent in respect of
Section 6.09(c) prior to the effectiveness of such reincorporation. 
 SECTION 6.04.
Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 64 
  

 
a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings,
(b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect. 
 SECTION 6.05. Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will
cause each other Loan Party to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 

SECTION 6.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each other
Loan Party to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, permit
any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition
with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested. 
 
SECTION 6.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all
indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

SECTION 6.08. Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep
insured by financially sound and reputable insurers all property of a character usually insured by corporations engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured
against by such corporations and carry such other insurance as is usually carried by such corporations. Each such policy of insurance shall (a) name the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties as an additional insured thereunder as
its interests may appear and (b) in the case of each business interruption and casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, that names the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of Secured Parties as the loss payee thereunder for any covered loss and provides for at least 30 days prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of any modification or cancellation of such policy. The provisions of this
Section 6.08 shall be deemed supplemental to, but not duplicative of, the provisions of any Collateral Documents that require the maintenance of insurance. 

SECTION 6.09. Further Assurances; Additional Subsidiary Guarantors; Additional Collateral.

 (a) For each new Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party
(which, for the purposes of this paragraph (a), shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary), the Borrower will promptly (but, in any event, within 30 days following any such event) notify the

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 65 
  

 
Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of such event and (A) cause each such new Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a counterpart
of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) cause (I) the Capital Stock of each such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Loan Party, (II) the Capital Stock of each Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) of
such new Subsidiary and (III) if such new Subsidiary owns 65% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary), 65% of the Voting Stock and 100% of the
non-Voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case, to be pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and under any other pledge agreements or instruments that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to effectuate such pledge,
and (C) take all such further actions and execute all such further documents and instruments (including actions, documents and instruments comparable to those described in Section 5.01(d)) as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the
Collateral Agent, desirable to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the personal and mixed property assets of each such Subsidiary described in the
applicable forms of Collateral Documents. 
 (b) The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, grant to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Mortgages on Real Property not subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 (such Mortgages limited to unencumbered owned Real Property with a fair market value of $1,000,000 or
more) as may be requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (collectively, the “Additional Collateral Documents”). All such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable First Priority Liens. The Additional Collateral Documents or instruments related thereto shall have been duly recorded or filed in such manner and
in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Collateral Documents and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in
connection therewith shall have been paid in full. In the case of any Mortgages pursuant to this Section 6.09(b), the Borrower or the respective Loan Party shall deliver to the Collateral Agent: 

(i) a fully executed counterpart of such Mortgage and corresponding UCC fixture filings, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which Mortgage and UCC fixture filings shall cover such Mortgaged Property, together with evidence that counterparts of such Mortgage and UCC fixture filings have been delivered to the title insurance
company insuring the Lien of such Mortgage for recording; 
 (ii) a Mortgage Policy relating to such
Mortgage of the respective Mortgaged Property, issued by a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in an insured amount satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and insuring the Collateral Agent that the Mortgage on such Mortgaged
Property is a valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage lien on such Mortgaged Property, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, with such Mortgage Policy (1) to be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (2) to include, as requested by the Collateral Agent, to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction, 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 66 
  

 
supplemental endorsements (including, without limitation, endorsements relating to future advances under this Agreement and Swap Agreements with Lender Counterparties, usury, first loss, last
dollar, tax parcel, subdivision, zoning, contiguity, variable rate, doing business, public road access, survey, environmental lien, mortgage tax and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions and for any other matters that the
Collateral Agent in its discretion may reasonably request), (3) to not include the “standard” title exceptions, a survey exception or an exception for mechanics’ liens, and (4) to provide for affirmative insurance and such
reinsurance as the Collateral Agent in its discretion may reasonably request; 
 (iii) to induce the title
company to issue the Mortgage Policy referred to in clause (ii) above, such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification (including, without limitation, a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be
required by the title company, together with payment by the Borrower of all Mortgage Policy premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of such Mortgage and
issuance of such Mortgage Policy; 
 (iv) a survey of such Mortgaged Property (and all improvements
thereon) (1) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the state where such Mortgaged Property is located, (2) dated not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof, (3) certified by the
surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such and the title company, (4) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title
Association as such requirements are in effect on the date or preparation of such survey, and (5) sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Mortgage Policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue
the endorsements required pursuant to the provisions of clause (ii) above; 
 (v) to the extent
requested by the Collateral Agent, copies of all leases in which the Borrower or any other Loan Party holds the lessor’s interest or other agreements relating to possessory interests, if any; provided that, to the extent any of the
foregoing affect such Mortgaged Property, to the extent requested by the Collateral Agent, such agreements shall be subordinate to the Lien of the Mortgage to be recorded against such Mortgaged Property, either expressly by its terms or pursuant to
a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (with any such agreement being reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent); and 

(vi) flood certificates covering such Mortgaged Property in form and substance acceptable to the Collateral Agent,
certified to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such and whether or not such Mortgaged Property is located in a flood hazard area, as determined by designation of each such Mortgaged Property in a specified flood hazard zone by reference to the
applicable FEMA map. 
 (c) The Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, at the expense of the
Borrower, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 67 
  

 
financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, real property surveys, reports, control agreements and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps
relating to the Collateral covered by any of the Collateral Documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require and are necessary for the perfection or priority of the Liens intended to be granted by the Collateral Documents. Furthermore, the
Borrower will, and will cause the other Loan Parties that are Subsidiaries of the Borrower to, deliver to the Collateral Agent such opinions of counsel, title insurance and other related documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative
Agent to assure itself that this Section 6.09 has been complied with. 
 (d) If the Administrative Agent or the
Required Lenders reasonably determine that they are required by law or regulation to have appraisals prepared in respect of any Real Property of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties constituting Collateral, the Borrower will, at its own expense,
provide to the Administrative Agent appraisals which satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of the Financial Institution Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended, and which shall otherwise
be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
 (e) The Borrower agrees that each action
required by clauses (b) through (d) of this Section 6.09 shall be completed as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after such action is requested to be taken by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (unless
extended by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in its sole discretion); provided that in no event will the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries be required to take any action, other than using its best
efforts, to obtain consents from third parties with respect to its compliance with this Section 6.09. 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, but subject to the available grace
period with respect to new Subsidiaries in paragraph (a) hereof, the Borrower shall, at any time (i) from the Closing Date until 90 days thereafter, cause each Subsidiary other than any Excluded Subsidiary to be a party to the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement and to execute and deliver any additional Collateral Documents and Guaranties necessary for the aggregate value of all assets of the Loan Parties to be at least 90% of the value of the Total Domestic Assets at such time and
(ii) from 90 days after the Closing Date until the payment in full of all Obligations, cause each Subsidiary other than any Excluded Subsidiary to be a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and to execute and deliver any additional
Collateral Documents and Guaranties necessary for the aggregate value of all assets of the Loan Parties to be at least 95% of the value of the Total Domestic Assets at such time. 

SECTION 6.10. Maintenance of Separateness. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan
Party to, satisfy customary corporate or other organizational formalities, including, as applicable, (i) the holding of regular board of directors’ and shareholders’ meetings or action by directors or shareholders without a meeting,
(ii) the maintenance of separate corporate or other organizational records and (iii) the maintenance of separate bank accounts (if any) in its own name. Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall take any action, or conduct its
affairs in a manner, which would reasonably be expected to result in the existence of the Borrower or any other Loan Party being ignored, or in the assets and liabilities of the 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 68 
  

 
Borrower or any other Loan Party being substantively consolidated with those of any other such Person in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding. 

SECTION 6.11. Credit Ratings. The Borrower will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain
at all times monitored public ratings of the Term Facility from each of Moody’s and S&P and a corporate family rating for the Borrower from each of Moody’s and S&P. 

SECTION 6.12. Post-Closing Covenant. 

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent),
the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, such Intellectual Property filings as requested by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security
interest in the Intellectual Property; 
 (b) Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period
of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, such duly executed account control agreements as requested by the Administrative Agent
in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest under the UCC in Collateral for which a control agreement is required for perfection; 

(c) Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent),
the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) stock certificate number 1 for 10 common shares in Sirius Holding Corp. owned by CoreLogic, Inc., (ii) a promissory note from Dorado Network Systems Corporation to the
Borrower in the amount of $2,166,667 and (iii) such additional Investment Property (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) that constitutes Collateral that is not delivered to the Administrative Agent on or by the Closing Date;
and 
 (d) Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the
Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of the articles of incorporation or other appropriate organizational documents of the following: (i) American Driving Records, Inc., (ii) America’s
Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc., (iii) CreditReportPlus, LLC, (iv) First American Real Estate Solutions LLC, (v) Jenark Business Systems, Inc., (vi) Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc., (vii) First Advantage
Supply Chain Security LLC and (viii) PrideRock Holding Company, Inc. 
 (e) Within fourteen (14) days after the
Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received resolutions of the board of directors or similar governing body of First American Real Estate Solutions LLC and First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc. approving and
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of such Person (or the corporate secretary or an assistant
secretary of the Borrower) as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 69 
  

 ARTICLE VII 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS 

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated, no Letter of Credit remains outstanding and the principal of and interest on each Loan
and all fees and other amounts payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that: 

SECTION 7.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except: 
 (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 (b) Indebtedness under the Existing Notes; 

(c) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or to any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Loan Party;

 (d) other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and, in the case of any such Indebtedness in a principal amount of
$1,000,000 or more, listed on Schedule V; 
 (e) Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date
as a result of an Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 7.06(c) or (d), provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Acquisition shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.00 and (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this clause (e) shall not exceed $250,000,000 at any
one time outstanding; 
 (f) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary secured by a Lien upon real property and/or related fixtures
and personal property including insurance and condemnation proceeds, if any, and assignment of leases and rents, with respect thereto (which Indebtedness may be guaranteed by the Borrower), provided that (i) the holder of such
Indebtedness has recourse only to such real property (and/or such fixtures and other property) or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under this clause (f) shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 (g) Indebtedness that constitutes an Investment permitted by Section 7.03; 

(h) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.04 and, upon any matured obligations actually arising pursuant thereto, the Indebtedness
corresponding to the Guarantees so extinguished; 
 (i) obligations under Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Synthetic Leases
permitted by Section 7.10; 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 70 
  

 (j) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower, provided that after giving effect to
the incurrence thereof, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.09; 

(k) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower to FINCO incurred in connection with the Spin-Off, provided that the aggregate
principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed $75,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 
 (l) Indebtedness
representing deferred compensation to employees incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (m) Indebtedness incurred
in an Acquisition or Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.06 constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments; 

(n) Indebtedness (including intercompany Indebtedness among the Loan Parties) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect
of the Cash Management Practices; 
 (o) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (p) obligations in respect of bid, performance, stay, customs, appeal and surety bonds and
performance and completion guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 

(q) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 (r) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by
Section 7.02(a)(v) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 
 (s) so
long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, other unsecured Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $50,000,000 minus the aggregate amount of
any Guarantees for which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall have become liable pursuant to Section 7.04(f); and 

(t) any extension, renewal or refinancing of the foregoing, subject to the limitations of the applicable provisions above (and
thereafter including any such extension, renewal or refinancing in calculating any availability under any such provision). 
 
SECTION 7.02. Liens; Negative Pledge. 
 (a) The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except: 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 71 
  

 (i) Liens under and contemplated by the Collateral Documents,
including, without limitation, UCC financing statements and UCC fixture filings filed in connection therewith; 

(ii) Liens in existence on the Closing Date and, in the case of any such Liens securing obligations in an amount of
$1,000,000 or more, listed on Schedule VI; 
 (iii) Permitted Encumbrances; 

(iv) Liens upon property of any Person which becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the Closing Date,
provided that (i) such Liens are in existence at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and were not created in anticipation thereof and (ii) the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.00; 

(v) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(r) to
finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, provided that (i) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any
property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased. 

(vi) Liens upon real property securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(f); 

(vii) Liens upon property of any Subsidiary of the Borrower securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to the Borrower
or to another Subsidiary (which Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party if the debtor in respect of such Indebtedness is a Loan Party), as permitted by Section 7.01(c); 

(viii) Liens under Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Synthetic Leases permitted by Section 7.10; provided
that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any property other than the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transactions and/or Synthetic Leases; 

(ix) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the Cash Management Practices, including
Liens securing borrowings from financial institutions and their Affiliates to the extent specified in the definition of “Cash Management Practices”; 

(x) the rights reserved or vested by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any Person by the terms of any
lease, license, franchise, grant or permit or by a statutory provision to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit or to require periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof; 

(xi) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of
collection, (ii) attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 72 
  

 
law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(xii) Liens (i) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired
as part of an Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 7.06 to be applied against the purchase price for such Acquisition, or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.06;

 (xiii) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings (or similar filings under
applicable law) regarding leases entered into by any Loan Party in the ordinary course of business (and Liens consisting of the interests or title of the respective lessors thereunder); 

(xiv) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xv) so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing, other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding; and 

(xvi) any extension, renewal or replacement of the foregoing, provided that the Liens permitted under this
clause (xvi) shall not be spread to cover any additional Indebtedness or obligations or property (other than a substitution of like property) and shall continue to be included in calculating any availability under each relevant preceding
paragraph. 
 (b) Except with respect to (i) specific property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness
or to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to an Asset Sale, (ii) provisions in leases prohibiting assignment or encumbrance of the applicable leasehold interest, (iii) agreements granting Liens permitted by this
Agreement, (iv) agreements in effect on the Closing Date, (v) provisions in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) any agreement in effect at the time the Person
becomes a Subsidiary so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of the Person becoming a Subsidiary, (vii) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, and
(viii) any agreement amending, refinancing or replacing any of the foregoing (so long as any such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreement so amended, refinanced or replaced),
neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired to secure the Obligations. 

SECTION 7.03. Investments; Joint Ventures. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except: 

(a) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in Cash Equivalents; 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 73 
  

 (b) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make loans and advances to officers,
directors and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) to finance the purchases of Capital Stock of the Borrower and (ii) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding for additional
purposes not contemplated by the foregoing clause (a); 
 (c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own
Investments consisting of non-cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted under this Agreement; 

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may continue to own the Investments owned by them on the Closing Date and the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries may make and own Investments purchased with the proceeds of the sale of any Investments permitted under this Agreement; 

(e) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments made solely with Capital Stock of the Borrower; 

(f) any Loan Party may make Investments in any other Loan Party; 

(g) any Loan Party may make Investments in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to extent necessary in order to satisfy minimum
capital or licensing requirements of any Governmental Authority; 
 (h) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own
Investments in any Person in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an interest of 50% or less in an aggregate amount not exceeding $25,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; 

(i) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in National Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount (including the
value of any assets transferred thereto) not exceeding $100,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and $250,000,000 in the aggregate; 

(j) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may purchase from Experian all of Experian’s membership interest in FARES pursuant to the
put and call arrangements contemplated by the FARES Documents; 
 (k) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may purchase the
issued and outstanding Capital Stock of First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc. not presently owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (the “CoreLogic Buyback”); 

(l) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may receive and hold Investments in satisfaction or partial satisfaction of obligations owed
thereto from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business; 

(m) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may receive and hold Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization
of any Person and in settlement of obligations of, or other disputes with, any Person arising in the ordinary course of business and 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 74 
  

 
upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment; 

(n) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Investments in connection with Acquisitions permitted by Section 7.06(c) or (d);

 (o) the Loan Parties may make Investments in Excluded Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount for all such Investments under
this clause (o) not to exceed $25,000,000 in any Fiscal Year plus the aggregate amount of any cash repayment of or return on such Investments received by the Loan Parties in such Fiscal Year; and 

(p) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make other Investments in an aggregate amount equal to any Available Retained Cash which
has not been used to make Restricted Junior Payments pursuant to Section 7.05. 
 SECTION
7.04. Guarantees. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or become or remain liable with respect to any Guarantee, except: 

(a) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Guarantees in respect of the Guaranties;

 (b) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Guarantees in respect of customary
indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations incurred in connection with Asset Sales or other sales of assets; 

(c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Guarantees under guarantees made in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; 

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to Guarantees in respect of any Indebtedness of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.01; 
 (e) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as
applicable, may remain liable with respect to Guarantees described in Schedule VII annexed hereto; and 
 (f) the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to other Guarantees; provided that the maximum aggregate liability, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of all such Guarantees shall at no
time exceed $50,000,000 minus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(s). 

SECTION 7.05. Restricted Junior Payments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment; provided that (i) the Borrower may effect the Spin-Off, (ii) the Borrower may repurchase or redeem
Subordinated Indebtedness issued pursuant to 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 75 
  

 
the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of April 22, 1997, between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, or derivatives thereof and (iii) so long as no Event of
Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the Borrower may: 

(a) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000; 
 (b) make Restricted Junior Payments as required pursuant to the FARES
Documents; 
 (c) make other Restricted Junior Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 in any Fiscal
Year, provided that during the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010, such amount shall be limited to $15,000,000; and 

(d) make dividend payments payable on April 15, 2010. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sum of any Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to Section 7.05(a), (b) and
(c) shall not exceed $75,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (with such amount limited to $55,000,000 during the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010) plus the positive amount, if any, of Available Retained Cash generated during each Fiscal
Year beginning with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011 which has not been used to make Investments pursuant to Section 7.03(p). 

SECTION 7.06. Fundamental Changes; Disposal of Assets. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise Dispose of any of its assets or Capital Stock (in
each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), except: 
 (a) the Borrower may merge into any other Person for
purposes of reincorporation in another state of the U.S. as long as (A) the surviving Person assumes, whether by operation of law or otherwise, all of the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents and the shareholders of the Borrower
immediately prior to such merger become the shareholders or stockholders of the surviving Person upon such merger and (B) the Borrower shall provide 30 days’ advance written notice to the Administrative Agent and comply with any reasonable
request of the Administrative Agent in respect of Section 6.09(c) prior to the effectiveness of such reincorporation; 

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged with or into the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any
Subsidiary of the Borrower may be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets (including Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise Disposed
of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided that (i) in the case of any such merger involving the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and
(ii) in the case of any such merger involving a Subsidiary and another Subsidiary, either (A) a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 76 
  

 
continuing or surviving corporation or (B) the merger shall be among two Excluded Subsidiaries; provided that the Borrower and other Loan Parties shall be permitted to make Asset
Sales to Subsidiaries which are not Loan Parties for fair market value in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (other than assets conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or disposed of for fair value and cash consideration);

 (c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Acquisitions (by merger or otherwise) so long as (i) the
consideration for any such Acquisition consists solely of the Capital Stock of the Borrower and (ii) the requirements of Section 6.09 have been satisfied; 

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make other Acquisitions (by merger or otherwise) so long as the requirements of
Section 6.09 have been satisfied and prior to the consummation of any such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the four Fiscal
Quarter period most recently ended (the “Pro Forma Test Period”), prepared on a pro forma basis as if such Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of the Pro Forma Test Period and giving effect to the Borrower’s good
faith estimate of any anticipated cost savings or increases as a result of the consummation thereof, and (ii) a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating that, on the basis of such pro forma financial statements, the Borrower would have
been in compliance with all financial covenants set forth in Section 7.09 on the last day of the Pro Forma Test Period; 

(e) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may Dispose of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business and
sell or discount without recourse accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; 

(f) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise Dispose of other assets in transactions in the ordinary course of
business that do not constitute Asset Sales; 
 (g) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Asset Sales of
(x) assets for fair market value in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, provided that at least 75% of the consideration received in each such Asset Sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
investment banking fees, and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions
and any tax sharing arrangements) and net of reserves reasonably established to fund contingent liabilities (including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and
liabilities under any indemnification obligation, in each case as associated with such Asset Sale), shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents and (y) Targeted Assets, provided that (i) the consideration received in each such
Asset Sale shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair value of the assets being sold and (ii) any non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any such Asset Sale in the form of Indebtedness of
any Person in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be evidenced by a promissory note which shall be pledged by the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as security for
the Secured Obligations; 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 77 
  

 (h) transactions that are Investments permitted under Section 7.03; and

 (i) pursuant to the Spin-Off, provided that the Borrower shall not enter into any amendment to the Spin-Off
Documents that is, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, materially adverse to the Lenders. 
 
SECTION 7.07. Lines of Business. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and the Loan Parties on the
date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto. 
 SECTION 7.08.
Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise
engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an
arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) pursuant to the Spin-Off Documents. 

SECTION 7.09. Financial Covenants. 

(a) Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Leverage Ratio as of any date to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

 (b) Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio for the
four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on the last day of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than 4.00 to 1.00. 
 
SECTION 7.10. Sale/Leaseback Transactions and Synthetic Leases. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or Synthetic Lease, if, as a result thereof, the aggregate
amount of rent and lease payments payable in any Fiscal Year by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under all such arrangements would exceed $35,000,000. 

SECTION 7.11. No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Except as provided herein, the Borrower
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any such Subsidiary (except, in the case of a
Subsidiary that became a Subsidiary by means of an Acquisition permitted hereunder, restrictions or encumbrances that existed at the time such Subsidiary was acquired and which were not created in contemplation of such Acquisition) to (i) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock owned by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other
Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law, (b) the Loan Documents, (c) customary provisions restricting 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 78 
  

 
subletting or assignment of any lease governing any leasehold interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) customary provisions restricting assignment of any licensing agreement
(in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is the licensee) or other contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (e) restrictions on the transfer of any asset pending the close of
the sale of such asset, (f) restrictions on the transfer of any asset subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.02(b), (g) restrictions on the transfer of any asset subject to a purchase money Lien; and (h) any agreement amending,
refinancing or replacing any of the foregoing (so long as any such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreement so amended, refinanced or replaced). 

SECTION 7.12. Amendments of Documents Relating to other Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not amend
or otherwise change, or consent to any amendment or change to, the terms of any Existing Notes or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to (i) increase the interest
rate on such Existing Notes, (ii) change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, (iii) change any event of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than the
waiver of any such default by the holders of such Existing Notes to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related thereto), (iv) change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, (v) change any
subordination provisions thereof (or of any guaranty thereof or guaranty requirements with respect thereto other than to release such guaranty), (vi) change or add any collateral therefor (other than to release such collateral), (vii) add
any financial maintenance covenant thereto, or (viii) together with all other amendments or changes made, increase materially the obligations of the obligor thereunder or confer any material additional rights on the holders of such Existing
Notes (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf) which would be adverse to the Borrower or Lenders (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment). 

SECTION 7.13. Minimum Liquidity. The Borrower shall not, at any time when a Permitted Action
exists, permit the sum of its unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents (but including for this purpose any cash and Cash Equivalents referred to in Section 10.17(a)(ii)) and unused Revolving Commitments to be less than such aggregate principal
plus any premium that would be payable upon a redemption of the Existing Notes as of such date that are the subject of the Permitted Action. 

ARTICLE VIII 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur: 

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when and as the same shall
become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; 

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any fee or any other
amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a)
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 79 
  

 
of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three or more Business Days;

 (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party in or in
connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof,
shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; 
 (d) the Borrower
shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.02(a), Section 6.02(f) or in Article VII; 

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan
Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any
Lender) to the Borrower; 
 (f) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment
(whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (beyond any applicable grace period expressly set forth in the governing documents); or any event
or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (after taking into account any applicable grace period) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or
any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; 

(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking
(i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now
or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such
proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; 

(h) the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and
appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 80 
  

 
conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed
against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; 

(i) the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to
pay its debts as they become due; 
 (j) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate
amount in excess of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively
stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to enforce any such judgment; 

(k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all
other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

(l) a reasonable basis shall exist for the assertion against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
predecessor in interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, of (or there shall have been asserted against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) any claims or liabilities, whether accrued, absolute or contingent, based on or arising from
the generation, storage, transport, handling or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or predecessors that, in the judgment of the Required Lenders, are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and the amount thereof (either individually or in the aggregate) is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (insofar as such amount is payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries but after
deducting any portion thereof that is reasonably expected to be paid by other creditworthy Persons jointly and severally liable therefor); 

(m) a Change of Control shall occur; or 

(n) at any time after the execution and delivery thereof: 

(i) any of the Collateral Documents shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease to give the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby (including, without limitation, a perfected security interest in, and Lien on, all of the Collateral (other than with
respect to Collateral the aggregate value of which is less than $5,000,000), in favor of the Collateral Agent, superior to and prior to the rights of all Third Parties (except as permitted by Section 7.02), and subject to no other Liens (except
as permitted by Section 7.02); or 
 (ii) any provision of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or
any guaranty entered into by a Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to Section 6.09 for 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 81 
  

 
any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its
terms) or shall be declared to be null and void, as to any material portion of Subsidiary Guarantors and other Subsidiaries guaranteeing the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, or (b) or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any
Person acting for or on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any guaranty entered into by a Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to
Section 6.09 for any reason; or 
 (iii) any Loan Party shall deny in writing its obligations under
any Loan Document to which it is a party; 
 then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause
(g) or (h) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, (i) by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the
following actions, at the same or different times: (A) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately; and (B) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which
case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other
obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder), shall become due and payable
immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the
Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether
or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder), shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby waived by the Borrower; and/or (ii) by notice to the Collateral Agent (which notice shall not be necessary if the Person serving as the Collateral Agent is also the Person serving as the Administrative Agent), instruct the Collateral
Agent to enforce all of the Liens and security interests created pursuant to the Collateral Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant
to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash
collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall
be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other
obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 82 
  

 
in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). 

ARTICLE IX 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (for purposes of this Article IX and Section 10.02, the
term “the Administrative Agent” shall also include the Collateral Agent if the Person that is the Administrative Agent is also the Person that is the Collateral Agent) as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such
actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other
Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. 
 The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and
is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is
required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by
it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof
is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection
with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set
forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article V or elsewhere herein, other than
to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. 
 The Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 83 
  

 
proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability
for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in
accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. 
 The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its
duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through
their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities
in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. 

The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required
Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring the
Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (1) the retiring the Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations hereunder and (2) the Required Lenders shall perform the duties of the Administrative Agent (and all payments and communications provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each
Lender directly) until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) the Administrative Agent and the retiring the Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already
discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor the Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such
successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting
as the Administrative Agent. 
 Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this
Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 84 
  

 Each Lender authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral
Documents for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties. Each Lender hereby agrees that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the
Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Collateral
Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Collateral
Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents. 

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the
Collateral Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction by the Loan Parties of all their respective obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) at any time arising under or in
respect of the Loan Documents, the Secured Hedging Agreements or the Transactions, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise Disposed of (to Persons other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement upon the sale or other Disposition thereof, (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or all of the Lenders hereunder, to the extent required by Section 10.02) or (iv) as otherwise may be
expressly provided in the relevant Collateral Documents. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to
this paragraph. 
 The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Lenders or to any other Person to assure that
the Collateral exists or is owned by any Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected
or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Collateral
Agent in this Article IX or in any of the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in
its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful
misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). 
 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, the Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, the Documentation Agents and the Syndication Agent named on the cover page of this Agreement shall not have any duties or liabilities under this Agreement,
except in their capacity, if any, as Lenders. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 85 
  

 ARTICLE X 

MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 10.01. Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly
permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 (a) if to the Borrower, to it at The First American Corporation, 4 First American Way, Santa Ana,
California 92707, Attention of Chief Financial Officer (Telecopier No.: (714) 250-6923; Telephone No.: (714) 250-3720), with a copy to the General Counsel (Telecopier No.: (714) 250-6917; Telephone No.: (714) 250-7662;

 (b) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 1111 Fannin
Street, 10th Floor, Houston, Texas 77002-8069, Attention
of Angelica Castillo, Loan and Agency Services (Telephone No. (713) 750-2513; Telecopy No. (713) 750-2223), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York 10017, Attention of Sharon Bazbaz (Telecopy No. (212) 270-5127; Telephone
No. (212) 270-3794; and 
 (c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in
its Administrative Questionnaire. 
 Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (or, in the case of any such change by a Lender, by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. 
 Notices and other
communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II
unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to
procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. 

SECTION 10.02. Waivers; Amendments. 

(a) No Deemed Waivers; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any
right or power under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies
that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 86 
  

 
paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. 

(b) Amendments. No Loan Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement
or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders (although additional parties may be added to (and annexes may be modified to
reflect such additions), and Subsidiaries of the Borrower may be released from, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Collateral Documents in accordance with the provisions thereof without the consent of the other Loan Parties party thereto
or the Required Lenders); provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or reduce
the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or
any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby,
(iv) alter the manner in which payments or prepayments of principal, interest or other amounts hereunder shall be applied as among the Lenders or Types of Loans, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially
all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) under the Collateral Documents without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantees under the Guaranties without the
written consent of each Lender, (vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.18 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender” without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender (for the
avoidance of doubt, this clause (vii) shall be the only clause in this proviso applicable to any such amendment, modification or waiver of Section 2.18 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender”), (viii) change any of
the provisions of this Section or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination
or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of Article III without the written consent of the Issuing Lender or (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of
Section 6.5 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby; and provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties
of the Administrative Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. 
 (c) Dissenting
Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.02, in the event that the Borrower requests that this Agreement be modified or amended in a manner that would require the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders
or all of the Lenders under a particular Facility and such modification or amendment is agreed to by the Required Lenders, then with the consent of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall be permitted to
amend this Agreement without the 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 87 
  

 
consent of the Lender or Lenders that did not agree to the modification or amendment requested by the Borrower (such Lender or Lenders, collectively the “Dissenting Lenders”) to
provide (subject to the payment of the Obligations to the Dissenting Lenders as described in clause (iii) below) for (i) the termination of the Revolving Commitment of each of the Dissenting Lenders, (ii) the addition to this
Agreement of one or more other financial institutions, or an increase in the Revolving Commitment or Term Loans of one or more of the Required Lenders (with the written consent thereof), so that the aggregate Revolving Commitments and Term Loans
after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same amount as the aggregate Revolving Commitments and Term Loans immediately before giving effect to such amendment, (iii) if any Loans are outstanding at the time of such amendment, the
making of such additional Loans by such new financial institutions or Required Lender or Lenders, as the case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full in cash, at par, the outstanding Obligations of the Dissenting Lenders immediately before
giving effect to such amendment and (iv) such other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate to effect the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii). 

SECTION 10.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. 

(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the
preparation and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the Transactions shall be consummated) and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection
with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made hereunder, including in connection with any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof. 

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each
Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses,
including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any
agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or
alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any
actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such
indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 88 
  

 
jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. 

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, (i) each Revolving Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, such Revolving
Lender’s Revolving Percentage of such unpaid amount, to the extent such unpaid amount is in respect of any Revolving Loan and (ii) each Term Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case
may be, such Term Lender’s Term Percentage of such unpaid amount, to the extent such unpaid amount is in respect of any Term Loan, in each case as determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is
sought; provided that any such unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may
be, in its capacity as such. 
 (d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or
as a result of, the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. 

(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor. 

SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. 

(a) Assignments Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that
Reincorporation shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of the Borrower’s rights or obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties
hereto and the Collateral Agent, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 
 (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may
assign to one or more assignees (other than a natural person or any entity maintained solely for the benefit of a individual natural person and the immediate family members thereof) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 89 
  

 
Lender or an Approved Fund, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), (ii) in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Commitment, each Issuing Lender must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (iii) except in the case of
an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of
the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Facility) and $1,000,000 (in the case of the Term Facility) unless each
of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (iv) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s
rights and obligations under this Agreement, (v) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (vi) the
assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; provided further that (x) any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required
if an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (g) or (h) of Article VIII has occurred and is continuing and (y) the otherwise required prior written consent of the Borrower to an assignment will be deemed to have been given if the
Borrower has not objected within five Business Days of a request for consent. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the
interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement,
such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 10.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with
this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special
purpose vehicle (an “SPV”) of, or administered by, such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all
or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan,
(ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to timely provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) the Borrower may bring any
proceeding against either or both of the Granting Lender and the SPV in order to enforce any rights of the Borrower hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as
if, such Loan were made by the Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that nothing contained in this paragraph shall relieve any 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 90 
  

 
Granting Lender of its obligations under this Agreement and that no SPV shall be liable for any payment under this Agreement for which a Lender would otherwise be liable, for so long as, and to
the extent, the related Granting Lender makes such payment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior
to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or similar proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof arising out of any claim against such SPV under this Agreement. In addition, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Section, any SPV may with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any
Loans to its Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld) providing liquidity and/or credit support (if any) with respect to
commercial paper issued by such SPV to fund such Loans and such SPV may disclose, on a confidential basis in accordance with Section 10.13, confidential information with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any rating agency,
commercial paper dealer or provider of a surety, guarantee or credit liquidity enhancement to such SPV. Each Granting Lender shall provide the Borrower with notice of each grant made by it under this paragraph to an SPV. Except for its obligation to
make payments directly to an SPV in respect of any Loan (or any part thereof) made by such SPV, the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Granting Lender. This paragraph may not be amended without the consent of any SPV at the
time holding Loans under this Agreement. 
 (c) Maintenance of Register by the Administrative Agent. The
Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in New York City a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses
of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to
the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 

(d) Effectiveness of Assignments. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written
consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for
purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 91 
  

 (e) Participations. Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment
and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such
obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this
Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision
of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to
Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 to the same extent as if it were a Lender
and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. 
 (f) Limitations on Rights
of Participants. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or 2.14 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless
the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14 unless the Borrower
is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.14(e) as though it were a Lender. 

(g) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights
under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such
pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. 

(h) No Assignments to the Borrower or Affiliates. Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender may
assign or participate any interest in any Loan held by it hereunder to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries without the prior consent of each Lender. 

SECTION 10.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the
Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection therewith shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect
representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 92 
  

 
accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of
Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 10.03 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the Transactions, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination
of this Agreement or any provision hereof. 
 SECTION 10.06. Counterparts; Integration;
Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This
Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any
and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective
successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy or email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 

SECTION 10.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the
invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. 

SECTION 10.08. Right of Setoff. 

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to
time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the
account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and
although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. 

(b) NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING SECTION 10.08(a), AT ANY TIME THAT THE LOANS SHALL BE SECURED BY REAL PROPERTY LOCATED IN
CALIFORNIA, NO LENDER SHALL EXERCISE A RIGHT OF SETOFF, LIEN OR COUNTERCLAIM OR TAKE ANY COURT OR ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION OR INSTITUTE ANY PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT UNLESS IT IS TAKEN WITH THE CONSENT OF THE REQUIRED
LENDERS OR APPROVED IN WRITING BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, IF SUCH SETOFF OR ACTION OR PROCEEDING WOULD OR MIGHT (PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTIONS 580a, 580b, 580d AND 726 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE OR SECTION 2924
OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 93 
  

 
IF APPLICABLE, OR OTHERWISE) AFFECT OR IMPAIR THE VALIDITY, PRIORITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THE LIENS GRANTED TO COLLATERAL AGENT PURSUANT TO THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS OR THE ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS
AGREEMENT, AND ANY ATTEMPTED EXERCISE BY ANY LENDER OF ANY SUCH RIGHT WITHOUT OBTAINING SUCH CONSENT OF THE REQUIRED LENDERS OR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID. THIS SECTION 10.08(b) SHALL BE SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF EACH OF THE LENDERS
AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREUNDER. 
 SECTION 10.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction;
Etc. 
 (a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, except as otherwise provided in
any Mortgage, be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York. 
 (b) Submission to
Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District
Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of
the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the
parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in
the courts of any jurisdiction. 
 (c) Waiver of Venue. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives,
to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any
court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such
court. 
 (d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the
manner provided for notices in Section 10.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to any Loan Document to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 

SECTION 10.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 94 
  

 
OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE,
AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 

SECTION 10.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein
are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. 

SECTION 10.12. Releases of Guaranties and Liens. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.02) to take
any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or Guaranties (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in
accordance with Section 10.02 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below. 
 (b) At
such time as the Loans, the Secured Hedging Obligations, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other obligations under the Loan Documents or under the Secured Hedging Agreements shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and
no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Collateral Documents, and the Collateral Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the
Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Collateral Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person. 

SECTION 10.13. Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. 

(a) Treatment of Certain Information. The Borrower acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking
and other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (in connection with this Agreement , the other Loan Documents or otherwise) by any Lender or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of such Lender
and the Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information delivered to such Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter
into this Agreement, to any such subsidiary or affiliate, it being understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate receiving such information shall be bound by the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section as if it were a Lender hereunder.
Such authorization shall survive the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 95 
  

 (b) Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and each SPV
agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other
advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory
authority, (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any
suit, action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document or the enforcement of rights thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement in writing containing provisions substantially the same as those of this paragraph and for the benefit of the
Borrower, to (a) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (b) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or
derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower or (viii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this paragraph
or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower For the purposes of this paragraph, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower
relating to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of
information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at or prior to the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person that is required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this
Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 SECTION 10.14. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that
pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), such Lender may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information
includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with said Act. 

SECTION 10.15. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. None of the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents. To the extent
that the Borrower makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders), or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise
their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee,
receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights
and remedies therefor or related thereto, 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 96 
  

 
shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred. 

SECTION 10.16. Effect of Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Upon the execution and
delivery hereof by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, this Agreement shall amend, and restate as amended, the Existing Credit Agreement, but shall not constitute a novation thereof or in any way impair or otherwise affect the rights or
obligations of the parties thereunder (including with respect to Loans and representations and warranties made thereunder) except as such rights or obligations are amended or modified hereby. 

SECTION 10.17. Certain Agreements. (a) The Lenders and the Administrative Agent
acknowledge and agree that: 
 (i) one or more holders of any of the Existing Notes or a trustee or other
representative for them may, in anticipation of, in connection with or following the Spin-Off, (A) assert in writing that the Spin-Off will give rise or has given rise to a breach of one or more covenants in one or more Existing Note Documents,
(B) issue a notice of default or of acceleration under such Existing Notes premised on such a breach (or premised on a cross-default or cross-acceleration to one of the other Existing Note Documents as a result of such a breach under such other
Existing Note Document) or (C) threaten in writing or commence litigation or other proceedings based upon such assertion or such notice of default or of acceleration, including proceedings to enjoin the Spin-Off, for declaratory relief that
such a breach will occur or has occurred or to seek money damages; 
 (ii) the Borrower may deny any such
assertion in whole or in part and may defend or settle any such threatened or actual litigation or other proceeding (including appeals of any judgments or decisions therein) and, in connection therewith, may (A) cause to be posted bonds or
similar instruments (including letters of credit, which may include a Letter of Credit) for the benefit of such holders or a trustee or representative therefor and make deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents in lieu of causing any such instruments to
be posted or to provide security for the issuance thereof or (B) redeem or repurchase, or agree to redeem or repurchase, any of the Existing Notes at such premiums or prices, or make such other cash payments to or for the benefit of the holders
thereof, or amend, or agree to amend the interest, maturity or redemption terms thereof, as the Borrower shall determine to be reasonable under the circumstances; and 

(iii) (A) any action or event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, or any other action or event
substantially to the same effect or incidental thereto, either individually or in the aggregate (any such action or event, a “Permitted Action”), shall not constitute or give rise to any breach of any representation or warranty in
Section 4.04(b), 4.06(a), 4.07 or 4.11 (and shall not prevent the making or deemed making of any such representation or warranty) or of any covenant in Section 6.02(a), (b) or (f), 6.04, 6.07, 7.02 or 7.12(ii), (iii) or (iv), and
(B) no Default or Event of Default under Article VIII(c), (d), (e) or (f) shall occur solely as a result of any Permitted Action or by virtue of any such breach or from any

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 97 
  

 
default under or acceleration of the Existing Notes as a result of a Permitted Action, provided that: 

(1) the Borrower shall not incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset owned by it or any of its
Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Action other than on cash or Cash Equivalents as contemplated above; 

(2) the Borrower shall endeavor, through its reports and other materials filed with the SEC or otherwise, to keep the
Administrative Agent generally informed as to any Permitted Actions taken and the status from time to time thereof, including making available such correspondence and filings with respect to such Permitted Actions as are reasonably requested by the
Administrative Agent (but excluding advice or plans of counsel with respect to such Permitted Actions and correspondence, discussions or plans that may relate to or possibly result in any settlement or are otherwise reasonably deemed sensitive or
confidential by the Borrower or are otherwise subject to the attorney-client privilege); and 
 (3) following
any settlement of or judgment in respect of any Permitted Action (except for any judgment which would not give rise to an Event of Default under Article VIII(j) in the absence of this Section 10.17), the Borrower shall timely perform its
obligations thereunder and the provision of this Section 10.17 shall cease to apply to such Permitted Action as of the date such performance is due. 

(b) The Borrower agrees that the acknowledgments and agreements of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in paragraph (a) of
this Section are not intended to be construed so as to extend to or cover the breach of any representation or warranty or covenant herein that may only be indirectly attributable to any Permitted Action. 

SECTION 10.18. Certain Financial Statements. The Revolving Lenders parties hereto as of the
Closing Date acknowledge and agree that the consolidated financial statements furnished by the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2009 are sufficient to comply with the requirements therefor in
the Existing Credit Agreement notwithstanding that they may not exclude FAC (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), and its Subsidiaries from the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by
their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION
		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Anand K. Nallathambi

	 Name:
	 	Anand K. Nallathambi
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President

  

			
	 By
	 	 /s/ Anthony S. Piszel

	 Name:
	 	Anthony S. Piszel
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

U.S. Federal Tax Identification No.: 95-1068610 

 

			
	 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually

and as the Administrative Agent

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Sharon Bazbaz

	 Name:
	 	Sharon Bazbaz
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Jeremy Schultz

	 Name:
	 	Jeremy Schultz
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	BANK OF AMERICA N.A.
		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Jason Cassity

	 Name:
	 	Jason Cassity
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	BANK OF THE WEST
		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Dale Paterson

	 Name:
	 	Dale Paterson
	 Title:
	 	SVP & Manager

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	COMERICA BANK
		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Don R. Carruth

	 Name:
	 	Don R. Carruth
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	 By
	 	 /s/ Lawrence Karp

	 Name:
	 	Lawrence Karp
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	  	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	 UNION BANK, N.A. (Formerly known as Union

Bank of California, N.A.)
  

	 By
	 	 /s/ George Plazola

	 Name:
	 	George Plazola
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	 	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

  

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  

	 By
	 	 /s/ James F. Cooper

	 Name:
	 	James F. Cooper
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President

  

			
	[Signature Page to First American Credit Agreement]	 	© Copyright 2010

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE IA 

to the Credit Agreement 

REVOLVING LENDERS COMMITMENT SCHEDULE 

 

				
	 Revolving Lenders
	  	 Commitment

	 Bank of America, N.A.
	  	$	75,000,000
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	  	$	65,000,000
	 Comerica Bank
	  	$	60,000,000
	 Union Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Union Bank of California, N.A.)
	  	$	60,000,000
	 US Bank, National Association
	  	$	60,000,000
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	  	$	60,000,000
	 Bank of the West
	  	$	45,000,000
	 Keybank National Association
	  	$	45,000,000
	 HSBC Bank USA, National Association
	  	$	30,000,000
		  	 	Total Commitments
		  	$	500,000,000
		  	 	 

  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE IB 

to the Credit Agreement 

TERM LENDERS COMMITMENT SCHEDULE 

 

				
	 Term Lender
	  	Commitment
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	  	$	350,000,000
		  	 	Total Commitments
		  	$	350,000,000
		  	 	 

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE II 

Disclosed Matters 

None. 
  

 1 
  

	 Schedule II to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE III 

Subsidiary Guarantors 

 

			
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	DE
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	CA
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	CA
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	DE
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	CA
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	MD
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	CA
	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR I, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR II, Inc.
	  	OK
	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  	DE
	 DecisionHR V, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR VII, Inc.
	  	GA
	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR, Inc.
	  	FL
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	DE
	 FA Locate, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 Faslo Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	VA
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	AZ
	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC
	  	DE

  

 2 
  

	 Schedule III to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

			
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	FL
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Holding Corporation
	  	DE
	 First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	DE
	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.
	  	MD
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	CA
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	TN
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	MD
	 National Background Data, LLC
	  	DE
	 National Data Registry, LLC
	  	DE
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	AL
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Quantrix, LLC
	  	DE
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	GA

  

 3 
  

	 Schedule III to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE IV 

Subsidiaries/Excluded Subsidiaries 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 FIRST TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: The First American Corporation
	  		  		  	
				
	 First American Capital Trust I (see Note 1 below)
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First American Holding Corporation
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	TN	  	100.00	  	
				
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE	  	98.24	  	
				
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE	  	26.00	  	
				
	 SECOND TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: FADV Holdings LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE	  	50.80	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Harvard Design and Mapping Company, Inc.
	  	MA	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Information Solutions Holdings (Mauritius)
Limited1
	  	Mauritius	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	CA	  	80.00	  	

  

	1
	 Entity is presently a subsidiary of First American International Holdings, LLC which is not a subsidiary of The First American Corporation. However, in
connection with the spin-off, ownership will be transferred to First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc. 

  

 4 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE	  	23.20	  	
				
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE	  	1.76	  	
				
	 First Indian Services Private Limited
	  	India	  	1.00	  	Y
				
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE	  	30.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: MarketLinx. Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 MarketLinx
Corp.2
	  	Canada	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 THIRD TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: Data Tree LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Indian Corporation Private Limited
	  	India	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Corporation
	  		  		  	
				
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 FA Locate, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Australasia Pty Ltd
	  	Australia	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Canada, Inc.
	  	Canada	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Europe Ltd.
	  	United Kingdom	  	100.00	  	Y

  

	2
	 Entity is presently a subsidiary of First American International Holdings, LLC which is not a subsidiary of The First American Corporation. However, in
connection with the spin-off, ownership will be transferred to MarketLinx, Inc. 

  

 5 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting Japan GK
	  	Japan	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	VA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Philippines, Inc.
	  	Philippines	  	99.99	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Quest Research Corporation
	  	Cayman Islands	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	AZ	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.
	  	MD	  	100.00	  	
				
	 National Background Data, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 National Data Registry, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Teletrack UK Limited
	  	United Kingdom	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	GA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Verify Limited
	  	Mauritius	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Eurasia Litigation Consulting SPRL/BVBA
	  	Belgium	  	99.99	  	Y
				
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	AL	  	85.00	  	
				
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE	  	70.00	  	

  

 6 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	 Jurisdiction of
Organization
	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	Affiliates of: First American Real Estate Solutions LLC eAppraiseIT, LLC	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Quantrix Credit Services, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Quantrix, LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	DE	  	81.71	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: Information Solutions Holdings (Mauritius) Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Indian Services Private Limited
	  	India	  	99.00	  	Y
				
	 FOURTH TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: American Driving Records, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Offshore Services Private Limited
	  	India	  	0.01	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	MD	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Australasia Pty Ltd
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Australia Pty Ltd
	  	Australia	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 NZ Background (2006) Limited
	  	New Zealand	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  		  		  	
				
	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	

  

 7 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	 Jurisdiction of
Organization
	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 First Advantage Hiring Management Systems Limited
	  	United Kingdom	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Credco LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 First Canadian CREDCO, Inc.
	  	Canada	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Eurasia Litigation Consulting SPRL/BVBA
	  	Belgium	  	0.01	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Corefacts, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Quest Research Corporation
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage (Beijing) Co., Ltd
	  	China	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Japan KK
	  	Japan	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Quest Research Group Limited
	  	British Virgin Islands	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	MD	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Basis100 Inc.
	  	Ontario	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 UKValuation Limited
	  	United Kingdom	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE	  	75.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First American Default Information Services LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 Faslo Solutions LLC
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	

  

 8 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 Affiliates of: First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Offshore Services Private Limited
	  	India	  	99.99	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  		  		  	
				
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: Verify Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 FADV Malaysia Sdn Bhd
	  	Malaysia	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage (HK) Limited
	  	Hong Kong	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Verify (Mauritius) Limited
	  	Mauritius	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 FIFTH TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: Basis100 Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	CA	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: CoreLogic, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE	  	25.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR I, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR II, Inc.
	  	OK	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR V, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR VII, Inc.
	  	GA	  	100.00	  	

  

 9 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	 Jurisdiction of
Organization
	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
				
	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 DecisionHR, Inc.
	  	FL	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage (HK) Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage (Zhuhai) Co., Limited
	  	China	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Quest Research Group Ltd.
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Limited
	  	HK	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Pte. Ltd (Singapore)
	  	Singapore	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 First Advantage Quest Research Limited
	  	British Virgin Islands	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Happy Home Buying, Ltd.
	  	Cayman Islands	  	100.00	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: Verify (Mauritius) Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 TP Verify Screening Pvt Limited
	  	India	  	99.99	  	Y
				
	 SIXTH TIER AFFILIATE
	  		  		  	
				
	 Affiliates of: Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  		  		  	
				
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Private Limited
	  	India	  	0.01	  	Y
				
	 Affiliates of: First Advantage Quest Research Limited
	  		  		  	
				
	 First Advantage Private Limited
	  	India	  	99.99	  	Y

  

 10 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

							
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	  	Percentage
Ownership	  	Excluded
Subsidiary
	 Affiliates of: Happy Home Buying, Ltd.
	  		  		  	
				
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	DE	  	100.00	  	

  

	(1)	First American Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust (the “Trust”), was formed on April 11, 1997. The trust is administered by Wilmington Trust
Company, as the Delaware trustee. The trust has two individual trustees, officers of The First American Corporation (“FAC”). The Trust issued two classes of securities, (i) $100,000,000 of capital securities and (ii) $3,093,000
of common securities. 100% of the common securities are owned by FAC and represent the residual value of the Trust after the prior payment of the capital securities. The capital securities are owned by various institutional investors. While FAC owns
all of the common securities of the Trust, it does not control the Trust. 

  

 11 
  

	 Schedule IV to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE V 

Indebtedness3
 
  

									
	 Borrower
	 	 Debt
	  	(in thousands)
Facility
Amounts	  	(in thousands)
Amounts
Outstanding
As of
12/31/2009
	 	  	  
	 The First American Corporation
	 	 Unsecured syndicated bank debt, maturing

July 11, 2012
	  	$	500,000	  	$	340,000
				
	 First American Capital Trust
	 	 8.50% Trust Preferred Securities, maturing

April 15, 2012
	  	$	100,000	  	$	100,000
				
	 The First American Corporation
	 	 Unsecured 5.70% senior notes, maturing

August 1, 2014
	  	$	150,000	  	$	150,000
				
	 The First American Corporation
	 	Unsecured 7.55% senior debentures, maturing April 1, 2028	  	$	100,000	  	$	100,000
				
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	Secured notes due to Bank of America, maturing December 31, 2012, collateralized by personal property.	  	$	50,000	  	$	31,769
				
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	Secured notes due to Bank of America, maturing January 13, 2013, collateralized by personal property.	  	$	50,000	  	$	32,444
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	Letter of credit	  	$	2,000	  	 	—  

  

	3
	FAC has guaranteed the performance of First American Financial Corporation and/or one or more of its subsidiaries (collectively, “FSG” on certain of
FSG’s contractual obligations (the “FSG Guarantees”). The amounts payable by FAC under the FSG Guarantees are not reasonably determinable as of this date. It is expected that the FSG Guarantees will be transferred to First American
Financial Corporation (“FAFC”) promptly after the closing date of the spin-off (the “Spin-off Date”); provided, that in the event such transfer is not effected, FAFC shall indemnify and hold harmless FAC for any losses or
claims FAC suffers or incurs arising from or as a result of such FSG Guarantees pursuant to an indemnification agreement entered into between FAC and FAFC prior to the Spin-off Date. 

 

 12 
  

	 Schedule V to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

										
	 	  	 	  	(in thousands)
Facility
Amounts	  	(in thousands)
Amounts
Outstanding	 
				
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	Guarantees of debt and letters of credit	  	$	6,275	  	$	5,108	  
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Letters of credit	  	$	14,968	  	$	—  	  
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Capital leases secured by telephony equipment	  	$	7,808	  	$
	6,427
	4 

				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Unsecured note to be issued to FAFC as of the Spin-off Date for the underfunded portion of the FAC employee pension plan that is being transferred to FAFC as of the Spin-off
Date. Amounts are estimated as of the date of the Agreement.	  	$	23,000	  			

  

	4
	 Amounts outstanding are as of February 28, 2010. 

  

 13 
  

	 Schedule V to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE VI 

Liens5
 
  

										
	 Borrower
	  	 Lien
	  	(in thousands)
Facility
Amounts	  	(in thousands)
As of
12/31/2009	 
				
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	Secured notes due to Bank of America, maturing December 31, 2012, collateralized by personal property.	  	$	50,000	  	$	31,769	  
				
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	Secured notes due to Bank of America, maturing January 13, 2013, collateralized by personal property.	  	$	50,000	  	$	32,444	  
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Capital leases secured by telephony equipment	  	$	7,808	  	$
	6,427
	6 

				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Expired line of credit with Bank of America NA, termination of lien in process.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	  
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Expired line of credit with Bank of the West, termination of lien in process.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	  
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	Master equipment lease, lien to be terminated immediately prior to Spin-off Date.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	  
				
	 Decision HR II, Inc.
	  	Expired loan facility with Bank of America, NA, termination of lien filed April 6, 2010.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  	  

  

	5
	Schedule VI does not include liens (a) in amounts not exceeding $1,000,000, (b) which have been terminated prior to the date of the Agreement, and
(c) with respect to operating leases. Please note that there is a federal tax lien on Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc, for a total amount of $44,901.61 of which $34,802.20 relates to a payroll tax dispute. Please see attached UCC
Reports for additional information. 

	6
	 Amounts outstanding are as of February 28, 2010. 

  

 14 
  

	 Schedule VI to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

									
				
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	Expired loan facility with Bank of America, NA, termination of lien April 6, 2010.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  
				
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	Expired loan facility with Bank of America, NA, termination of lien filed April 6, 2010.	  	$	—  	  	$	—  

  

 15 
  

	 Schedule VI to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 
 SCHEDULE VII 

Existing Guarantees 

 

									
	  	  	 	  	(in 
thousands)
Facility
Amounts	  	(in 
thousands)
Amounts
Outstanding
As of
12/31/2009
	 	  	 	  	  
	 Borrower
	  	 	  	  
				
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	Guarantee of debt of First Advantage Europe, LTD (UK) maturing September 30, 2010.	  	$	2,250	  	$	1,083
				
	 The First American Corporation
	  	FAC has guaranteed the performance of First American Financial Corporation and/or one or more of its subsidiaries (collectively, “FSG” on certain of FSG’s
contractual obligations (the “FSG Guarantees”). The amounts payable by FAC under the FSG Guarantees are not reasonably determinable as of this date. It is expected that the FSG Guarantees will be transferred to First American Financial
Corporation (“FAFC”) promptly after the closing date of the spin-off (the “Spin-off Date”); provided, that in the event such transfer is not effected, FAFC shall indemnify and hold harmless FAC for any losses or claims FAC
suffers or incurs arising from or as a result of such FSG Guarantees pursuant to an indemnification agreement entered into between FAC and FAFC prior to the Spin-off
Date.7	  			  		

  

	7
	 See attached Annex A to Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 

 

 16 
  

	 Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

  
 ANNEX A

 Third Amended and Restate Credit Agreement – First American 

 

					
	 Name of

Agreement/

(Deal)
	  	Date Created	    	 Description of FSG Guarantee

	 Guaranty
	  	9/16/2002	    	Guarantee of debt of Colliers Seeley International, Inc. to Comercia-Bank California, amount of future payments not to exceed $1,000,000
			
	 Reaffirmation of Guaranty
	  	3/13/2001	    	Guarantee of debt of New Arts Acquisition, Inc. to Imperial Bank Comercia Bank- California in the amount of $6,500,000
			
	 Continuing Guaranty
	  	9/27/1996	    	Guarantee of debt of Ruth Ann Furst Living Trust to Union Bank of California, amount of future payments not to exceed $160,000.
			
	 Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. 71132
	  	11/1/1991	    	Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. 71132 in favor of Continental Casualty Co. with respect to its payment obligations to Union Bank, amount of future payments not to exeed
$100,000
			
	 Guarantee
	  	11/17/2003	    	Guarantee of performance by FCT Valuation Services Inc. (“FCT”) of FCT’s obligations under a guaranteed valuation services agreement dated as of November 17,2003
between FCT and CIBC Mortgage Inc.
			
	 Guarantee
	  	11/17/2009	    	Guarantee of FCT’s indemnification obligations with respect to CIBC Mortgage Inc. pursuant to the guaranteed valuation services agreement.
			
	 Lease Guaranty
	  	12/21/2007	    	Guarantee of lease obligations of First American Title Company under a lease agreement with WCOT Glendale LLC, expiring on the earlier of (a) November 30, 2013 or (b) the
expiration or termination of the lease agreement.
			
	 Guarantee (United General Title Insurance Co.)
	  	5/12/2005	    	Guarantee of United General Financial Services, Inc’s payment obligations to Compass Bank (“Lender”) under two promissory notes, one in an amount of $5,000,000 and
another of $2,000,000.
			
	 Guaranty Agreement
	  	4/28/2005	    	Guarantee of the payment obligations of the Hong Kong division of First American Title Insurance for any title losses and claims tendered by, on or after 4/28/05 that are not
covered by the 8% loss reserve that was not in place as of April 28, 2005
			
	 Loss Payment Obligation Agreement
	  	3/22/2005	    	Guarantee of performance by FCT Valuation Services Inc. (“FCT”) of FCT’s obligations under a guaranteed valuation services agreement dated as of March 18, 2005
between FCT and Toronto-Dominion Bank.

 Annex A was prepared using general summaries of the FSG Guarantees referenced herein and
does not present a comprehensive description of the terms and conditions of any of such FSG Guarantees. 
  

	 Annex A to Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

					
	 Name of

Agreement/

(Deal)
	  	Date Created	    	 Description of FSG Guarantee

	 Amendment No. 1 to Guaranty
	  	11/23/2004	    	Guarantee of First American Title Insurance Company’s payment obligations to Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, NA under a $55,000,000.00 loan facility.
			
	 Master Equipment Lease Agreement Guaranty
	  	2/4/2004	    	Guarantee of First American Title Services De Mexico, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.’s payment obligations to CSI Leasing Mexico, S. DE R.L. DE C.V. under a Master Equipment Lease
Agreement dated 11/21/03.
			
	 Guaranty (753622)
	  	10/28/2003	    	Guaranty of First American Title Insurance Company’s payment obligations to Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association with respect to a mortgage of real estate located
in Santa Ana, CA, amount of future payments not to exceed $55,000,000
			
	 Torre Mayor Guaranty Agreement
	  	8/26/2003	    	Torre Mayor Guaranty Agreement on behalf of First American Title Insurance Company for its payment obligations to Torre Mayor, S.A. DE C.V. and BankBoston, S.A., Institucion de
Banca Multiple Default under the Lease Contract and Administrative Services Contract.
			
	 Guaranty
	  	1/14/2003	    	Guarantee of Southwest Title Company’s payment obligations to
1st National Bank of Nevada under a promissory note in an
amount equal to $1,500,000.00.
			
	 Guarantee and Postponement of Claim
	  	12/30/2002	    	Guarantee and Postponement of Claim in favor of First Canadian Title Company Limited with respect to its payment obligations to Desjardins Financial Security Life Assurance Company
under a Term Lease Master Agreement.
			
	 Commercial Guaranty
	  	1/4/2002	    	Guaranty of First American Title Insurance Agency, LLC’s payment obligations to Zions First National Bank, amounts not to exceed $3,344,576.
			
	 Corporate Guaranty
	  	1/1/2000	    	Guaranty of all payment obligations of First American Australia.
			
	 Heritage Guarantee Letter
	  	10/15/1999	    	Agreement to pay all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, costs and expenses incurred by or imposed upon Spring Mountain or Heritage resulting from a violation by Spring
Mountain during the four year period preceding October 15, 1999, in an amount not to exceed $3,100,000.

 Annex A was prepared
using general summaries of the FSG Guarantees referenced herein and does not present a comprehensive description of the terms and conditions of any of such FSG Guarantees. 
  

 Annex A to Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 

 

	 2 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

					
	 Name of

Agreement/

(Deal)
	  	Date Created	    	 Description of FSG Guarantee

	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	9/27/1997	    	Guarantee of Financial Title Company’s payment obligations to Imperial Bank, amounts in future payments not to exceed $127,486.41
			
	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	9/17/1997	    	Guarantee of Golden California Title Company’s payment obligations to Imperial Bank, amount in future payments not to exceed $3,546,688
			
	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	9/17/1997	    	Guarantee of Golden California Title Company of Alameda County, Inc.’s payment obligations to Imperial Bank, amount in future payments not to exceed
$1,111,362.
			
	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	9/17/1997	    	Guarantee of debt of Santa Clara Land Title Company to Imperial Bank, amount of future payments not to exceed $1,074,305.30
			
	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	9/17/1997	    	Guarantee of debt of Alliance Title Company, Inc. to Imperial Bank, amount of future payments not to exceed $120,760
			
	 Continuing Guarantee
	  	5/7/1997	    	Guaranty of the obligations of Strategic Mortgage Services under a credit facility with Bank of American National Trust and Savings Association.
			
	 Guaranty
	  	6/1/1993	    	Guaranty of First American Title Insurance Company obligations under a facility agreement with Comerica Bank
			
	 Continuing Guaranty
	  	4/1/1992	    	Guaranty of debt of First American Title Company of Nevada to Nevada National Bank, amount of future payments not to exceed $383,000
			
	 Unconditional Guaranty
	  	1/1/1992	    	Guaranty of payment obligations of First American Title Company of Florida, Inc. under a promissory note and non-Competition agreement with Catherine A. Anderson
			
	 Guaranty by Corporation
	  	6/25/1991	    	Guaranty of First American Title Company of Spokane’s payment obligations to Washington Trust Bank under a credit agreement.
			
	 Guaranty by Corporation
	  	11/12/1990	    	Guaranty of First American Title Company of Spokane’s payment obligations to Washington Trust Bank under a credit agreement.
			
	 Guaranty
	  	9/23/1982	    	Guaranty of the payment obligations of Independent Title Services to Northwestern National Bank of Great Falls under a facility agreement.
			
	 Loss Payment Obligation Agreement
	  	8/26/2008	    	Guarantee of performance by FCT Valuation Services Inc. (“FCT”) of FCT’s obligations under a guaranteed valuation services agreement dated as of April 19, 2007
between FCT and First National Financial.

 Annex A was prepared using general summaries of the FSG Guarantees referenced herein
and does not present a comprehensive description of the terms and conditions of any of such FSG Guarantees. 
  

Annex A to Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 
  

	 3 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement – First American 

 

					
	 Name of

Agreement/

(Deal)
	  	Date
Created	    	 Description of FSG Guarantee

	 Loss Payment Obligation Agreement
	  	1/25/2006	    	Guarantee of performance by FCT Valuation Services Inc. (“FCT”) of FCT’s obligations under a guaranteed valuation services agreement dated as of February 3,
2006 between FCT and Royal Bank of Canada.

 Annex A was prepared using general summaries of the FSG Guarantees referenced herein
and does not present a comprehensive description of the terms and conditions of any of such FSG Guarantees. 
  

Annex A to Schedule VII to Credit Agreement 
  

	 4 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A 

to the Credit Agreement 

[Form of Assignment and Assumption] 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and
is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set
forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full. 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably
purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the
Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of
such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be
assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other
documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other
claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively
as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. 

 

							
	 1. Assignor:
	 	  
	 		 	
				
	 2. Assignee:
	 	                             
                            [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify
Lender]1]	 		 	
				
	 3. Borrower(s):
	 	The First American Corporation	 		 	

  

	1
	Select as applicable. 

  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 A-2 
  

							
				
	 4. Administrative Agent:
	 	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement	 		 	
				
	 5. Credit Agreement:
	 	The $850,000,000 Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 12, 2010 among The First American Corporation, the Lenders parties thereto, and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent	 		 	
				
	 6: Assigned Interest:
	 		 		 	

  

							
	 Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans

for all Lenders
	  	Amount of
Commitment/Loans Assigned	  	Percentage 
Assigned
of
Commitment/Loans2

	 $
	  	$	            	  	$	            
	 $
	  	$	 	  	$	 
	 $
	  	$	 	  	$	 

 Effective Date:
            ,             20_ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF
TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 
 The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to: 

 

	
	ASSIGNOR
	
	 [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

	
	
By:                       
                                         
                                

	 Title:

	
	ASSIGNEE
	
	 [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

	
	
By:                       
                                         
                                

	 Title:

 

	2
	Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 A-3 
  

 [Consented to
and]3 Accepted: 

 

	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
	
	
By                       
                                         
                           

	 Title:

[Consented to and]4
 Accepted: 
  

	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Issuing Lender
	
	
By                       
                                         
                           

	 Title:

[Consented to and]5
 Accepted: 
  

	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Issuing Lender
	
	
By                       
                                         
                           

	 Title:

[Consented to:]6
 
  

	
	THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION
	
	
By                       
                                         
                           

	 Title:

 

	3
	To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	4
	To be added only if the consent of each Issuing Lender is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	5
	To be added only if the consent of each Issuing Lender is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

	6
	To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 A-4 
  

 ANNEX 1 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

1. Representations and Warranties. 

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the
Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person
obligated in respect of the Credit Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement. 

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all
action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the
Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder
and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the
basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required
to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other
Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their
terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned
Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 A-5 
  

 3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and
inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT B 

[Form of Additional Commitment Agreement] 

ADDITIONAL COMMITMENT AGREEMENT 

            , 201    , 

The First American Corporation 
 1 First
American Way 
 Santa Ana, CA 92707 

Attention: [            ] 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
 as Administrative
Agent 
 270 Park Avenue 
 New York, New
York 10017 
 Attention: Loan and Agency Services Group 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Reference is made to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended and in effect from time
to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among The First American Corporation, the Lenders named therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the
same meanings. 
 By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, which is being entered into pursuant to Section 2.17(b)
of the Credit Agreement, each of the Persons listed below under the caption “ADDITIONAL COMMITMENT LENDER(S)” (each an “Additional Commitment Lender”) agrees as follows: 

1. The effective date of this Agreement is [            ] (the
“Effective Date”). 
 2. If, immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Person is
a Lender party to the Credit Agreement, such Person hereby agrees that, effective as of the Effective Date, it shall provide an additional Commitment under the Credit Agreement in the amount set forth opposite its name under Part A of Schedule I
hereto under the caption “Additional Commitment” (which Commitment shall be in addition to such Person’s existing Commitment under the Credit Agreement). 

3. If, immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Person is not a Lender party to the Credit Agreement, such
Person hereby agrees that, effective as of the Effective Date, (i) it shall have a Commitment in an amount equal to the amount set forth opposite its name under Part B of Schedule I hereto under the

  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 B-2 
  

 
caption “Commitment” and (ii) agrees with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that, from and after the Effective Date, such Person shall be a Lender party to and be bound by
the provisions of the Credit Agreement and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement in respect of such Commitment. 

4. The Commitment Termination Date in respect of such Person’s Commitment covered by this Agreement is
[            
].7 

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. 

This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Additional
Commitment Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts hereof executed by each such party. 

 

			
	ADDITIONAL COMMITMENT LENDER(S)
	
	 [NAME OF LENDER]

		
	 By
	 	
                        
                                         
                                

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 

	7
	Should be completed to provide the updated Commitment Termination Date pursuant to the extension request. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 B-3 
  

			
	CONSENTED TO:
	
	THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION
		
	 By
	 	
                        
                                         
                          

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,as Administrative Agent
		
	 By
	 	
                        
                                         
                          

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 B-4 
  

 Schedule I 
  

			
	Part A: Existing Lenders:	  	
		
	Name	  	Additional Commitment ($)
		
	Part B: New Lenders:	  	
		
	Name	  	Commitment ($)

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT C 

to the Credit Agreement 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

This Compliance Certificate is delivered to you [pursuant to Section 6.01(c) of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement][in
connection with an Acquisition (the “Permitted Acquisition”) pursuant to Section 7.06(d) of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement], dated as of April 12, 2010, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time (the “Credit Agreement”), among THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the
“Lenders”), J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. and WELLS FARGO SECURITIES LLC., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacity, the “Lead Arrangers”), US BANK, COMERICA BANK and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as
documentation agents (in such capacity, the “Documentation Agents”), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “Syndication Agent”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 

1. I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [treasurer][chief accounting officer][chief financial officer] of the Borrower.

 2. I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate. 

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents and have made or caused to be made under my supervision, a
review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “[Pro Forma] Financial
Statements”). [The Pro Forma Financial Statements (i) were prepared on a pro forma basis as if the Permitted Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of the Pro Forma Test Period and (ii) give effect to the
Borrower’s good faith estimate of any anticipated cost savings or increases as a result of the consummation thereof.] Such review did not disclose the existence during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the Financial Statements,
and I have no knowledge of the existence, as of the date of this Certificate, of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default [, except as set forth below]. 

4. Attached hereto as Schedule 2 are the calculations demonstrating [pro forma] compliance by the Borrower with the covenants set
forth in Section 7.09 of the Credit Agreement [on the last day of the Pro Forma Test Period]. 
 5. [Attached hereto as
Schedule 3 is the computation of Excess Cash Flow generated during the most recent Fiscal Year covered by the Financial
Statements.]8 

 

	8
	Required when delivering annual financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(b) 

 
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 C-2 
  

 6. [Attached hereto as Schedule 4 are the portions of the baskets for Restricted
Junior Payments used during the most recent Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 7.05 of the Credit Agreement and the remaining portions available
thereunder.]9 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I execute this Certificate this             day of
            , 20    . 
  

			
	THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	
                        
                                         
                         

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 

	9
	Required when delivering annual financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(b) 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 C-3 
  

 Schedule 1 

[Financial Statements] 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 C-4 
  

 Schedule 2 

The information described herein is as of             ,
20    , and pertains to the period from             , 20    , to             ,
20    . 
 [Set forth Covenant Calculations] 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 C-5 
  

 Schedule 3 

[Computation of Excess Cash Flow] 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 C-6 
  

 Schedule 4 

[Used and Remaining Portions of Baskets for Restricted Junior Payments] 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT D 

to the Credit Agreement 

FORM OF OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO THE LOAN PARTIES 

April 12, 2010 
 The Lenders Listed on
Schedule A 
 Re: The First American Corporation 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 We have acted as
special counsel to The First American Corporation, a California corporation (“Borrower”), and the subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule B (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”; the Borrower and the Subsidiary
Guarantors are referred to herein collectively as the “Loan Parties”) in connection with the execution and delivery of (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010, among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto
(the “Lenders”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “Credit Agreement”); (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010,
among the Loan Parties and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties defined therein (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) and (iii) the
promissory notes (if any) of the Borrower listed on Schedule C (the “Notes”; together with the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the “Loan Documents”) . This opinion is being delivered to
you pursuant to Section 5.01(f)(ii) of the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of the
Loan Documents and the financing statements listed on Schedule D (the “Financing Statements”), and such certificates and other documents of public officials, officers and other representatives of the Loan Parties and others as we
have deemed relevant or proper as a basis for our opinions set forth herein. In examining the Loan Documents and the Financing Statements, we have relied as to factual matters on the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents and
the Financing Statements. In addition, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on original documents of all Persons (other than officers of the Loan Parties) and the conformity to the original of all copies submitted to us as photocopies or
conformed copies. We have also assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by all parties other than the California Opinion Parties listed on Schedule B (the “California Opinion Parties”), the
Delaware Opinion Parties listed on Schedule B (the “Delaware Opinion Parties”) and the Florida Opinion Parties listed on Schedule 
  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 B (the “Florida Opinion
Parties”; together with the California Opinion Parties and the Delaware Opinion Parties, the “Opinion Parties”), and the authority and existence of all parties to the Loan Documents other than the Opinion Parties.

 We have also assumed that, for purposes of the opinions expressed herein, (i) the Borrower will comply with the provisions of the Credit
Agreement relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans, (ii) the Loan Parties do not and will not engage primarily, and do not and will not hold themselves out as being engaged primarily, and do not and will not propose to engage primarily, in
the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities, (iii)(x) each party to each Loan Document is duly organized or formed and (y) each party to each Loan Document (other than the Opinion Parties) is validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has full power and authority to execute, deliver, enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iv) the execution, delivery and
performance of each Loan Document by each party thereto, compliance by such Loan Party with the terms and provisions thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (x) (A) has been duly authorized and approved by all
necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company and/or other action on the part of such party (other than the Opinion Parties with respect to the Loan Documents to which each such Opinion Party is a party) and (B) has been duly
executed and delivered by such party thereto (other than the Opinion Parties with respect to the Loan Documents to which each such Opinion Party is a party) and (y) does not contravene any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation
applicable to such party, including, without limitation, the laws of the jurisdiction in which such party is organized (provided that this assumption is not made as to the Loan Parties, solely with regard to the opinions expressly set forth
in paragraph 7 hereof), or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court applicable to such party, (v) the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document by each party thereto and compliance by such Loan Party with the terms and
provisions thereof will not conflict with or result in any breach of any agreements, contracts or instruments to which such party is a party to or otherwise subject to and will not violate any provision of the organizational or other charter
documents of such party (provided that this assumption is not made as to the Opinion Parties, solely with regard to the opinions expressly set forth in clause (d) of paragraph 7 hereof), (vi) all orders, consents, approvals,
licenses, authorizations and validations of filings, recordings and registrations with, or exemptions by, all governmental or public bodies or authorities have been obtained and remain in full force and effect for the (x) execution, delivery
and performance of each Loan Document by each party thereto (provided that this assumption is not made as to any Loan Party, solely with regard to the opinions expressly set forth in paragraph 5 hereof) and (y) legality, validity,
binding effect and enforceability against each party of each such Loan Document (provided that this assumption is not made as to any Loan Party, solely with regard to the opinions expressly set forth in paragraph 5 hereof), (vii) each
Loan Document constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each party thereto (other than each Loan Party, solely in the case of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party), enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms
and (viii) each Loan Party has rights in the Collateral (as described and as defined in the Guarantee and 
  

	 2 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 Collateral Agreement to which
such Loan Party is a party) existing on the date hereof and will have rights in any property or asset which becomes Collateral after the date hereof. 

We have also assumed that (i) the parties to each limited liability company agreement set forth on Schedule E had full power and authority or legal
capacity to execute and deliver such limited liability company agreement and perform its obligations thereunder, (ii) each limited liability company agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and is a valid, binding
and enforceable agreement under California, Delaware or Florida law, as the case may be, (iii) the construction and interpretation of the terms of each limited liability company agreement under Delaware contract law is the same as it would be
under New York law (although we note that such construction and interpretation under Delaware contract law may in fact differ from that under New York contract law) and (iv) each limited liability company agreement in the form reviewed by us is
the sole document constituting the applicable Opinion Party’s “limited liability company agreement” or “operating agreement” as such term is, or terms are, used in the California Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act,
the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (“DLLCA”) and the Florida Limited Liability Company Act and on the date on which there occurred any action or transaction by such Opinion Party relevant to this opinion and as to which a
limited liability company agreement or operating agreement is applicable and there are no amendments thereto that have not been furnished to us. 

Based upon the foregoing and such investigations as we deem advisable and proper, and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and
assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that: 
  

	1.	Each California Opinion Party, other than Basis100 Corporation, that is a corporation is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
California. Each California Opinion Party that is a limited liability company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California. [Basis100 Corporation is not in good standing – there is an outstanding 2007 tax
issue that First American is working through with the CA Franchise Tax Board – First American believes everything has been submitted but the papers have not been processed by the Franchise Tax Board.] 

 

	2.	Each Delaware Opinion Party that is a corporation is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each Delaware Opinion Party that is
a limited liability company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. 

  

	3.	Each Florida Opinion Party that is a corporation is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida. Each Florida Opinion Party that is a
limited liability company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida. 

  

	 3 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
  

	4.	Each Opinion Party has the necessary corporate or limited liability company power and authority, as the case may be, to execute and deliver each Loan Document to which
it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. 

  

	5.	The execution and delivery by each Opinion Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance by each Opinion Party of the transactions contemplated
thereby have been duly authorized by each Opinion Party. Each Opinion Party has duly executed and delivered the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and, upon execution and delivery by other party or parties thereto, each Loan Document constitutes
the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Loan Parties party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms. 

  

	6.	The execution and delivery by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance by each Loan Party of the transactions contemplated
thereby will not require such Loan Party to make any filing (except as have been obtained or made on or prior to the date hereof and except for such filings and/or recordings as may be required for the perfection of security interests granted
pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) with, or obtain any permit, consent or approval from, or give any notice to, any New York state governmental or regulatory body, agency or authority. 

 

	7.	The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party will not (a) contravene any existing
applicable California, Florida or New York state or federal law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject that, in our experience, normally applies to transactions of the type contemplated in the Loan Documents (including Regulations U and
X of the Board of Governor of the federal Reserve System); (b) in the case of the Delaware Opinion Parties that are corporations, contravene the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”); (c) in the case of the Delaware
Opinion Parties that are limited liability companies, contravene the DLLCA (the laws, statutes, rules and regulations referred to in preceding clauses (a), (b) and (c), and in respect of preceding clauses (b) and (c) without regard to
case law decided thereunder, collectively, the “Applicable Laws”) or (d) in the case of each Opinion Party contravene or conflict with any provision of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or limited liability company or
operating agreement. 

  

	8.	The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement creates a valid lien and security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, as security for the Secured Parties, in that portion
of the Collateral described (and as defined) in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement owned by the Loan Parties in which a security interest may be created under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of New
York (such code, the “New York UCC”; such Collateral, the “Article 9 Collateral”). 

  

	9.	To the extent Collateral under, and as defined in, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitutes “certificated securities” (as defined in Article 8 of
the New York UCC), the 

  

	 4 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 Collateral
Agent will have a perfected security interest in such certificated securities under the New York UCC upon delivery in the State of New York to the Collateral Agent (and for so long as such certificated securities are held in the State of New York by
the Collateral Agent) of the certificates representing such certificated securities in registered form, in each case endorsed by an effective endorsement or accompanied by undated stock powers duly endorsed in blank, and assuming the continued
possession and control by the Collateral Agent of such certificates in the State of New York, such security interest in such Collateral created in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement will be perfected under the New York UCC, and if the Collateral Agent obtains such perfected security interest without “notice of an adverse claim” (as defined in Section 8-105 of the New York UCC), the Collateral
Agent will obtain such security interest free of any such “adverse claim” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the New York UCC). 
  

	10.	We have reviewed the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule D to be filed in respect of each California Opinion Party in the filing office of the Secretary of
State of the State of California (the “California Financing Statements”) and, upon due filing of the California Financing Statements in the such filing office together with payment of any applicable filing fees, the security
interest created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Article 9 Collateral will constitute a perfected security interest in such Article 9 Collateral owned by such California Opinion Party and in which a security interest is granted by
such California Opinion Party under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent that the Article 9 Collateral owned and the security interest so granted by such California Opinion Party consists of the type of property in which a security
interest may be perfected by filing a financing statement under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of California (such code, the “California UCC”; such Collateral, the
“California Article 9 Collateral”). 

  

	11.	We have reviewed the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule D to be filed in respect of each Delaware Opinion Party in the filing office of the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Financing Statements”) and, upon due filing of the Delaware Financing Statements in such filing office together with payment of any applicable filing fees, the security interest created
by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Article 9 Collateral will constitute a perfected security interest in such Article 9 Collateral owned by such Delaware Opinion Party and in which a security interest is granted by such Delaware
Opinion Party under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent that the Article 9 Collateral owned and the security interest so granted by such Delaware Opinion Party consists of the type of property in which a security interest may be
perfected by filing a financing statement under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of Delaware (such code, the “Delaware UCC”; such Collateral, the “Delaware Article 9
Collateral”). 

  

	 5 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
  

	12.	We have reviewed the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule D to be filed in respect of each Florida Opinion Party in the filing office of the Secretary of
State of the State of Florida (the “Florida Financing Statements”) and, upon due filing of the Florida Financing Statements in such filing office together with payment of any applicable filing fees, the security interest created by
the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Article 9 Collateral will constitute a perfected security interest in such Article 9 Collateral owned by such Florida Opinion Party and in which a security interest is granted by such Florida Opinion
Party under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to the extent that the Article 9 Collateral owned and the security interest so granted by such Florida Opinion Party consists of the type of property in which a security interest may be perfected by
filing a financing statement under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of Florida (such code, the “Florida UCC”; such Collateral, the “Florida Article 9
Collateral”). 

  

	13.	No Loan Party is an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

 

	14.	The Transactions do not conflict with, or violate the terms of, the Existing Note Documents to which any Loan Party is a party. 

The opinions contained herein are subject to the following additional limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions: 

 

	A.	Our opinions expressed in paragraphs 5, 8 and 9 herein are subject to the effects of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). 

  

	B.	In connection with our opinion set forth in paragraph 5 hereof, (i) such opinion is limited to the extent that a United States federal court sitting in diversity
jurisdiction may not give effect to (x) the waiver of any objection to the laying of venue and of any claim of forum non conveniens and (y) the forum selection provisions contained in each Loan Document, (ii) no opinion is
being expressed with respect to subject matter jurisdiction of any United States federal court, (iii) no opinion is being expressed with respect to subject matter jurisdiction of any United States federal court or the enforceability of any
provisions whereby a party submits to such jurisdiction and (iv) no opinion is being expressed as to the effectiveness of (w) any provision of any Loan Document that provides for the severance of invalid, illegal or unenforceable terms of
such Loan Document from the other terms of the Loan Documents, (x) any waiver (whether or not stated as such) under any Loan Document of, or any consent thereunder relating to, unknown future rights or the rights of any party thereto existing,
or duties owing to it, as a matter of law, to the extent that such rights cannot be waived under applicable law and (y) the enforceability of any Loan Document against any Loan Party following the 

 

	 6 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 occurrence of
any facts or circumstances after the date hereof that would constitute a defense to the obligation of a surety, unless such defense has been waived effectively by such Loan Party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing we express no
opinion regarding the enforceability of any pre-default waiver of notification of disposition of Collateral, mandatory disposition of Collateral or redemption rights or any waiver of the requirement that every aspect of the disposition of the
Collateral by the Collateral Agent upon its enforcement of the Lenders’ security interest therein be commercially reasonable. We also express no opinion as to the effect on the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents to which
they are a party of (i) any modification to or amendment of the obligations of the applicable Loan Party that materially increases those obligations or (ii) any other action by any person (other than the applicable Loan Party) that
materially prejudices the applicable Loan Party under such Loan Documents, if, in any such instance, such modification, amendment or action occurs without notice to and the consent of the applicable Loan Party. 

 

	C.	We express no opinion as to the enforceability or assignment of any exculpation, indemnification or contribution provisions, or limitations on claims for damages, in
the Loan Documents to the extent the rights to assignment, exculpation, indemnification or contribution, or limitations on damages provided for therein (x) are violative of any law, rule or regulation (including, without limitation, any
securities law, rule or regulation) or public policy relating thereto or (y) are related to exculpation, indemnification, contribution or limitation on damages in respect of willful, reckless or criminal acts or gross negligence of the
indemnified or exculpated person or entity or the person or entity receiving contribution or the person entitled to the limitation on damages. 

  

	D.	We wish to point out that there may be limitations upon the exercise of remedial or procedural provisions contained in the Loan Documents, but we believe that such
limitations do not make the rights and remedies provided in or contemplated by each Loan Document inadequate for the practical realization of the principal rights and remedies intended to be afforded thereby. 

 

	E.	We express no opinion as to (i) the applicability to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated thereby of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (11
U.S.C. Section 548) or Article 10 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law relating to fraudulent transfers and obligations or (ii) the effect of any possible judicial, administrative or other action giving effect to the actions of foreign
governmental authorities or to foreign laws. 

  

	F.	We wish to point out that the laws of the State of New York generally impose an obligation of good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness in the performance and
enforcement of contracts. 

  

	 7 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
  

	G.	We express no opinion as to (i) the title of any Loan Party to any property constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (and we have
assumed that each such Loan Party has sufficient rights in and to such Collateral for a security interest to attach), (ii) the priority of any security interest created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or (iii) except as
expressly provided in paragraphs 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof, the validity or perfection of any security interest created under any Loan Document. In addition, we have assumed that value has been given (within the meaning of Section 9-203(b) of
the New York UCC) by the Lenders. 

  

	H.	In the case of Collateral acquired by any Loan Party after the date hereof, Section 552 of 11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. (the “Bankruptcy
Code”) limits the extent to which property acquired by a debtor after the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code may be subject to a security interest arising from a security agreement entered into by the debtor before the
commencement of such case. 

  

	I.	We call to your attention that under the California UCC, the Delaware UCC and the Florida UCC (each, a “UCC”), events occurring subsequent to the
creation of a security interest subject to the applicable UCC may affect such security interest, including, but not limited to, factors of the type identified in Section 9-315 of the UCC, with respect to proceeds; Section 9-316 of the UCC,
with respect to changes in governing law or the location of the debtor; Sections 9-507 and 9-508 of the UCC, with respect to the name and identity of the debtor; Section 9-339 of the UCC, with respect to subordination agreements; and Sections
9-320, 9-330 and 9-331 of the UCC, with respect to subsequent purchasers of collateral. In addition, actions taken by a secured party (e.g., releasing or assigning the security interest, delivery of possession of the collateral to the debtor or
another person and voluntarily subordinating a security interest) may affect the validity, perfection or priority of a security interest. 

  

	J.	We call to your attention that federal and state courts located in New York could decline to hear a case on grounds of forum non conveniens or any other doctrine
limiting the availability of the courts in New York as a forum for the resolution of disputes not having sufficient nexus to New York, and we express no opinion as to any waiver of rights to assert the applicability of forum non conveniens
doctrine or any such other doctrine. 

  

	K.	Insofar as our opinion in paragraph 5 hereof relates to choice of law and choice of forum provisions contained in the Loan Documents, such opinion is rendered in
reliance upon the Act of July 19, 1984, ch. 421, 1984 McKinney’s Sess. Law of N.Y. 1406 (codified as N.Y. Gen. Oblig. Law §§ 5-1401, 5-1402 (McKinney 1989) and N.Y. C.P.L.R. 327(b) (McKinney (1990)) (the
“Act”) and is subject to the qualifications that (i) such enforceability as specified in the Act does not apply to the extent provided to the contrary in subsection two of Section 1-105 of the New York UCC and
(ii) the application of New York law pursuant to the Act to a transaction that has no contact or only insignificant contact with the parties and the transaction may raise constitutional issues. 

 

	 8 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
  

	L.	Our opinions in paragraphs 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 hereof are limited to Articles 8 and 9 of the California UCC, the Delaware UCC, the Florida UCC and the New York UCC, and
therefore those opinion paragraphs do not address (i) laws of jurisdictions other than California, Delaware, Florida and New York, (ii) laws of California, Delaware, Florida and New York other than Articles 8 and 9 of the California UCC,
the Delaware UCC, the Florida UCC and the New York UCC and (iii) collateral of a type not subject to Articles 8 and 9 of the California UCC, the Delaware UCC, the Florida UCC and the New York UCC. Our opinion set forth in paragraph 11 hereof,
to the extent pertaining to matters governed by the Delaware UCC, is based solely on our review of Article 9 of the Delaware UCC as set forth in the Delaware UCC Annotated 2009-2010 Edition published by Lexis Publishing, and without regard to (and
we have not reviewed) administrative law, regulatory law or any case law related to the Delaware UCC or any other judicial, regulatory or administrative interpretations thereof. 

 

	M.	We have assumed that (i) each California Opinion Party is not organized or formed under the laws of any state other than the State of California, (ii) each
Delaware Opinion Party is not organized or formed under the laws of any state other than the State of Delaware and (iii) each Florida Opinion Party is not organized under the laws of any state other than the State of Florida.

  

	N.	Our opinion with respect to good standing set forth in paragraph 1 is based solely upon our review of certificates of good standing of recent date received from the
Secretary of State of the State of California. 

  

	O.	Our opinion with respect to good standing set forth in paragraph 2 is based solely upon our review of certificates of good standing of recent date received from the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. 

  

	P.	Our opinion with respect to good standing set forth in paragraph 3 is based solely upon our review of certificates of good standing of recent date received from the
Secretary of State of the State of Florida. 

  

	Q.	We express no opinion as to (and the term “Applicable Laws” as used in this opinion letter does not in any event include) (1) with the exception
of paragraphs 7 and 13, federal or state securities laws or regulations; (2) federal or state antitrust or unfair competition laws or regulations; (3) federal or state environmental laws or regulations; (4) federal or state tax laws
or regulations; (5) federal or state public utility laws or regulations; (6) pension or employee benefit laws or regulations; (7) federal patent, copyright or trademark, state trademark, or other federal or state intellectual property
laws or regulations; (8) federal or state health and safety laws or regulations; (9) federal or state labor laws or regulations; (10) federal or state laws, regulations or policies relating to national or local emergencies;
(11) statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions, rules or regulations of counties, towns, municipalities or special political subdivisions (whether created or enabled through 

 

	 9 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 legislative
action at the federal, state or regional level); (12) federal or state laws, rules or regulations relating to zoning, land use, building or construction; (13) federal or state usury laws (other than New York usury laws); (14) pension
or employee benefits laws or regulations, including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (15) The USA Patriot Act (Title III of Public L. 107-56) or other anti-money laundering laws or regulations; (16) the
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; (17) (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917, 50 U.S.C.A. app. §1 et seq., of the United States, (b) the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C.A. §1701 et seq., of the United
States, or (c) all United States Executive Orders (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism), rules, regulations
(including those from the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury), and other official acts promulgated under any of the foregoing or (18) judicial decisions to the extent that they deal with any of the
foregoing. 
  

	R.	We call to your attention that under the UCC, with certain limited exceptions, the effectiveness of the Financing Statements will lapse five years after the date of
filing thereof and the security interest therein will at that time become unperfected, unless a continuation statement is filed within six months prior to the end of such five-year period. We also call to your attention the fact that perfection of
security interests under the UCC in the California Article 9 Collateral, the Delaware Article 9 Collateral and the Florida Article 9 Collateral will be terminated as to any such collateral acquired by the respective Loan Party more than four months
after such Loan Party changes its name, identity or legal structure to such an extent as to make the Financing Statements seriously misleading, unless a new appropriate financing statement indicating such Loan Party’s new name, identity or
legal structure, as applicable, is properly filed before the expiration of the four month period commencing immediately after such change. 

  

	S.	We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision in the Loan Documents specifying that provisions thereof may be waived only in writing, to the extent
that an oral agreement or an implied agreement by trade practice or course of conduct has been created that modified any provisions of such Loan Documents. 

 

	T.	We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision of the Loan Documents that purports to give any person or entity the power to accelerate obligations or
to foreclose upon collateral without any notice. 

  

	U.	In rendering our opinion in paragraph 6 hereof, we express no opinion with respect to orders, consents, permits or approvals that may be necessary in connection with
the business or operations of the Loan Parties. 

  

	V.	We express no opinion as to any provisions of the Loan Documents providing for forfeitures or the recovery of, or securing, amounts deemed to constitute penalties, or
for 

  

	 10 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 liquidated
damages, acceleration of future amounts due (other than principal) without appropriate discount to present value, late charges and prepayment charges. 
  

	W.	We express no opinion as to any provisions of the Loan Documents appointing any of you as attorney-in-fact for any Loan Party or providing that any determination by any
of you will be conclusive or binding on any Loan Party. 

  

	X.	We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document granting to any party thereto any right of setoff beyond that provided by law.

  

	Y.	We express no opinion with respect to the effect of any provision of the Loan Documents that is intended to establish any standard other than a standard set forth in
the New York UCC as the measure of performance by any party thereto of such party’s obligations of good faith, due diligence, reasonableness or care or the fulfillment of the duties imposed on any secured party with respect to the maintenance,
disposition or redemption of collateral, accounting for surplus proceeds of collateral or accepting collateral in discharge of liabilities. 

  

	Z.	We express no opinion with respect to: 

  

	 	(i)	the perfection of any security interest in (1) any Collateral of a type represented by a certificate of title, (2) any proceeds of Collateral, (3) any
distributions on the securities and (4) any Collateral consisting of money, cash equivalents, deposit accounts, letter of credit rights, as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, cooperative interests or any property subject to a statute,
regulation or treaty of the United States whose requirements for a security interest’s obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor with respect to the property preempt Section 9103(a) of the California UCC, Section 9-310(a)
of the Delaware UCC or Section 9-310(a) of the Florida UCC; 

  

	 	(ii)	the perfection of any security interest whose priority is subject to Section 9-334 of the New York UCC; 

 

	 	(iii)	any security interest in commercial tort claims; 

  

	 	(iv)	any security interest in any item of Collateral which prior to the perfection of such security interest is sold or transferred to any third party;

  

	 	(v)	any security interest in any item of Collateral or other property subject to any restriction on or prohibition against transfer contained in or otherwise applicable to
such item of Collateral or other property or any agreement, license, permit, security, instrument or document constituting, evidencing or relating to such item, except to the extent that any such restriction or prohibition is rendered ineffective

  

	 11 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April 12, 2010 
 pursuant to any
of Sections 9-406 through 9-409, inclusive, of the New York UCC; and 
  

	 	(vi)	any waivers or variations of rights of a debtor, including a guarantor, or duties of a secured party under provisions referred to in Sections 9-602, 9-615(f) or 9-626
and 1-102(3) of the New York UCC; without limiting the generality of the foregoing we express no opinion regarding the enforceability of any pre-default waiver of notification of disposition of Collateral, mandatory disposition of Collateral or
redemption rights or any waiver of the requirement that every aspect of the disposition of the Collateral by you upon your enforcement of your security interest therein be commercially reasonable. 

The opinions expressed above are limited to questions arising under the DGCL (without regard to case law decided thereunder), DLLCA (without regard to
case law decided thereunder), the California UCC (to the extent specified in paragraph 10 above), the Delaware UCC (to the extent specified in paragraph 11 above), the Florida UCC (to the extent specified in paragraph 12 above), federal law of the
United States and the laws of the State of New York which, in each case, in our experience are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Loan Documents. This opinion does not cover the law of any jurisdiction other than
that specified in the immediately preceding sentence (collectively, the “Other Jurisdictions”), nor did we review codifications of laws of Other Jurisdictions. Furthermore, we express no opinion as to, and assume no responsibility
for, the effect of any fact or circumstance occurring subsequent to the date of this letter, including, without limitation, legislative and other changes in the law or changes in circumstances affecting the Loan Parties. We assume no responsibility
to advise you of any such facts or circumstances of which we become aware, regardless of whether or not they affect the opinions herein. 
 This
opinion may not be used or relied upon or published or communicated to any person or entity other than the addressees hereof for any purpose whatsoever without our prior written consent in each instance; provided that you may furnish copies of this
opinion to your accountants and to bank auditors and examiners, in each case in connection with their audit and review activities and to any person that becomes or proposes to become a Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Credit
Agreement. 
 This opinion letter shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with customary third party opinion practice in New York.

 Very truly yours, 
 NWR:JW:sjd

  

	 12 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE A 

LENDERS 
  

			
		  	 Bank of America, N.A.

		
		  	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

		
		  	 Comerica Bank

		
		  	 Union Bank of California, N.A.

		
		  	 US Bank

		
		  	 Wells Fargo Bank, National

Association

		
		  	 Bank of the West

		
		  	 Keybank National Association

		
		  	 HSBC Bank USA, National

Association

 
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE B 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS; OPINION PARTIES 

Subsidiary Guarantors 
  

			
	Name of Subsidiary	  	
Jurisdiction of
Organization

	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	DE
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	CA
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	CA
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	DE
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	CA
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	MD
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	CA
	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR I, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR II, Inc.
	  	OK
	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  	DE
	 DecisionHR V, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR VII, Inc.
	  	GA
	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR, Inc.
	  	FL
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	DE
	 FA Locate, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 Faslo Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	VA
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	AZ

  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	FL
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Holding Corporation
	  	DE
	 First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	DE
	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.
	  	MD
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	CA
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	TN
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	MD
	 National Background Data, LLC
	  	DE
	 National Data Registry, LLC
	  	DE
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	AL
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Quantrix, LLC
	  	DE
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	GA

 California Opinion Parties

  

	
	 American Driving Records, Inc.

	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.

	 Basis100 Corporation

	 Data Tree LLC

	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.

	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.

	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC

	 LeadClick Media, Inc.

	 The First American Corporation

  

	 15 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Delaware Opinion Parties 

 

			
		 	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.

		 	 Atone Acquisition Corporation

		 	 Atone Software, Inc.

		 	 CoreLogic, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.

eAppraiseIT, LLC

		 	 FA Locate, Inc.

		 	 FADV CMSI, Inc.

		 	 FADV Holdings LLC

		 	 Faslo Solutions LLC

		 	 First Advantage Corporation

		 	 First Advantage Credco LLC

		 	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.

		 	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC

		 	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.

		 	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC

		 	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC

		 	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.

		 	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.

		 	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.

		 	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC

		 	 First American Holding Corporation

		 	 First American Indian Holdings LLC

		 	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC

		 	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC

		 	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC

		 	 National Background Data, LLC

		 	 National Data Registry, LLC

		 	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.

		 	 Quantrix, LLC

		 	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.

		 	 Statistics Data, Inc.

Florida Opinion Parties 
  

			
		 	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR I, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR V, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR, Inc.

  

	 16 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
		 	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.

		 	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.

		 	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.

		 	 First American Default Information Services LLC

		 	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.

  

	 17 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE C 

PROMISSORY NOTES 
 None.

  
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE D 

FINANCING STATEMENTS 
  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE E 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENTS 
  

	1.	The Operating Agreement dated as of June 1, 1998 of Data Tree LLC by and between First American Real Estate Solutions LLC and R. Square Limited.

  

	2.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of May 31, 2002 of eAppraiseIT, LLC by and between First American Real Estate Solutions LLC, a California limited
liability company and LandAmerica OneStop Inc., a Virginia corporation. 

  

	3.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 14, 2005 of FADV Holdings LLC among The First American Corporation, First American Real Etate
Information Services, Inc. and First American Real Estate Solutions LLC. 

  

	4.	The Operating Agreement dated June 20, 2007 of Faslo Solutions LLC by First American Default Information Services LLC, as its sole member.

  

	5.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of July 22, 2005 of First Advantage Credco LLC (f/k/a First Advantage CIG, LLC) by First Advantage Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	6.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 22, 2004 of First Advantage Public Records, LLC by First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	7.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of May 11, 2007 of First Advantage Talent Management Services, LLC by First Advantage Background Services Corp., a
Florida corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	8.	The First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of February 3, 2009 of First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC by First Advantage
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	9.	The Operating Agreement dated as of December 21, 2000 of First American Default Information Services LLC (f/k/a First American Default Management Solutions LLC) by
First American Real Estate Solutions LLC, as its sole member. 

  

	10.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 20, 2003 of First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC by Treis Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	11.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 5, 2003 of First American Indian Holdings LLC by First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as
its sole member. 

  

	12.	The Bylaws of First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC. 

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 April 12, 2008 
  

	13.	The Bylaws of First American Real Estate Solutions LLC. 

  

	14.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 20, 2003 of First American Real Estate Tax Services LLC by Treis Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, as its sole member. 

  

	15.	The Operating Agreement dated as of November 7, 2005 of LeadClick Holding Company, LLC by and between First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc., a
California Corporation, and First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

  

	16.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 22, 2004 of National Background Data, LLC by First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as
its sole member. 

  

	17.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of September 22, 2004 of National Data Registry, LLC by First Advantage Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as
its sole member. 

  

	18.	The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of October 12, 2006 of Quantrix, LLC by and between Blue Box Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation and The First
American Corporation, a California corporation. 

  

	 21 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 [DRAFT OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL] 

April [    ], 2010 
 The
Lenders Listed on Schedule A 
 Re: The First American Corporation 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 I am general counsel of
(x) First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc., a California corporation, and (y) the information solutions group of The First American Corporation, a California corporation (“Borrower”), and have represented
the Borrower and the subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule B (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”; the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors are referred to herein collectively as the “Loan Parties”), in
connection with the execution and delivery of (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of April [_], 2010, among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative
agent for the Lenders (the “Credit Agreement”); (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April [    ], 2010, among the Loan Parties and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as collateral
agent (the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties defined therein (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) and (iii) the promissory notes (if any) of the Borrower listed on Schedule C (the
“Notes”; together with the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the “Loan Documents”) . This opinion is being delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.01(f)(i) of the Credit Agreement. All
capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement. 
 In connection with this
opinion, I have examined originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction as being true copies of the Loan Documents, and such certificates and other documents of public officials, officers and other representatives of the
Loan Parties and others as I have deemed relevant or proper as a basis for my opinions set forth herein. In examining the Loan Documents, I have relied as to factual matters on the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents. In
addition, I have assumed the genuineness of signatures on original documents of all Persons (other than officers of the Loan Parties) and the conformity to the original of all copies submitted to us as photocopies or conformed copies. I have also
assumed the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by all parties other than the Loan Parties, and the authority and existence of all parties to the Loan Documents other than the Loan Parties. 

 
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 The Lenders Listed on Schedule A 

April [    ], 2010 
 Based
upon the foregoing and such investigations as I have deemed advisable and proper, and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, I am of the opinion that: 

 

	1.	Each of the California Opinion Parties listed in Schedule B, the Delaware Opinion Parties listed in Schedule B and the Florida Opinion Parties listed in Schedule B is
duly organized as a corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation. 

  

	2.	There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority now pending against or, to my knowledge after due inquiry, threatened
in writing against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve the Loan Documents or the Transactions.

 The opinions expressed above are limited to questions arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law (without regard to
case law decided thereunder), Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (without regard to case law decided thereunder), the Florida Business Corporation Act (without regard to case law decided thereunder), the Florida Limited Liability Company Act
(without regard to case law decided thereunder), federal law of the United States and the laws of the State of California which, in each case, in my experience are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Loan Documents.
This opinion does not cover the law of any jurisdiction other than that specified in the immediately preceding sentence (collectively, the “Other Jurisdictions”), nor did I review codifications of laws of Other Jurisdictions.
Furthermore, I express no opinion as to, and assume no responsibility for, the effect of any fact or circumstance occurring subsequent to the date of this letter, including, without limitation, legislative and other changes in the law or changes in
circumstances affecting the Loan Parties. I assume no responsibility to advise you of any such facts or circumstances of which I become aware, regardless of whether or not they affect the opinions herein. 

This opinion may not be used or relied upon or published or communicated to any person or entity other than the addressees hereof for any purpose
whatsoever without my prior written consent in each instance; provided that you may furnish copies of this opinion to your accountants and to bank auditors and examiners, in each case in connection with their audit and review activities and
to any person that becomes or proposes to become a Lender in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. 
 This opinion letter
shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with customary third party opinion practice in the State of California. 
 Very truly yours,

  

	 2 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE A 

LENDERS 
  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE B 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS; OPINION PARTIES 

Subsidiary Guarantors 
  

			
	 Name of Subsidiary
	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	DE
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	CA
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	CA
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	DE
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	CA
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	MD
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	CA
	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR I, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR II, Inc.
	  	OK
	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR V, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR VII, Inc.
	  	GA
	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.
	  	FL
	 DecisionHR, Inc.
	  	FL
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	DE
	 FA Locate, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  	DE
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 Faslo Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	VA
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	FL
	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	AZ

  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 April [    ], 2008 

 

			
	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC
	  	DE
	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	DE
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	FL
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Holding Corporation
	  	DE
	 First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC
	  	DE
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	CA
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	DE
	 Harvard Design and Mapping Company, Inc.
	  	MA
	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.
	  	MD
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	CA
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	TN
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	MD
	 National Background Data, LLC
	  	DE
	 National Data Registry, LLC
	  	DE
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	FL
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	AL
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Quantrix, LLC
	  	DE
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	MD
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	DE
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	GA

 California Opinion Parties

  

	
	 American Driving Records, Inc.

	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.

	 Basis100 Corporation

	 Data Tree LLC

	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.

	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.

	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC

	 LeadClick Media, Inc.

	 The First American Corporation

  

	 5 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 April [    ], 2008 

Florida Opinion Parties 
  

			
		 	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR I, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR V, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.

		 	 DecisionHR, Inc.

		 	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.

		 	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.

		 	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.

		 	 First American Default Information Services LLC

		 	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.

Delaware Opinion Parties 
  

			
		 	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.

		 	 Atone Acquisition Corporation

		 	 Atone Software, Inc.

		 	 CoreLogic, Inc.

eAppraiseIT, LLC

		 	 FA Locate, Inc.

		 	 FADV CMSI, Inc.

		 	 FADV Holdings LLC

		 	 Faslo Solutions LLC

		 	 First Advantage Corporation

		 	 First Advantage Credco LLC

		 	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.

		 	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC

		 	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.

		 	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC

		 	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC

		 	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.

		 	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.

		 	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.

		 	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC

		 	 First American Holding Corporation

		 	 First American Indian Holdings LLC

		 	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC

		 	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC

		 	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC

		 	 National Background Data, LLC

		 	 National Data Registry, LLC

 

	 6 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

	
	  
 April [    ], 2008

 
 Proxix Solutions, Inc.

	 Quantrix, LLC

	 Statistics Data, Inc.

  

	 7 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE C 

PROMISSORY NOTES 
  

© Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT E 

to the Credit Agreement 

FORM OF FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE 

April 12, 2010 

Reference is made to Section 5.01(g) of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”), among THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time
parties thereto (the “Lenders”), J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. and WELLS FARGO SECURITIES LLC., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacity, the “Lead Arrangers”), US BANK, COMERICA BANK and BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A., as documentation agents (in such capacity, the “Documentation Agents”), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “Syndication Agent”) and JPMORGAN CHASE
BANK, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit
Agreement. 
 The undersigned hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that [he][she] is the
[treasurer][chief accounting officer][chief financial officer] of the Borrower, and that [he][she] has executed and delivered this Financial Condition Certificate on behalf of the Borrower, and not in an individual capacity, and further certifies to
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in such capacity that, as demonstrated in Schedule 1 attached hereto, the Borrower, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, will be solvent. 

 
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 E-2 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Financial Condition Certificate as of
the date first written above. 
  

			
	 THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	  

		
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 E-3 
  

 Schedule 1 

[Demonstration of Solvency of the Borrower After Giving Effect to the Transactions] 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT F 

to the Credit Agreement 

FORM OF GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT 

made by 
 THE
FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION 
 and certain of its Subsidiaries 

in favor of 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 

as Collateral Agent 

Dated as of April 12, 2010 
  

 
  

 
 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 1.
	  	DEFINED TERMS	  	1
	 1.1
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 1.2
	  	Other Definitional Provisions	  	4
			
	 SECTION 2.
	  	GUARANTEE	  	5
	 2.1
	  	Guarantee	  	5
	 2.2
	  	Right of Contribution	  	5
	 2.3
	  	No Subrogation	  	6
	 2.4
	  	Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Secured Obligations	  	6
	 2.5
	  	Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional	  	6
	 2.6
	  	Reinstatement	  	7
	 2.7
	  	Payments	  	7
			
	 SECTION 3.
	  	GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST	  	7
			
	 SECTION 4.
	  	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  	8
	 4.1
	  	Title; No Other Liens	  	9
	 4.2
	  	Perfected First Priority Liens	  	9
	 4.3
	  	Jurisdiction of Organization	  	9
	 4.4
	  	Farm Products	  	9
	 4.5
	  	Investment Property	  	9
	 4.6
	  	Receivables	  	10
	 4.7
	  	Intellectual Property	  	10
	 4.8
	  	Commercial Tort Claims	  	10
	 4.9
	  	Deposit Accounts; Securities Accounts	  	10
			
	 SECTION 5.
	  	COVENANTS	  	10
	 5.1
	  	Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper	  	10
	 5.2
	  	Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation	  	11
	 5.3
	  	Changes in Name, etc	  	11
	 5.4
	  	Notices	  	11
	 5.5
	  	Investment Property	  	11
	 5.6
	  	Intellectual Property	  	12
	 5.7
	  	Commercial Tort Claims	  	13
	 5.8
	  	Deposit Accounts; Securities Accounts	  	13
			
	 SECTION 6.
	  	REMEDIAL PROVISIONS	  	13
	 6.1
	  	Certain Matters Relating to Receivables	  	14
	 6.2
	  	Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable	  	14
	 6.3
	  	Pledged Stock	  	14
	 6.4
	  	Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent	  	15
	 6.5
	  	Application of Proceeds	  	15
	 6.6
	  	Code and Other Remedies	  	16
	 6.7
	  	Registration Rights	  	17
	 6.8
	  	Subordination	  	17
	 6.9
	  	Deficiency	  	17

  

	 i 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

					
	 SECTION 7.
	  	THE COLLATERAL AGENT	  	17
	 7.1
	  	Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc	  	17
	 7.2
	  	Duty of Collateral Agent	  	19
	 7.3
	  	Execution of Financing Statements	  	19
	 7.4
	  	Authority of Collateral Agent	  	19
			
	 SECTION 8.
	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	20
	 8.1
	  	Amendments in Writing	  	20
	 8.2
	  	Notices	  	20
	 8.3
	  	No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies	  	20
	 8.4
	  	Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification	  	20
	 8.5
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	20
	 8.6
	  	Set-Off	  	21
	 8.7
	  	Counterparts	  	21
	 8.8
	  	Severability	  	21
	 8.9
	  	Section Headings	  	21
	 8.10
	  	Integration	  	21
	 8.11
	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	21
	 8.12
	  	Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers	  	21
	 8.13
	  	Acknowledgements	  	22
	 8.14
	  	Additional Grantors	  	22
	 8.15
	  	Releases	  	23
	 8.16
	  	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	23
			
	 SCHEDULES
	  		  	
	 Schedule 1
	  	Notice Addresses	  	
	 Schedule 2
	  	Investment Property	  	
	 Schedule 3
	  	Perfection Matters	  	
	 Schedule 4
	  	Jurisdictions of Organization	  	
	 Schedule 5
	  	Intellectual Property	  	
	 Schedule 6
	  	Deposit Accounts	  	

  

	 ii 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of April 12, 2010, made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other
entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, collectively, the “Grantors”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Administrative
Agent and Lenders parties to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among The First American
Corporation (the “Borrower”), the banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto (the “Lenders”) and the Administrative Agent. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrower upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth therein; 
 WHEREAS, the Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that
includes each other Grantor; 
 WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in
part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses; 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and
indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, it is a condition
precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of
the Secured Parties; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral
Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured
Parties, as follows: 
 SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS 

1.1 Definitions. (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, initially capitalized terms defined in the
Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC: Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims,
Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Securities Account, Security and Supporting Obligations. 

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings: 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 2 
  

 “Agreement”: this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Borrower Secured Obligations”: the
collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, Secured Hedging Obligations, Specified Cash Management Agreement and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower (including, without
limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of any Secured Hedging Agreement, any Affiliate of any Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise
under, out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letter of Credit, any Secured Hedging Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection with any of the foregoing, in each
case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to the Lenders that are
required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements). 
 “Collateral”:
as defined in Section 3. 
 “Collateral Account”: any collateral account established by the Administrative
Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4. 
 “Copyrights”: (i) all copyrights arising under the laws
of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including, without limitation, those registered copyrights listed in Schedule 5), all
registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office, and (ii) the right to obtain all renewals
thereof. 
 “Copyright Licenses”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee under, or
granting any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, the grant of rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright. 

“Deposit Account”: as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event,
including, without limitation, any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution. 

“Excluded Account”: any Deposit Account maintained at financial institutions other than Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. or First American Trust or any of their affiliates where the close of business balance is less than $2,500,000 for at least 25 days in each calendar month and each Securities Account maintained at financial
institutions other than Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. or First American Trust or any of their affiliates where the market value of all Securities contained therein at the close of business is less than
$2,500,000 for at least 25 days in each calendar month. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary organized under
the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 3 
  

 “Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock”: the voting Capital Stock of any Foreign
Subsidiary. 
 “Guarantor Secured Obligations”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities
of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2) or any other Loan Document or any Secured Hedging Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on
account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, to the Collateral Agent or to the Lenders
that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document). 

“Guarantors”: the collective reference to each Grantor other than the Borrower. 

“Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual
property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks and the Trademark Licenses, and all
rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. 

“Intercompany Note”: any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries. 
 “Investment Property”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment
property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC (other than any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock”) and (ii) whether or not constituting
“investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Stock. 
 “Issuers”: the
collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property. 
 “New York UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code
as from time to time in effect in the State of New York. 
 “Patents”: (i) all letters patent of the
United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 5, (ii) all
applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 5, and (iii) all
rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing. 
 “Patent License”: all agreements, whether
written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent. 

“Pledged Notes”: all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2, all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any
Grantor and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor (other than promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business). 

“Pledged Stock”: the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2, together with any other shares, stock
certificates, options, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Grantor while this 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 4 
  

 
Agreement is in effect; provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary be required to be pledged
hereunder. 
 “Proceeds”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the
New York UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto. 

“Qualified Counterparty”: with respect to any Specified Cash Management Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the
time such Specified Cash Management Agreement was entered into, was a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender. 

“Receivable”: any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is
evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including, without limitation, any Account). 

“Secured Obligations”: (i) in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower Secured Obligations, and (ii) in the case
of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Secured Obligations. 
 “Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and any affiliate of any Lender to which Borrower Secured Obligations or Guarantor Secured Obligations, as applicable, are owed. 

“Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Specified Cash Management Agreement”: any agreement, or any Guarantee of any agreement which is designated by Borrower
as a Secured Obligation, providing for treasury, depositary, purchasing card or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar transactions, between the Borrower or any
Subsidiary Guarantor and any Qualified Counterparty. 
 “Trademarks”: (i) all trademarks, trade names,
corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all
registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any
political subdivision thereof, or otherwise (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing registrations and recordings referred to in Schedule 5), and all common-law rights related thereto, and (ii) the right to obtain all
renewals thereof. 
 “Trademark License”: any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or
to any Grantor of any right to use any Trademark. 
 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.
(a) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. 
 (b) The meanings given to
terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 5 
  

 (c) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when
used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof. 
 
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE 
 2.1 Guarantee. (a) Each of the Guarantors hereby,
jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and
performance by the Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Borrower Secured Obligations. 

(b) Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established
in Section 2.2). 
 (c) Each Guarantor agrees that the Borrower Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time
exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender hereunder.

 (d) The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Borrower Secured
Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall have been satisfied by payment in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding
that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Borrower Secured Obligations. 

(e) No payment made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time
to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment
made by such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Secured Obligations), remain liable for the Borrower Secured Obligations up to the maximum
liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Borrower Secured Obligations are paid in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments are terminated. 

2.2 Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have
paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each
Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 6 
  

 2.3 No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment made by
any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Borrower Secured
Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower on account of the Borrower Secured Obligations are paid in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments are terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on
account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Borrower Secured Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated
from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to
be applied against the Borrower Secured Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine. 

2.4 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Secured Obligations. Each Guarantor shall remain
obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower Secured Obligations made by the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender and any of the Borrower Secured Obligations continued, and the Borrower Secured Obligations, or the liability of any other
Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived,
surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified,
supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time
held by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Borrower Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender
shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Borrower Secured Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto. 

2.5 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation,
renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Borrower Secured Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the
guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Borrower Secured Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee
contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to
have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the
Guarantors with respect to the Borrower Secured Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard
to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Borrower 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 7 
  

 Secured Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect
thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be
asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which
constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Borrower Secured Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other
instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on
or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Secured Obligations or any right of offset with respect
thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to
realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve
any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender against any
Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings. 

2.6 Reinstatement. The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or
be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Borrower Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any
Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made. 
 
2.7 Payments. Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars. 

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST 

Each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Collateral Agent, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of
the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest
(collectively, the “Collateral”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations:

 (a) all Accounts; 

(b) all Chattel Paper; 

(c) all Deposit Accounts; 

(d) all Documents; 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 8 
  

 (e) all Equipment; 

(f) all Fixtures; 

(g) all General Intangibles; 

(h) all Instruments; 

(i) all Intellectual Property; 

(j) all Inventory; 

(k) all Investment Property; 

(l) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; 

(m) all other property not otherwise described above (except for any property specifically excluded from any clause in this section
above, and any property specifically excluded from any defined term used in any clause of this section above); 
 (n) all books
and records pertaining to the Collateral; and 
 (o) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, Supporting Obligations
and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing; 

provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 3, this Agreement shall not
constitute a grant of a security interest in, and the following shall not constitute “Collateral”: (i) any certificated motor vehicles or (ii) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any
requirement of law of a Governmental Authority, requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to such requirement of law or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of or
requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property or, in the case of any Investment Property, Pledged Stock or Pledged Note, any applicable shareholder
or similar agreement, except to the extent that such requirement of law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination
or requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law. 
 References in the remainder of this Agreement to
“Collateral” or any element of Collateral shall mean “Collateral (or the specific element of Collateral, e.g., “Receivables”) of the Grantor”. 

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to
make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender that: 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 9 
  

 4.1 Title; No Other Liens. Except for the security
interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free
and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed (i) in favor of the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement, (ii) to secure Indebtedness which is no longer outstanding and (iii) with respect to commitments to
lend which have been terminated. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned or developed by a Grantor or licensed to such
Grantor. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity to third parties shall not constitute a “Lien” on such Intellectual Property. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each
Lender understands that any such licenses may be exclusive to the applicable licensees, and such exclusivity provisions may limit the ability of the Collateral Agent to utilize, sell, lease or transfer the related Intellectual Property or otherwise
realize value from such Intellectual Property pursuant hereto. 
 4.2 Perfected First Priority
Liens. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement (a) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule,
have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in completed and duly executed form) will constitute valid and perfected security interests in all of the Collateral that can be perfected by the filing and other actions specified on Schedule 3 in favor
of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s Secured Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons
purporting to purchase any Collateral from such Grantor and (b) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for unrecorded Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement which have priority over the Liens on
the Collateral by operation of law and Permitted Encumbrances. 
 4.3 Jurisdiction of
Organization. On the date hereof, such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization and identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any) are specified on Schedule 4. Such Grantor has furnished to the Collateral Agent a
certified charter, certificate of incorporation or other organization document and long-form good standing certificate as of a date which is recent to the date hereof. 

4.4 Farm Products. None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

 4.5 Investment Property. (a) The shares of Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor
hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of a first tier Foreign Subsidiary, if less, 66% of the
outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of each relevant Issuer. 
 (b) Each of the Pledged Notes constitutes the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or
affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. 

(c) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Investment Property pledged by it
hereunder, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except the security interest created by this Agreement and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(a)(ix) and 7.02(a)(xi) of the Credit Agreement.

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 10 
  

 4.6 Receivables. (a) No amount payable to such
Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper which has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent. 

(b) The amounts represented by such Grantor to the Lenders from time to time as owing to such Grantor in respect of the Receivables will
at such times be accurate in all material respects. 
 4.7 Intellectual Property.
(a) Schedule 5 lists all Intellectual Property (other than common law Intellectual Property) owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof. 

(b) On the date hereof, all material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor is valid, subsisting, unexpired and enforceable, has not
been abandoned and does not, to the knowledge of such Grantor, infringe in any material respects the intellectual property rights of any other Person. 

(c) No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority against any Intellectual Property of a Grantor, and
such Grantor knows of no valid basis for same, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (d) No
action or proceeding is pending, or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened, on the date hereof (i) seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any material Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s ownership interest therein,
or (ii) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the value of any material Intellectual Property. 

4.8 Commercial Tort Claims On the date hereof, no Grantor has rights in any Commercial Tort Claim
with potential value in excess of $5,000,000. 
 (b) Upon the filing of a financing statement covering any Commercial Tort Claim
referred to in Section 5.7 hereof against such Grantor in the jurisdiction specified in Schedule 3 hereto, the security interest granted in such Commercial Tort Claim will constitute a valid perfected security interest in favor of the
Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s Secured Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to
purchase such Collateral from Grantor, which security interest shall be prior to all other Liens on such Collateral except for unrecorded liens permitted by the Credit Agreement which have priority over the Liens on such Collateral by operation of
law. 
 4.9 Deposit Accounts; Securities Accounts. Schedule 6 hereto sets forth each Deposit
Account and Securities Account constituting Collateral that is maintained with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., or First American Trust or any of their affiliates on the date hereof. 

SECTION 5. COVENANTS 

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that, from and after the date of
this Agreement, unless otherwise permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement, until the Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated: 

5.1 Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper. If any amount payable under
or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper, such Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 11 
  

 
shall be immediately delivered to the Collateral Agent, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement. 

5.2 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation. (a) Such Grantor shall
maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever,
subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of the Collateral. 
 (b) Such Grantor will furnish to
the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request,
all in reasonable detail. 
 (c) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent, and at the
sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of
obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar
laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby and (ii) in the case of Investment Property, Deposit Accounts, Letter-of-Credit Rights and any other relevant Collateral, taking any actions necessary to
enable the Collateral Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) with respect thereto. 

5.3 Changes in Name, etc. Such Grantor will not, except upon 30 days’ prior written notice to
the Collateral Agent and delivery to the Collateral Agent of all additional executed financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests
provided for herein, (i) change its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office or sole place of business or principal residence from that referred to in Section 4.3 or (ii) change its name;
provided that such 30-day notice will not be required for name changes and jurisdiction changes among the Grantors in connection with Reincorporation approved by the Borrower’s shareholders at the Borrower’s 2010 shareholders’
meeting or for name changes among the Grantors following the Borrower’s 2010 shareholders’ meeting in the event the Reincorporation proposal is not approved by the Borrower’s shareholders at the Borrower’s 2010 shareholders’
meeting (prompt notice in such circumstances shall still be required). 
 5.4 Notices. Such
Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of: 
 (a)
the existence of any Lien (other than security interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which Lien would adversely affect the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies
hereunder; and 
 (b) the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created by the Grantor hereby. 

5.5 Investment Property. (a) If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive
any certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 12 
  

 
connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any shares
of the Pledged Stock, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, hold the same in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and deliver
the same forthwith to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor and
with, if the Collateral Agent so requests, signature guaranteed, to be held by the Collateral Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations. 

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor will not (i) vote to enable, or take any other action to
permit, any Issuer to issue any Capital Stock of any nature or to issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any Capital Stock of any nature of any Issuer, (ii) sell, assign, transfer,
exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof, (iii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the
Investment Property or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for the security interests created by this Agreement or (iv) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or the Collateral
Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof. 
 (c) In the case of each Grantor which
is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Investment Property issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the
Collateral Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5.5(a) with respect to the Investment Property issued by it and (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis
mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Investment Property issued by it. 

5.6 Intellectual Property. (a) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees over which such
Grantor has control) will (i) continue to use each material Trademark in such manner as to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain in a commercially reasonable manner the quality
of products and services offered under such material Trademark, (iii) use such material Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable requirement of law, (iv) not adopt or
use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such material Trademark unless the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, shall obtain a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this
Agreement, and (v) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof over which such Grantor has control to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such material Trademark is reasonably likely to become invalidated or impaired
in any way. 
 (b) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees over which such Grantor has control) will not knowingly do
any act, or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent is reasonably likely to become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public. 

(c) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees over which such Grantor has control) (i) will employ each material Copyright
and (ii) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof over which such Grantor has control to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any material portion of such material Copyright is reasonably likely to become
invalidated or otherwise materially impaired. Such Grantor will not (either itself or through licensees over which such Grantor has control) do any act whereby any material portion of the material Copyrights is reasonably likely to fall into the
public domain. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 13 
  

 (d) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees over which such Grantor has control)
will not knowingly infringe the material intellectual property rights of any other Person in any material respect. 
 (e) Such
Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any material Intellectual Property is likely to become forfeited, abandoned or
dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the
United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material and registrable Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own
and maintain the same. 
 (f) Whenever such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee,
shall acquire or file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political
subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Collateral Agent within fifteen Business Days after the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such filing occurs. Upon request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall execute
and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any Copyright, Patent or Trademark applications
and registrations and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby constituting Collateral. 

(g) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States
Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to
maintain each registration of the material and registrable Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor, including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability. 

(h) In the event that such Grantor becomes aware that any material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a
third party, such Grantor shall (i) take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (ii) if such Intellectual Property is of material economic value,
promptly notify the Collateral Agent after it learns thereof. 
 5.7 Commercial Tort Claims.
If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim with a potential value in excess of $5,000,000, such Grantor shall within 30 days of obtaining such interest sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Collateral Agent
granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to such Commercial Tort Claim. 
 
5.8 Deposit Accounts; Securities Accounts. Commencing no later than 60 days after the Closing Date, no Grantor shall establish or maintain a Deposit Account or Securities Account constituting Collateral for which such Grantor has not
delivered to the Collateral Agent a control agreement executed by all parties relevant thereto unless such Deposit Account or Securities Account is an Excluded Account. 

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 14 
  

 6.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables. (a) At
any time and from time to time, upon the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request and at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to furnish to the
Collateral Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables. 

(b) The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables, subject to the Collateral
Agent’s direction and control, and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by the Collateral Agent at any time after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received,
duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Lenders only as
provided in Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of
Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit. 

(c) At the Collateral Agent’s request, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents
evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including, without limitation, all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts. 

6.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable. (a) The Collateral Agent in its own
name or in the name of the Grantor may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence,
amount and terms of any Receivables. 
 (b) Upon the request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall
be made directly to the Collateral Agent. 
 (c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain
liable under each of the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or
any Lender of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement
giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to
enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times. 

6.3 Pledged Stock. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Collateral Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Collateral Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends paid in
respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 15 
  

 
Notes, in each case paid in the normal course of business of the relevant Issuer, to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational
rights with respect to the Investment Property; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other organizational right exercised or other action taken which, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, would impair the
Collateral or which would be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights
to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property and make application thereof to the Secured
Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the Investment Property shall be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee, and the Collateral Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise
(x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any
other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Investment Property upon the merger,
consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Collateral Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to
such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the
Collateral Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible
for any failure to do so or delay in so doing. 
 (c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Investment
Property pledged by such Grantor hereunder to comply with any instruction received by it from the Collateral Agent in writing that (i) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) is otherwise in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying. 

6.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent. In addition to the rights of the Administrative
Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other
near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in
the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its
sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the
Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 
6.5. 
 6.5 Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, at any time at the Collateral Agent’s election, the Collateral Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in
Section 2, in payment of the Secured Obligations in the following order: 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 16 
  

 First, to pay incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the
Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents; 
 Second, to the Administrative
Agent, for application by it towards payment of amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Secured Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Secured Obligations then due and
owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Parties; 
 Third, to the Administrative Agent, for application
by it towards prepayment of the Secured Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Secured Obligations then held by the Secured Parties; and 

Fourth, any balance remaining after the Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit
shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated shall be paid over to the Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. 

6.6 Code and Other Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral
Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and
remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of
any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive,
appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the
foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it
may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by
law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the
Collateral Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall
apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or
in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of
the Secured Obligations, in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and only after such application and after the payment by the Collateral Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation,
Section 9-615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Collateral Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed
reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 17 
  

 6.7 Registration Rights. (a) Each Grantor
recognizes that the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to
resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale
thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be
deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for
public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so. 

(b) Each Grantor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or
sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable requirement of law. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained
in this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach
and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific
performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement or that all Secured Obligations have been paid in full. 

6.8 Subordination. Each Grantor hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default, unless otherwise agreed by the Collateral Agent, all Indebtedness owing by it to any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations.

 6.9 Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of
any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to collect such deficiency.

 SECTION 7. THE COLLATERAL AGENT 

7.1 Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby
irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or
in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this
Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following upon and
during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise,
take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 18 
  

 
action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with
respect to any other Collateral whenever payable; 
 (ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and
deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may require to evidence the Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general
intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby; 
 (iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens
levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof; 

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7, any endorsements, assignments or other
instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and 
 (v)(1) direct any party liable
for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of
and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse
receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent
jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle,
compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the
business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally, sell,
transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s
option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s security interests therein
and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do. 
 Anything in this
Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. 
 (b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent,
at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement. 

(c) The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together
with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit 

 

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 19 
  

 
Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand. 

(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers,
authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released. 

7.2 Duty of Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody,
safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own
account. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in
doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers
conferred on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s, the Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty
upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the
exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

7.3 Execution of Financing Statements. Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the
Collateral Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent determines
appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to use the collateral description “all personal property” in any such financing statements. Each
Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Collateral Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof. 

7.4 Authority of Collateral Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of
the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or
resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the
Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Lenders with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or
entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 20 
  

 SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS 

8.1 Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 
10.02(b) of the Credit Agreement. 
 8.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or
upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall
be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1. 
 8.3 No
Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision hereof or consent to any departure by any Grantor
therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 10.02(b) of the Credit Agreement, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 8.4 Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or
reimburse (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent, in connection with the preparation and
administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the Transactions shall be consummated) and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent or any Lender, including, without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, in connection with collecting against such Guarantor under the
guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or protecting any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, including in connection with any workout, restructuring or negotiations in
respect thereof. 
 (b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties harmless
from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the
other Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement,
performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Credit Agreement. 

(d) The agreements in this Section 8.4 shall survive repayment of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
 8.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement
shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign or

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 21 
  

 
otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and any attempted assignment or
transfer by a Grantor without such consent shall be null and void). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that Reincorporation shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of any Grantor’s rights or
obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly
contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 

8.6 Set-Off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender is
hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without notice to any Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any Secured
Obligations becoming due and payable by any Grantor (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and apply to the payment of such Secured Obligations any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional
or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Grantor against any of and all the obligations of the Grantor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such
Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including
other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. 
 8.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may
be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a
signature page to this Agreement by telecopy or email shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 

8.8 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a
particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
 
8.9 Section Headings. The Section headings and the Table of Contents used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in
interpreting, this Agreement. 
 8.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. 

8.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 8.12 Submission To Jurisdiction;
Waivers. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 22 
  

 (a) Submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme
Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or any other Loan Document to which such Grantor is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced
in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Secured Parties may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating
to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction; 
 (b)
waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in
any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any
such court; 
 (c) agrees that service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy
thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
shall have been notified pursuant thereto; 
 (d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law; and 
 (e) waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any right it may have
to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding, on any theory of liability, any indirect, punitive or consequential damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, the Loan Documents or
any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. 
 
8.13 Acknowledgements. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that: 
 (a) it has been advised by counsel in the
negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party; 
 (b) neither the
Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors,
on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lenders, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and 

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated
hereby among the Lenders or among the Grantors and the Lenders. 
 8.14 Additional Grantors.
Each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.09 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 23 
  

 
purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto. 

8.15 Releases. (a) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other
Secured Obligations (other than Secured Hedging Obligations) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and this
Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Collateral Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all
rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors. At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Collateral Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the Collateral Agent hereunder, and
execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents and take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination. 

(b) If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit
Agreement or if a Grantor is designated an “Excluded Subsidiary” by the Borrower, then the Collateral Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor (or, in the case of the designation of a Grantor as an Excluded Subsidiary, the
Borrower), shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral (or, in the case of the designation of a Grantor as an Excluded
Subsidiary, the release of such Grantor from its obligations hereunder). At the request and sole expense of the Borrower, a Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be
sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, at least ten Business Days prior to the date
of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor, the amount and nature of the net consideration to be received, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower in connection with such sale, transfer or other
disposition and the anticipated date of sale, transfer or other disposition, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. At the request and sole
expense of the Borrower, a Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that such Guarantor is designated an “Excluded Subsidiary” by the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (i) a written request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor and (ii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that the aggregate value of all assets of the
Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as of such date and after giving effect to such release, shall be equal to at least 95% of the value of the Total Domestic Assets. 

8.16 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH GRANTOR MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH GRANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN
THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH GRANTOR AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL
WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 
  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 24 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION, as Borrower and Grantor
		
	By	 	/s/ Anthony Piszel
	 Name:
	 	Anthony Piszel
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

	
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.

American Driving Records, Inc.

	 FA Locate, Inc.

	 FADV CMSI, Inc.

	 First Advantage Corporation

	 First Advantage Credco LLC

	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.

	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.

	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC

	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC

	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC First

American Indian Holdings LLC

	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC

	 LeadClick Media, Inc.

	 Teletrack, Inc., each as a Grantor

 

			
		
	By	 	/s/ John C. Lamson
	 Name:
	 	John C. Lamson
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

	
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC Decision

Payroll Services, Inc.

	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.

DecisionHR I, Inc.

DecisionHR II, Inc.

DecisionHR IX, Inc.

DecisionHR USA, Inc.

DecisionHR V, Inc.

DecisionHR VII, Inc.

DecisionfIR VIII, Inc.

DecisionHR XIII, Inc.

DecisionHR XIV, Inc.

DecisionHR, Inc.

	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.

	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corporation First

Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC

	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.

	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC First

American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.

	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.

	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc. National

Background Data, LLC

	 National Data Registry, LLC

	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.

	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.

	 Screeners Advantage, Inc., each as a Grantor

 

			
		
	By	 	/s/ John C. Lamson
	 Name:
	 	John C. Lamson
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

	
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc. Atone

Acquisition Corporation

	 Atone Software, Inc.

	 Basis100 Corporation

	 CoreLogic, Inc.

	 Data Tree LLC

	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.

	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.

	 First American Holding Corporation

	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC First

American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions

	 LLC

	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.

	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC

	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC

MarketLinx, Inc.

	 Proxix Solutions,

	 Statistics Data, each as a Grantor

 

			
		
	By	 	/s/ Anthony Piszel
	 Name:
	 	Anthony Piszel
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	 First American Default Information Services LLC, as a Grantor

		
	By	 	/s/ Barry Sando
	 Name:
	 	Barry Sando
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC

Quantrix LLCC, as a Grantor

		
	By	 	/s/ Joni Pierce
	 Name:
	 	Joni Pierce
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	FADV Holdings LLC, as a Grantor
		
	By	 	/s/ Craig Zinda
	 Name:
	 	Craig Zinda
	 Title:
	 	Vice President and Secretary

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	FASLO Solutions LLC, as a Grantor
		
	By	 	/s/ Jason Pinson
	 Name:
	 	Jason Pinson
	 Title:
	 	President

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

			
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc, as a Grantor

		
	By	 	/s/ Margaret Yonkouich
	 Name:
	 	Margaret Yonkouich
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

	 [Signature Page to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement] 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 1 

NOTICE ADDRESSES OF GUARANTORS 

Please send any and all notices to any Guarantor to: 

Information Solutions Group 

The First American Corporation 

4 First American Way 

Santa Ana, CA 92707 

Attn: Office of the General Counsel 

Copy: Anand Nallathambi 
  

	 1 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 2 

DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

Pledged Stock: 
  

									
	
            Owner        
    
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	First Advantage Corporation	 	American Driving Records, Inc.	 	Common	 	24	 	100
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	First Advantage Background Services Corp	 	Common	 	19	 	100
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corporation	 	Common	 	2	 	100
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp	 	Common	 	68	 	772.196
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	First Advantage Saferent, Inc.	 	Common	 	2	 	100
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	Jenark Business Systems Inc.	 	Common	 	7	 	800
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	Omega Insurance Services, Inc.	 	Common	 	3	 	90,000
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	Screeners Advantage Inc. (fka Realeum, Inc.)	 	Common	 	2	 	100
					
	First Advantage Saferent, Inc.	 	Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.	 	Common	 	2	 	100
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	First Advantage Membership Services, Inc. (fka First American Membership
Services, Inc.)	 	Common	 	3	 	100

  

	 2 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	First Advantage Credco, LLC (fka First Advantage CIG, LLC)	 	First American Credco Of Puerto Rico, Inc.	 	Common	 	4	 	1,000
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	FADV CMSI, Inc. (fka Credit Management Solutions, Inc.)	 	Common	 	4	 	1
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	Tele-Track, Inc.	 	Common	 	6	 	4,004
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.	 	Common	 	1	 	100
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	7,500
					
	First Advantage Background Services Corp.	 	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	Common	 	2	 	100
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR I, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR 30 Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	1,029,500
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	Decision HR II, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR V, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	Decision HR VII, Inc. (fka Decision PEO VII, Inc.)	 	Common	 	2	 	1,000

  

	 3 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	Decision Payroll Services, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	100,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR XIII, Inc. (fka Decision Transmitting Services, Inc.)	 	Common	 	2	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR VIII, Inc. (fka Staffmg Decisions, Inc.)	 	Common	 	2	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR IX, Inc. (fka Temp Staff, Inc.)	 	Common	 	2	 	1,000
					
	DecisionHR USA, Inc.	 	DecisionHR XIV, Inc.	 	Common	 	1	 	100
					
	LeadCIick Holding Company, LLC	 	LeadClick Media, Inc.	 	Common	 	4	 	5,812.5
					
	LeadCIick Holding Company, LLC	 	LeadClick Media, Inc.	 	Common	 	5	 	1,687.5
					
	LeadCIick Holding Company, LLC	 	LeadCIick Media, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	658.75
					
	LeadCIick Holding Company, LLC	 	LeadCIick Media, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	658.75
					
	LeadCIick Holding Company, LLC	 	LeadClick Media, Inc.	 	Common	 	Blank	 	620
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.	 	Common	 	9	 	85,000
					
	First Advantage Corporation	 	FA Locate, Inc. (fka US Search. com, Inc.)	 	Common	 	1	 	100

  

	 4 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	 FADV CMSI, Inc. (fka Credit Management Solutions, Inc.)
	 	DealerTrack Holdings, Inc	 	Common	 	See
footnote.1
	 	2,553,824
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.	 	Common	 	B1	 	39,696,923
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.	 	Common	 	B3	 	597,038
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Common	 	C-4	 	24,993,750
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Common	 	C-5	 	8,331,250
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-8	 	3,219,616.5
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-9	 	804,904.25
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-10	 	65,921.75

  

	1
	* Note: These shares are held at Merrill Lynch. On 3/24/10, Mark Usui of Merrill Lynch (646-855-6770) was contacted to determine process for pledging these
shares. He indicated that this could be accomplished by an electronic transfer called "Free Delivery" whereby Merrill will transmit identifying information for the Dealertrack shares to the receiving bank based on the receiving bank's instructions.
He would need an instruction letter on company letterhead (via email is fine) to Merrill Lynch with a copy to the receiving bank. If the instruction letter is emailed to Merrill Lynch in the a.m., the transfer can most likely take place the same
day. 

  

	 5 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-11	 	11,832
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-12	 	64,392.25
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-13	 	9,658,849.5
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-14	 	2,414,712.75
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-15	 	197,765.25
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-16	 	35,496
					
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	 	First American CoreLogic, Inc. (f/k/a Corelogic Systems, Inc.)	 	Convertible Preferred Stock	 	CP-17	 	193,176.75
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	2	 	176
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	3	 	176
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	4	 	88

  

	 6 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	5	 	120
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	7	 	40
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	9	 	80
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	10	 	330
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	11	 	30
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	12	 	4
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	13	 	30
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	15	 	18
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	16	 	18
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	17	 	18
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	18	 	18
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	19	 	5

  

	 7 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	20	 	3
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	22	 	22
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	24	 	6
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Common	 	25	 	60
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Series A Preferred Stock	 	1	 	120
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	 	Series B Preferred Stock	 	1	 	242
					
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	 	Competent Software PVT. Ltd.	 	Common	 	15	 	39,000
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Basis100 Inc.	 	Preferred	 	P-1	 	100
					
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	Basis100 Inc.	 	Common	 	1	 	1
					
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	 	First American Corelogic Holdings, Inc.	 	Common	 	A25	 	4,384,593
					
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	Sirius Holding Corp.	 	Common	 	1	 	10
					
	 First Advantage Corporation
	 	DealerTrack Holdings, Inc.	 	Common	 	Requesting duplicate share certificate	 	2,553,824

  

	 8 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

									
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Class of Stock
	 	 Stock Certificate No.
	 	 No. of Shares

	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	 	First Advantage Corefacts, Inc.	 	Common	 	1	 	1,000
					
	 First American Corelogic Inc.
	 	The Federal National Mortgage Association	 	Preferred	 	N/A	 	136,000
					
	 First American Corelogic Inc.
	 	The Federal National Mortgage Association	 	Preferred	 	N/A	 	20,000

 Pledged Non-Agency MBS and ABS:

  

															
	 Owner
	 	 Issuer
	 	 Description
	 	 Original Face
	 	 Quantity
	 	 Book Value
	 	 Market Value
	 	 Due and Accrued
as of 3/31/2010

	 First American Corelogic Inc.
	 	CWALT, Inc.	 	CWALT 2007-24 A6 with a coupon rate of 1.25%, maturing 10/25/2037	 	5,250,000.00	 	3,841,031.82	 	2,847,915.57	 	2,158,476.28	 	797.69

 Pledged Notes: 

 

	 9 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Issuer
	 	 Payee
	 	 Principal Amount
	 	 Amount Outstanding

	 Dorado Network Systems Corporation
	 	The First American Corporation	 	$1,083,000.00	 	$1,083,000.00
				
	 Dorado Network Systems Corporation
	 	The First American Corporation	 	$2,166,667.00	 	$2,166,667.00
				
	 Dorado Network Systems Corporation
	 	The First American Corporation	 	$4,500,000.00	 	$4,500,000.00
				
	 Realtytrac
	 	First American Corelogic, Inc.	 	$1,500,000	 	$597,517
				
	 MSNI
	 	First American Corelogic, Inc.	 	$77,032	 	$35,019
				
	 Century Property & Maintenance LLC
	 	First American Default Information Services LLC	 	$25,000	 	$12,500

  

	 10 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 3 

FILINGS AND OTHER ACTIONS 

REQUIRED TO PERFECT SECURITY INTERESTS 

Uniform Commercial Code Filings 

Filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements naming each Grantor as Debtor and Administrative Agent as Secured Party in the Office of the
Secretary of State of the states of Alabama, Arizona, California, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, Massachusetts, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Virginia. 

Patent and Trademark Filings 

Filing of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and with the United States Copyright Office.

 Actions with respect to Pledged Stock 

Delivery of Pledged Stock to the Collateral Agent. 

Other Actions 

None. 
  

	 11 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 4 

LOCATION OF JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE 

 

					
	 Entity
	  	Jurisdiction
of Organization	  	Organization
ID #
	 The First American Corporation
	  	CA	  	C0023760
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	DE	  	2945487
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	CA	  	C1458568
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	CA	  	C0649454
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	DE	  	3941531
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3742254
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	CA	  	C0945218
	 CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE	  	4293160
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	MD	  	W10071546
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	CA	  	199809610043
	 Decision Payroll Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P00000114448
	 DecisionHR 30, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P96000075429
	 DecisionHR I, Inc.
	  	FL	  	J37116
	 DecisionHR II, Inc.
	  	OK	  	1900637181
	 DecisionHR IX, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P05000055059
	 DecisionHR USA, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3402672
	 DecisionHR V, Inc.
	  	FL	  	V32091
	 DecisionHR VII, Inc.
	  	GA	  	K936569
	 DecisionHR VIII, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P05000039011
	 DecisionHR XIII, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P04000109979
	 DecisionHR XIV, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P07000075476
	 DecisionHR, Inc.
	  	FL	  	S21970
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	DE	  	3527658
	 FA Locate, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3024757
	 FADV CMSI, Inc.
	  	DE	  	2682170
	 FADV Holdings LLC
	  	DE	  	3980094
	 Faslo Solutions LLC
	  	DE	  	4374599
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FL	  	K17518
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	DE	  	3599220
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	DE	  	4004440
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	DE	  	3719779
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	VA	  	S053833-2
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	CA	  	C2335347
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	FL	  	K89297
	 First Advantage Public Records, LLC
	  	DE	  	3857057
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3040669
	 First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	AZ	  	L10509605
	 First Advantage Talent Management Services LLC
	  	DE	  	4350732
	 First Advantage Tax Consulting Services, LLC
	  	DE	  	3791481

  

	 12 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Entity
	  	Jurisdiction
of
Organization	  	Organization
ID #
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P95000041374
	 First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	DE	  	4283559
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3803052
	 First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3483296
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	FL	  	L00000015940
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	DE	  	3246810
	 First American Holding Corporation0
	  	DE	  	4452868
	 First American Indian Holdings LLC
	  	DE	  	3516348
	 First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions LLC
	  	DE	  	2980685
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc.
	  	CA	  	C1229576
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	CA	  	199731610036
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	DE	  	3246814
	 Jenark Business Systems, Inc.
	  	MD	  	D02447993
	 LeadClick Holding Company, LLC
	  	DE	  	4055294
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	CA	  	C2265054
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	TN	  	000321143
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	MD	  	D06515688
	 National Background Data, LLC
	  	DE	  	3855608
	 National Data Registry, LLC
	  	DE	  	3856728
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	FL	  	P96000073362
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	AL	  	174 – 831
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3630342
	 Quantrix, LLC
	  	DE	  	3309862
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3242700
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	DE	  	3918789
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	GA	  	J001062

  

	 13 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 5 

COPYRIGHTS AND COPYRIGHT LICENSES 
  

							
	 REGISTERED HOLDER
	 	 REGISTRATION 
NUMBER/DATE
	 	TYPE OF
WORK	 	TITLE
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 TX0006961548

2008-12-24
	 	Text	 	AVM Cascade Methodology
and Validation
				
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	 	 TXu000628476

1994-04-18
	 	Computer File	 	Flood serve
				
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	 	 TXu000628241

1994-4-18
	 	Computer File	 	Flood operator
				
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	 	 TXu000628242

1994-4-18
	 	Computer File	 	Flood print
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	 TX0006881227

2008-12-03
	 	Text	 	Broker Price Opinion Manual
& Platinum Eagle Certification
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	 TXu000622486

1994-02-07
	 	Computer File	 	CMAX  

Other Titles: EDI express / TX
4-648-260; FHA loss analysis /
TXu 622-486

				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	 TX0004648260

1997-9-19
	 	Computer File	 	EDI Express
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	 TX0004983636

1999-5-19
	 	Computer File	 	FHA Loss Analysis
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	TXu 738-758
(1996)	 	Computer File	 	Value point; computer software
to value residential real estate /
By Larry J. Hudack  

Additional title: Valuate! DCR
1996

				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	 	 TX0005392436

2001-10-31
	 	Computer File	 	INTEREALTY SYSTEM 4:
Version 4.06
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	 	 TX0005392577

2001-11-5
	 	Computer File	 	INTEREALTY T-iii: Version
3.5
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	 	 TX0005392435

2001-10-31
	 	Computer File	 	INTEREALTY T-iii: Version
3.6

  

	 14 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 REGISTERED HOLDER
	  	 REGISTRATION 
NUMBER/DATE
	  	TYPE OF
WORK	  	TITLE
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005384883

2001-10-1
	  	Computer File	  	MLS Passport 4.8
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TXu001116965

2003-7-17
	  	Computer File	  	MLXchange Version 1.3
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TXu001114430

2003-7-17
	  	Computer File	  	MLXchange: Version 1.4
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005384888

2001-10-1
	  	Computer File	  	Net.MLS 3.1.60
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005508986

2002-5-24
	  	Computer File	  	Stellar 3 : MRM site
customization
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005384882

2001-10-01
	  	Computer File	  	Stellar 3 : version 4.0
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005384888

2001-10-1
	  	Computer File	  	Net.MLS 3.1.60
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005508986

2002-5-24
	  	Computer File	  	Stellar 3 : MRM site
customization
				
	 MarketLinx, Inc.
	  	 TX0005384882

2001-10-01
	  	Computer File	  	Stellar 3 : version 4.0

 PATENTS AND PATENT
LICENSES 
  

							
	 Registered Holder
	 	 Application No.
	 	 Registration/
Publication No.
	 	 Title

	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/526,208	 	 7,587,348
 US

2007/0226129
 A1
	 	SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING MORTGAGE RELATED FRAUD
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/543,271	 	 7,668,769
 US

2007/0106582
 A1
	 	SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING FRAUD
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	12/246,407	 	 US
 2009/0099959

A1
	 	METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF PREDICTING MORTGAGE RISK
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 2582706
 Canada
	 		 	SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING MORTGAGE RELATED FRAUD
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 705653.4
 UK
	 		 	SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING MORTGAGE RELATED FRAUD
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	12/710,228	 		 	SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DETECTING FRAUD

  

	 15 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered Holder
	  	 Application No.
	  	 Registration/
Publication No.
	  	 Title

	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	PCT/US08/78987	  	WO2009/048843	  	METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF PREDICTING MORTGAGE RISK
				
	 eAppraiseIT LLC
	  	10/849,702	  		  	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EVALUATING RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PROPERTY
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 2007242962

Australia
	  		  	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING FRAUDULENT LOANS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	07/963,908	  	5,361,201	  	REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL USING PREDICTIVE MODELING
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	10/713,348	  	 7,599,882
 US

2005/0108025
 A1
	  	METHOD FOR MORTGAGE FRAUD DETECTION
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	10/892,618	  	 US
 2006/0015357

A1
	  	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPATIOTEMPORAL VALUATION OF REAL ESTATE
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/007,750	  	 US
 2006/0122918

A1
	  	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/135,778	  	 US
 2006/0271472

A1
	  	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADVANCED MORTGAGE DIAGNOSTIC ANALYTICS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/197,653	  	 US
 2007/0033122

A1
	  	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPUTING SELECTION CRITERIA FOR AN AUTOMATED VALUATION MODEL
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/499,341	  	 US
 2007/0033126

A1
	  	METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UPDATING A LOAN PORTFOLIO WITH INFORMATION ON SECONDARY LIENS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/765,355	  	 US
 2007/0294303

A1
	  	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING MORTGAGE CUSTOMERS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	11/765,373	  	 US
 2007/0294163

A1
	  	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RETAINING MORTGAGE CUSTOMERS (PT CUSTOMER RETENTION)

  

	 16 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered Holder
	 	 Application No.
	 	 Registration/
Publication No.
	 	 Title

	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/771,114	 	 US
 2008/0004893

A1
	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VALIDATING AN APPRAISAL REPORT AND PROVIDING AN APPRAISAL SCORE
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/772,545	 	 US
 2008/0010188

A1
	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREDICTING OUTCOMES OF A HOME EQUITY LINE OF CREDIT (HELOC SCORE)
				
	 First American Corelogic, Inc.
	 	11/864,606	 		 	INFORMATION VALIDATION SYSTEM
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	12/020,422	 	 US
 2008/0222028

A1
	 	METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING MORTGAGE DATA QUALITY CONTROL VERIFICATION
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 2005209683

Australia
	 	2005209683	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING A FORECAST STANDARD DEVIATION FOR AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELING
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 555315
 NZ
	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	12/637,448	 		 	METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CREATING A REAL ESTATE PRICING INDICATOR AND PREDICTING REAL ESTATE TRENDS
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	61/259,967	 		 	MULTIPLE LISTINGS SERVICE DATA SHARING SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 713280.6
 UK
	 	GB2437860A	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELS
				
	 First American Corelogic, Inc.
	 	11/623,020	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING FRAUDULENT LOANS

  

	 17 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

										
	 Registered Holder
	 	 Application No.
	 	 Registration/
Publication No.
	 	 Title
	 	 	 
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/499,401	 	 US
 2007/0185806

A1
	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF LIEN DISTRESS EVENTS (LIEN WATCH)	 	(1	) 
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	11/677,535	 	 US
 2007/0198493

A1
	 	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING EVENTS ASSOCIATED WITH A PERSON OR PROPERTY	 	(1	) 
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	12/166,051	 	 US
 2010/0004952

A1
	 	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING, MONITORING AND REPORTING EXTINGUISHMENT OF A TITLE INSURANCE POLICY	 	(1	) 
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 PCT/US2009/048694

NF
	 	WO2010/002705	 	SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRACKING, MONITORING AND REPORTING EXTINGUISHMENT OF A TITLE INSURANCE POLICY	 	(1	) 
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	10/944,593	 	 US
 2006/0085234

A1
	 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING A FORECAST STANDARD DEVIATION FOR AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELING	 		
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 1838/MUMNP/2007

India
	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADVANCED MORTGAGE DIAGNOSTIC ANALYTICS	 		
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 2006249507

Australia
	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADVANCED MORTGAGE DIAGNOSTIC ANALYTICS	 		
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 200680018393.2

China
	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADVANCED MORTGAGE DIAGNOSTIC ANALYTICS	 		
					
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	 2518394
 Canada
	 		 	METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING A FORECAST STANDARD DEVIATION FOR AUTOMATED VALUATION MODELING	 		
					
	 First American Real Esate Tax Service
	 	12/651,137	 		 	AUTOMATIC DELINQUENCY ITEM PROCESSING WITH	 		

  

	 18 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered Holder
	 	 Application No.
	 	 Registration/
Publication No.
	 	 Title

		 		 		 	CUSTOMIZATION FOR LENDERS
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	10/784,325	 	 US
 2004/0260510

A1
	 	GIS-BASED RAPID POPULATION ASSESSMENT TOOL
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	11/811,250	 	 US
 2008/0055096

A1
	 	REAL-TIME MODELING ANALYSIS OF HAZARDS DATA WITH LARGE NUMBERS OF LOCATIONS AND WITH CUSTOMIZED REPORTING AND WEB-BASED DELIVERY
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	11/974,911	 		 	SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FLOOD RISK ASSESSMENT
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	11/999,267	 		 	SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR TRACKING PARCEL DATA ACQUISITION
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	 	11/999,319	 		 	PARCEL DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/601,448	 		 	UPDATING A DATABASE WITH DETERMINED CHANGE IDENTIFIERS
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/601,574	 		 	SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FLOOD AREA CHANGE DETECTION
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/601,575	 		 	DISPLAYING A FLOOD CHANGE MAP WITH CHANGE DESIGNATORS
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/712,833	 		 	RULES-BASED DELINQUENCY ITEM PROCESSING
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/712,835	 		 	TAX DELINQUENCY SCREEN WITH LOAN DATABASE BACKSEARCH
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	11/971,735	 		 	FLOOD ANALYSIS DATA PRODUCTION
				
	 First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	 	12/027,096	 		 	SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR QUANTIFYING FLOOD RISK
				
	 MarketLinx Inc.
	 	10/621,954	 		 	INTERNET-BASED HOUSING MARKET REPORT GENERATING TOOL

  

	 19 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

										
	 Registered Holder
	 	 Application No.
	 	 Registration/
Publication No.
	 	 Title
	 	 	 
	 MarketLinx Inc.
	 	09/861,282	 	 7,343,348
 US

2002/0095385
 A1
	 	SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING REAL-ESTATE TRANSACTIONS OVER A COMPUTER NETWORK USING PARTICIPANT TEMPLATES	 	(1
	) 

					
	 MarketLinx Inc.
	 	11/104,371	 		 	METHOD FOR PROVIDING REAL-TIME ACCESS OF REAL ESTATE PROPERTY LISTING DATABASE VIA VOICE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS	 		
					
	 The First American Corporation
	 	10/730,266	 		 	ELECTRONIC CLOSING	 		
					
	 The First American Corporation
	 	10/405,890	 		 	ELECTRONIC MORTGAGE QUALITY CONTROL	 		
					
	 The First American Corporation
	 	10/989,559	 		 	DOCUMENT MANIFEST AND PUBLICATION ASSOCIATION WITH DATASET QUALITY CONTROL	 		

  

	(1)	Subject to a licensing arrangement between The First American Corporation (“FAC”) and First American Financial Corporation (“FAFC”), some of which
are under review in connection with the spin-off. 

 TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARK LICENSES 

 

							
	 Registered Holder
	    	 	    	 Trademark
	  	
 

  

	 Atone Software, Inc.
	    	2862644	    	AMPMORTGAGES	  
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	    	2883289	    	ATONE	  
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	    	2940924	    	 ATONE SOFTWARE &
 Design

	  

  

	 20 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Registered Holder
	 	 	 	 Trademark

	 Atone Software, Inc.
	 	3036476	 	RIGHT HERE RIGHT NOW
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3393028	 	FRAUDMARK
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3407213	 	BROKERWATCH
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3510951	 	BASEPOINT EPD
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3514165	 	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3517073	 	APPRAISERWATCH
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3517074	 	LENDERWATCH
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3517075	 	SCIENCE SOLVING FRAUD
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3521251	 	DYNAMIC TRAITS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3538194	 	BASEPOINT EPD
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3559890	 	BASEPOINT
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	3584020	 	AEWATCH

  

	 21 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 	  	 Trademark

	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3587987	  	PATTERNWATCH
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 1309433

Canada
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 2425913
 UK
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 2682333

Argentina
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 2682334

Argentina
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 828539332

Brazil
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 828539359

Brazil
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 953661

Mexico
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	 966549

Mexico
	  	BASEPOINT ANALYTICS
			
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	2561954	  	PASS
			
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	2907616	  	SOLIMAR TECHNOLOGY
			
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	2267223	  	NETWORK APPRAISAL SERVICES
			
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	2267224	  	NAS
			
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	  	2830941	  	EAPPRAISEIT (typed drawing)

  

	 22 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	 	 	 	 Trademark
	 	 
	 eAppraiseIT, LLC
	 	2264963	 	NAS NETWORK APPRAISAL SERVICES (Stylized)	 	
 

  

				
	 First Amercian Corelogic, Inc.
	 	 1292629
 TMA747511

Canada
	 	CORELOGIC	 	
				
	 First Amercian Corelogic, Inc.
	 	908481 EU	 	CORELOGIC	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	1434675	 	THE REAL ESTATE PACE	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	1512529	 	METROSCAN	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	1724438	 	REALIST	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	2241224	 	INTELLIGENT TECHNOLOGIES AT WORK	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	2347036	 	WIN2DATA	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	2349946	 	VALUEPOINT	 	
				
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	 	2378780	 	RES	 	

  

	 23 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2378975	  	REALQUEST	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2385540	  	BRAIN	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2403687	  	MARKETRAC	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2404929	  	LEADS TO LOANS	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2414648	  	EXPERT LEADS	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2503420	  	[GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2560509	  	 NEIGHBORHOOD

PROFILE
	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2585104	  	Misc. Design (Clasping Hands Design)	 	
 

  

				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2622732	  	BRAIN	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2733676	  	HPI	 	

  

	 24 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark

	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2792062	  	CONNECT2DATA	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2798429	  	CONNECT2DATA	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2858394	  	REISOURCE	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2899549	  	BRAIN WAVES	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2927771	  	BOHAN GROUP	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	2995200	  	REISOURCE (Stylized)	 	
 

  

				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3070979	  	 Misc. Design (Bohan Group

Logo)
	 	
 

  

				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3138282	  	BRAIN QC	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3210678	  	HISTORYPRO REVIEW	 	

  

	 25 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	  	 
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3210679	  	AVMSELECT	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3210680	  	HISTORYPRO	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3224414	  	IDENTITYPRO	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3224415	  	THIRDPARTYSCORECARD	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3229180	  	LOANSAFE	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3232429	  	BRAINPLC	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3268453	  	TRUESTANDINGS	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3280533	  	COMMERCIALIST	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3288591	  	BRAIN SMART FORMS	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3299281	  	CORELOGIC	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3308829	  	CORELOGIC	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3330701	  	BRAIN EXCHANGE	  	

  

	 26 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3330731	  	LOANIQ	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3338328	  	 V VISIONCORE A

CORELOGIC COMPANY &

Design
	 	
 

  

				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3359524	  	CUSTOM DATA SOLUTIONS	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3367362	  	EABSTRACTING	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3381415	  	RESIGRAPHICS	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3460680	  	INCOMEPRO	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3489814	  	VALUEPOINT4 DEFAULT	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3492331	  	FIRST AMERICAN CORELOGIC	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3684487	  	BRAIN	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3720623	  	NEIGHBORHOOD PROFILE	 	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3730465	  	RISKMODEL	 	

  

	 27 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	  	 
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	77097649	  	LEAD WATCH	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	77213351	  	REALIST VALUEMAP	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	77230614	  	LOANSAFE RDS	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	78666416	  	BRAIN CENTER	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	1301689
TMA740159
Canada	  	HISTORYPRO	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	1302035
TMA740154
Canada	  	LOANSAFE	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	898903
Australia	  	LOANSAFE	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	904015 WIPO
Australia	  	HISTORYPRO	  	
				
	 First American

CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	3177362	  	BRAINWEB	  	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	TMA552674RD
Canada	  	Credit Connection	  	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	1861172	  	CERTIFAX	  	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2369844	  	MLS PASSPORT	  	

  

	 28 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2405014	  	 MARKETLINX
 SOLUTIONS &
Design
	 	
 

  

				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2485001	  	CITY.SERVE (Stylized)	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2490483	  	METRO.SERVE	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2563195	  	MARKETLINX.TEMPO	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2782191	  	MLXCHANGE	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2802701	  	MLXCHANGE	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2807896	  	MARKETLINX	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	3004098	  	NEWPORTWORKS	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	141258
Canada	  	MLXCHANGE	 	

  

	 29 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	1596384	  		 	
 

  

				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	2481785
UK	  	UKVECTOR	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	898903
WIPO
Australia
UK	  	LOANSAFE	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	78631625	  	TRANSACTION MANAGER	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
  

ProductName:

FAREIS -

EXCELIS
	  	1639396	  	EXCELIS	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
  

Product Name:

FAREIS -

EXCELIS
	  	1684806	  	EXCELIS	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
  

Product Name:

FAREIS—First

American

Flood Data
	  	1823454	  	FLOODCERT	 	

  

	 30 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	  	 
	 First American Corporation,

The
  

Product Name: FAREIS - First American Real Estate Tax Service
	  	1674460	  	 FIRST AMERICAN REAL
 ESTATE TAX
SERVICE
	  	
				
	 First American Corporation,

The
  

Product Name: FAREIS - First American Real Estate Tax Service
	  	1822104	  	SMART	  	
				
	 First American Corporation,

The
  

Product Name: FAREIS - First American Tax Valuation
	  	3166013	  	LIENWATCH	  	
				
	 First American Corporation,

The
  

Product Name: Interealty,
 TITLE-RESIDENTIAL
GROUP
	  	2354161	  	NET.MLS	  	

  

	 31 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

Corporation,

The
  

Product Name:

TITLE -

RESIDENTIAL

GROUP
	  	2796517	  	MIRROR.SERVE	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	1211168
Australia	  	VECTOR	 	
				
	 First American

Corporation,

The
	  	780887
New
Zealand	  	VECTOR	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	1887440	  	 WATERTIGHT

GUARANTEES
	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	2430522	  	 FLOODMAP (Supplemental

Register)
	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	2729482	  	POWERLINES	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3279044	  	SMARTWEB	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3299314	  	FAPAY	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3299441	  	TAXWATCH	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3450982	  	SOURCEBRIDGE	 	

  

	 32 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3450983	  	SOURCEPLUS	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3452207	  	PARCELPOINT	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
	  	3525760	  	RAPIDLINES	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC
  

Product Name:

FAREIS - First

American Real

Estate Tax

Service
	  	3236132	  	INSTANTDATA	 	
				
	 First American

Real Estate

Solutions LLC.
  

Product Name:

FAREIS -

Transamerica

Tax & Flood
	  	2058756	  	 HOMEOWNER AREA
 NOTIFICATION
SERVICE,
 HNS
	 	
				
	 First American

Default

Information

Services, LLC
  

Product Name:

FARES
	  	2984631	  	REOSOURCE	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	1936250	  	 FLOODINFO (Supplemental

Register)
	 	

  

	 33 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

							
	 Registered

Holder
	  	 Trademark
	 	 
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	2188975	  	HDM	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	2862558	  	QA/QC PRO	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	2872277	  	GEO-SECURITY	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	2948302	  	MAPRX	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3221534	  	INSMAP	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3243728	  	V-BIZ	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3262133	  	GEONUMERO	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3337557	  	 GIS PORTAL (Supplemental

Register)
	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3456583	  	INSMAP	 	
				
	 Harvard Design

and Mapping

Co., Inc.
	  	3524215	  	GEOCODE GLOBAL	 	
				
	 Marketlinx, Inc.
	  	3717399	  	TEMPO	 	
				
	 Marketlinx, Inc.
	  	3728252	  	INNOVIA	 	
				
	 Marketlinx, Inc.
	  	77779630	  	LUCERO	 	

  

	 34 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 absloanlevel.com

	 absloanlevel.net

	 absloanlevel.org

	 actmls.com

	 amlsok.com

	 amsclient.com

	 appraisal20.com

	 appraisals.com

	 appraiseitsolutions.com

	 ashebororandolphmls.com

	 atonesoftware.com

	 augustarealtorsmls.com

	 bankruptcycompliance.com

	 basepointftp.com

	 basepointftp.net

	 basepointftp.org

	 basis100.com

	 binghamtonmls.com

	 binmls.com

	 binmls.info

	 binmls.mobi

	 binmls.net

	 binmls.org

	 binmls.us

	 bnymls.com

	 bohangroup.com

	 bonnermls.com

	 bor-mls.com

	 bporesources.com

	 brevardmls.com

	 brooklynmls.com

	 burlingtonalamancecomls.com

	 caaronline-mis.com

	 cbainfo.com

	 cbainfo.net

	 cbalynk.com

	 cbalynk.net

	 cbapecheck.com

	 ccbrealtors.com

	 charlotteareamls.com

	 charlotteareamls.net

	 chasecredit.com

	 chasevms.com

	 cirmlsonline.com

	 clientlinx.com

	 clientlinx.net

	 closeanydeal.net

	 closeanydeal.org

  

	 35 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 closemoredeals.net

	 closemoredeals.org

	 closethedeal.net

	 closethedeal.org

	 closeyourdeal.com

	 closeyourdeal.org

	 close-your-deal.org

	 closeyourdeals.net

	 closeyourdeals.org

	 closuredeal.net

	 closuredeal.org

	 collateraltech.com

	 collateraltech.net

	 columbusinmls.com

	 columbusrealtors.com

	 commercialist.com

	 commercialpropinfo.com

	 commercialreinfo.com

	 connect2data.com

	 corelogic.com

	 corelogic.net

	 corelogic.org

	 corelogics.biz

	 corelogics.net

	 corelogics.org

	 courthousedatastage.com

	 credco.biz

	 credco.com

	 credco.info

	 credco.net

	 credco.us

	 credcocertification.com

	 credcoconnect.biz

	 credcoconnect.com

	 credcoconnect.net

	 credcoconnect.org

	 credcocredit.com

	 credcocreditreports.com

	 credcodatacheck.com

	 credcodatahq.com

	 credcoservices.com

	 credstar.com

	 cscorelogic.biz

	 cscorelogic.net

	 cscorelogic.org

	 cscorelogics.biz

	 cscorelogics.com

	 cscorelogics.net

  

	 36 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 cscorelogics.org

	 csmarketing.com

	 csmarketing.net

	 csvaluation.com

	 cullmanmls.com

	 dabmls.com

	 dataflite.com

	 dataflite.net

	 dataflite.org

	 decisionsuite.com

	 defaulthub.com

	 delmls.com

	 devenio.com

	 devenio.net

	 dimensionalysis.com

	 eappr.com

	 eappr.net

	 eappraiseit.com

	 easternncmls.com

	 ecredco.com

	 ecustomer-support.com

	 emortgageprospector.com

	 epropertywatch.com

	 erelscredit.com

	 erelscredit.info

	 escrowplus.org

	 fastlandv.com

	 fastlender.net

	 fayettevillencmls.com

	 fhaarmls.com

	 fhaarmls.info

	 fhaarmls.mobi

	 fhaarmls.net

	 fhaarmls.org

	 fhaarmls.us

	 fulfillment-solutions.com

	 fusionmls.com

	 gainesvillemls.com

	 geparmls.com

	 geparmlsmobile.com

	 geparwireless.org

	 getoffutt.com

	 ghvmls.com

	 gnmls.com

	 goldsboromls.com

	 greenvillencrealtors.com

	 gurbr.net

	 hcmls.com

  

	 37 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 hendersonvillencmls.com

	 hernandomls.com

	 hicentralmls.biz

	 hicentralmls.com

	 hicentralmls.info

	 hicentralmls.net

	 hicentralmls.org

	 hiltonheadmls.com

	 homeprice.com

	 homepriceanalyzer.com

	 homeprofile.com

	 hpa2000.com

	 icredco.com

	 idfraudservice.com

	 idinsights.com

	 idinsights.net

	 illinihomes.com

	 infosolco.com

	 infosolco.mobi

	 infosolco.net

	 infosolco.org

	 innoviademo.com

	 instantmerge.com

	 interealty.com

	 interealty.net

	 interrealty.com

	 iredonline.com

	 iscsys.com

	 iscsys.net

	 itinfocenter.com

	 itinformationcenter.com

	 jacksonmls.com

	 jbormls.com

	 jcbormls.com

	 jcmls.com

	 jeffersoncityarearealestate.com

	 jenark.com

	 jerseyshoremls.com

	 jerseyshoremls.net

	 juniorlienservices.biz

	 juniorlienservices.com

	 juniorlienservices.info

	 juniorlienservices.net

	 lakeozarksmls.com

	 leadstoloans.com

	 listsource.com

	 loaniq.com

	 loaniq.net

  

	 38 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 loanlevelabs.com

	 loanlevelabs.net

	 loanlevelabs.org

	 loanlevelmbs.com

	 loanlevelmbs.net

	 loanlevelmbs.org

	 loanlevelnet.com

	 loanlevelnet.net

	 loanlevelnet.org

	 loanlevelupdate.com

	 loanlevelupdate.net

	 loanlevelupdate.org

	 loanperformance.com

	 loanproductionsolutions.com

	 mailinglistprospects.com

	 maptracker.com

	 marcoareamls.com

	 marketlinx.biz

	 marketlinx.com

	 marketlinx.net

	 marketlinx.us

	 marketracweb.com

	 mba-tax.com

	 mbsloanlevel.com

	 mbsloanlevel.net

	 mbsloanlevel.org

	 metroscan.com

	 mktrac.com

	 mlsaugusta.com

	 mlscitrus.com

	 mlsdatachecker.com

	 mlsocala.com

	 mlsrets.com

	 mlsrets.net

	 mltempo.com

	 mltempo.net

	 mlxbuild.com

	 mlxcange.com

	 mlxchange.com

	 mlxhelp.com

	 mlxpro.com

	 mlxtempo.com

	 mlxtempo.mobi

	 mlxtempo.net

	 mlxwireless.com

	 mortgagedataproducts.com

	 mortgagedataproducts.net

	 mortgagelists.com

  

	 39 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 mortgagerisk.com

	 movmls.com

	 myconsumermls.biz

	 myconsumermls.com

	 myconsumermls.info

	 myconsumermls.mobi

	 myconsumermls.net

	 myconsumermls.org

	 myfastor.net

	 myprivatecredit.com

	 myrealist.com

	 nacogdochesmls.com

	 nciar.com

	 newmlssystem.com

	 newvista-ams.com

	 nnerenmls.com

	 nnerenmls.org

	 nsbmls.com

	 ntreisinnovia.com

	 ntreisinnovia.info

	 ntreisinnovia.mobi

	 ntreisinnovia.net

	 ntreisinnovia.org

	 ntreisinnovia.us

	 ocbrmls.com

	 offutt-dev.com

	 offutt-innovia.com

	 orangecomls.com

	 ourventureonline.com

	 paarmls.org

	 pbmls.com

	 pisgmail.com

	 pretell.com

	 propertylinx.com

	 propertylinx.net

	 propertyplace.com

	 propertyplace.mobi

	 propertyview.com

	 prospect-check.com

	 quantrix.info

	 quantrix.us

	 quantrixllc.biz

	 quantrixllc.com

	 quantrixllc.info

	 quantrixllc.net

	 quantrixvaluation.biz

	 quantrixvaluation.com

	 quantrixvaluation.info

  

	 40 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 quantrixvaluation.net

	 quantrixvaluation.us

	 quantrixvaluationservices.biz

	 quantrixvaluationservices.com

	 quantrixvaluationservices.info

	 quantrixvaluationservices.net

	 quantrixvaluationservices.us

	 quantrixvendorservices.com

	 quantrixvendorservices.net

	 quantrixvendorservices.org

	 ranwrealtors.com

	 ranwwmls.com

	 realestateerie.com

	 realestate-transaction.com

	 realestate-transaction.org

	 realist.com

	 realquest.ca

	 realquest.co.uk

	 realquest.com

	 realquestexpress.com

	 realquestinvestor.com

	 realquestpr.com

	 realquestpr.net

	 realquestpro.com

	 realquest-pro.com

	 realquestpro.net

	 realquest-pro.net

	 realquestprofessional.com

	 realquest-professional.com

	 realquestprofessional.net

	 realquest-professional.net

	 realquestpros.com

	 realquestpros.net

	 reisource.com

	 relsconnect.com

	 relscredit.com

	 relscredit.info

	 relsreporting.com

	 relsreporting.info

	 relsreportingservices.com

	 relsreportingservices.info

	 remreports.com

	 remsanalytics.com

	 reosource.com

	 resdts.com

	 resftp.com

	 retsconnector.com

	 retsconnector.net

  

	 41 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 retsconnector.org

	 rq-pro.com

	 rqpro.net

	 rq-pro.net

	 rqprofessional.com

	 rqprofessional.net

	 saferent.com

	 saleescrow.com

	 sancapmls.com

	 sanluisvalleymls.com

	 scrantonpamls.com

	 secondlienservices.biz

	 secondlienservices.com

	 secondlienservices.info

	 secondlienservices.net

	 seibrmls.com

	 selkirkmls.com

	 sirmlsinc.com

	 sivalue.com

	 sivalue.net

	 socalmls.com

	 socalmls.org

	 solimar.com

	 solimar.net

	 sourceoneservices.com

	 sourceoneservices.net

	 stauntonaugustahomes.com

	 stjmls.com

	 swmls.com

	 tempohelp.com

	 tennvamls.com

	 thelistfactory.com

	 the-marketpulse.com

	 t-iii.com

	 tractescrow.com

	 trilakesmls.com

	 trueltv.biz

	 trueltv.net

	 truestandings.com

	 us.com

	 uticaromerealtor.net

	 valueanyhome.com

	 vendorscape.com

	 visioncore.com

	 vreinmls.com

	 wcaremls.net

	 westlakess.com

	 willcapmatrix.com

  

	 42 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 willcapmatrix.net

	 willcapmatrix.org

	 win2data.com

	 wncrmls.com

	 zbormls.com

	 agentpoint360.com

	 agentpoint360.net

	 agentresource.biz

	 agentresource.com

	 agentresource.info

	 agentresource.net

	 agentresource.us

	 areasavm.com

	 automatedvaluationnews.com

	 avmnews.net

	 avmselect.biz

	 avmselect.info

	 basis100.bz

	 basis100.cc

	 basis100.net

	 basis100.org

	 basis100.tv

	 better-data.com

	 brokerresource.biz

	 brokerresource.org

	 brokerresource.us

	 chasevms.biz

	 chasevms.info

	 chasevms.net

	 chasevms.org

	 chasevmservices.biz

	 chasevmservices.com

	 chasevmservices.info

	 chasevmservices.net

	 chasevmservices.org

	 connectodata.com

	 corelogic.asia

	 corelogic.co.in

	 corelogic.com.au

	 corelogic.in

	 corelogicmarketpulse.com

	 corelogicmarketpulse.net

	 corelogicnews.com

	 corelogicnews.net

	 courthousedata.net

	 cscorelogic.com

	 dataheadquarters.com

	 deskavm.net

  

	 43 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 eappraiseit.net

	 eappraiseit.org

	 eappraisit.com

	 emetroscan.com

	 epropertywatch.biz

	 epropertywatch.net

	 expertagent.biz

	 expertagent.com

	 expertbroker.biz

	 expertbroker.com

	 freehomedetail.com

	 freelienreport.com

	 freelienreport.net

	 freelienwatch.com

	 freelienwatch.net

	 freemortgagewatch.com

	 freepropertydetail.com

	 freepropertyfacts.com

	 freepropertywatch.com

	 historypro.biz

	 historypro.info

	 historypro.net

	 homedatafree.com

	 homefraudwatch.com

	 homehistoryfree.com

	 homeleads.com

	 homeprofile.biz

	 homeprofile.info

	 homereportfree.com

	 icredco.info

	 identitypro.biz

	 identitypro.info

	 identitypro.net

	 incomepro.info

	 incomepro.net

	 leadstoloan.com

	 leadstoloans.com.au

	 leadtoloan.com

	 leadtoloans.com

	 loaniq.biz

	 loaniq.com.au

	 loaniq.info

	 loanperformance.info

	 loanperformance.net

	 loansafe.biz

	 marketlinx.us.com

	 mavex1003.com

	 mavex1003.net

  

	 44 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 mavexdefender.com

	 mavexdefender.net

	 metroscan.biz

	 mlxinnovia.com

	 mlxselfchange.com

	 neighborhoodprofile.com

	 paperlessdeals.net

	 propertydatafree.com

	 propertydatasource.com

	 propertyfactsfree.com

	 propertyhistoryfree.com

	 propertyinformationexchange.com

	 propertymaps.info

	 propertyreportfree.com

	 propinfo.biz

	 realestate-transaction.net

	 realmaps.biz

	 realmaps.info

	 realmaps.net

	 realmaps.org

	 realmaps.us

	 realpoint360.net

	 realquest.asia

	 realquest.be

	 realquest.biz

	 realquest.ch

	 realquest.co.ca

	 realquest.co.il

	 realquest.co.in

	 realquest.co.kr

	 realquest.co.za

	 realquest.com.au

	 realquest.com.bd

	 realquest.com.br

	 realquest.com.es

	 realquest.com.pt

	 realquest.com.sg

	 realquest.com.tr

	 realquest.com.tw

	 realquest.com.vn

	 realquest.cz

	 realquest.es

	 realquest.fr

	 realquest.gr

	 realquest.ie

	 realquest.in

	 realquest.it

	 realquest.jp

  

	 45 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 realquest.kr

	 realquest.ma

	 realquest.nl

	 realquest.ru

	 realquest.sg

	 realquest.tv

	 realquest.tw

	 realquest.us

	 realquestnews.com

	 realquestnews.net

	 realtyplusonline.org

	 remsanalytics.net

	 riskmodel.com

	 rtquest.biz

	 rtquest.com

	 rtquest.info

	 rtquest.net

	 rtquest.org

	 rtquest.us

	 servicingscorecard.com

	 solimar.us

	 the-market-pulse.com

	 trueltv.com

	 ukavm.com

	 ukavm.net

	 ukavm.org

	 ukvector.co.uk

	 valuall.com

	 valuepoint4.com

	 valuepoint4.com.au

	 valuepointplus.com

	 valuit.com

	 vectordefender.com

	 vectordefender.net

	 vectorplatform.com

	 vectorplatform.net

	 vectorportfolio.com

	 vectorportfolio.net

	 vectorportfolios.com

	 vectorportfolios.net

	 vectorxray.com

	 vectorx-ray.com

	 vectorxray.net

	 vectorx-ray.net

	 vendormanagement.biz

	 vendormanagementservices.com

	 visioncore.biz

	 vision-core.biz

  

	 46 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

	
	 Domain Names

	 visioncore.info

	 vision-core.info

vision-core.net

visioncore.org

vision-core.org

visioncore.us

vision-core.us

vp4.com.au

westlakess.net

westlakess.org

  

 

	(1)	Does not include certain domain names that are still subject to review in connection with the Spin-Off but are likely to be transferred to First American Financial
Corporation (“FAFC”) on or about the completion date of the Spin-Off. 

 Trade Names/DBAs 

 

			
	 True Name
	  	 DBA Name (Registered and Unregistered)

		
	 Accufacts Pre-Employment Screening, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Select Business Services
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage ADR
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Transportation Services
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage ADR
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Transportation Services
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage ADR
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Transportation Services
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage ADR
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Transportation Services

  

	 47 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

			
	 True Name
	  	 DBA Name (Registered and Unregistered)

		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage ADR
		
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Transportation Services
		
	 Faslo Solutions, LLC
	  	First American Advanced Analytics (FAAA)
		
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	VisionCore
		
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	BasePoint
		
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	BasePoint Analytics
		
	 First American CoreLogic, Inc.
	  	LoanPerformance
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American Global Outsourcing Services (FAGOS)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American Default Technology Group (FADTG)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American National Default Outsourcing (FANDO)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American REO Servicing (FAREO)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American National Claims Outsourcing (FANCO)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American Loss Mitigation Services (FALMS)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American Loan Production Services (FALPS)
		
	 First American Default Information Services (FADIS)
	  	First American Field Services (FAFS)
		
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC (FAFHC)
	  	First American Flood Data Services (FAFDS)

  

	 48 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

			
	 True Name
	  	 DBA Name (Registered and Unregistered)

		
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC (FAFHC)
	  	First American Spatial Solutions (FASS)
		
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC (FAFHC)
	  	Proxix Solutions
		
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC (FARES)
	  	First American Federal Solutions (FAFS)
		
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC (FARES)
	  	First American Residential Value View (FARVV)
		
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC (FARES)
	  	Valuation and Property Solutions (VPS)
		
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC (FARETS)
	  	First American Real Estate Tax Service
		
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	FADV Background Services Corp. (Forced)
		
	 First Advantage Background Services Corp.
	  	First Advantage Saferent
		
	 First Advantage Corefacts, Inc.
	  	EVIDENTDATA
		
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	First Advantage Holding, Inc. (Forced)
		
	 First Advantage Corporation
	  	Omega Insurance Services Inc., A First Advantage Company (Forced)
		
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	CredStar
		
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	CredStar
		
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	CredStar
		
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	CredStar
		
	 First Advantage Credco LLC
	  	CBA Information Solutions

  

	 49 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

			
	 True Name
	  	 DBA Name (Registered and Unregistered)

		
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	EvidentData
		
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	First Advantage Data Recovery Services
		
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	First Advantage Data Recovery Services
		
	 First Advantage Litigation Consulting, LLC
	  	First Advantage Data Recovery Services
		
	 MarketLinx Inc.
	  	Interealty Corporation
		
	 PrideRock Holding Company, Inc.
	  	Advantage Biometric Group
		
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Backtrack Reports
		
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Litigation Consulting
		
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Investigative Services (Inc.) (Forced)
		
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Investigative Services (Forced)

  

	 50 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

			
	 True Name
	  	 DBA Name (Registered and Unregistered)

		
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Investigative Services (Forced)

  

	 51 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 
 Schedule 6 

Deposit Accounts 
  

					
	 Entity
	  	 Account Number
	    	 Bank

	 Backtrack
	  	005502088321	    	Bank of America
	 BarNone
	  	001472602662	    	Bank of America
	 BarNone
	  	8765000506	    	Bank of America
	 BIS
	  	005500503730	    	Bank of America
	 CIC
	  	005502710071	    	Bank of America
	 CIC
	  	008981715351	    	Bank of America
	 Credstar
	  	898030311654	    	Bank of America
	 Decision HR
	  	898028595330	    	Bank of America
	 Decision HR
	  	005489601397	    	Bank of America
	 DRS
	  	005566385167	    	Bank of America
	 eAppraiseIT
	  	1235901945	    	Bank of America
	 eAppraiseIT
	  	1235994718	    	Bank of America
	 FA CVENT Marketing
	  	898006376377	    	Bank of America
	 Federal Solutions
	  	51133815	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage CIG
	  	005561918173	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage CoreFacts, LLC
	  	005500507817	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Corporation (A/P)
	  	005487624677	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Corporation (FSA)
	  	898040451672	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Corporation (Master)
	  	005491547850	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Corporation (PAC)
	  	005561925412	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Corporation (PR)
	  	005561916146	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Credco Puerto Rico
	  	005566372484	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Enterprise Screening Corp.
	  	898006376364	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	005566372471	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Occupational Health Services Corp.
	  	005488079153	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage Quest Research Co.
	  	5508316149	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	003937345628	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.
	  	005500501127	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage SafeRent, Inc. 401K
	  	003939310554	    	Bank of America
	 First Advantage-NDVS
	  	005566372468	    	Bank of America
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	694715659	    	Bank of America
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4627183636	    	Bank of America
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	12351-17181	    	Bank of America
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	1235994732	    	Bank of America

  

	 52 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Entity
	  	 Account Number
	    	 Bank

	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4130028547	    	Bank of America
	 Hirecheck
	  	003448086052	    	Bank of America
	 Jenark
	  	005566374178	    	Bank of America
	 Leadclick Holding Company, LLC
	  	898032374152	    	Bank of America
	 Leadclick Media
	  	005561937028	    	Bank of America
	 Marketlinx
	  	1235775904	    	Bank of America
	 Marketlinx
	  	1235029750	    	Bank of America
	 Marketlinx
	  	1235291911	    	Bank of America
	 Marketlinx
	  	1235072602	    	Bank of America
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc
	  	3933720085	    	Bank of America
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc
	  	03937345042	    	Bank of America
	 National Background Data LLC
	  	005502710518	    	Bank of America
	 National Data Registry LLC
	  	005502710550	    	Bank of America
	 Priderock Holding Company
	  	005566378530	    	Bank of America
	 ProudFoot
	  	005496257718	    	Bank of America
	 ProudFoot
	  	005498552932	    	Bank of America
	 PRSI
	  	005496261270	    	Bank of America
	 Road Manager
	  	005561911989	    	Bank of America
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	003939310046	    	Bank of America
	 SkillCheck
	  	005561937905	    	Bank of America
	 True Data Partners
	  	005562580296	    	Bank of America
	 TruStar Solutions
	  	005566357263	    	Bank of America
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	003666188745	    	Bank of America (Nations Bank)
	 First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc. (Non LLC)
	  	4203800010	    	First American Trust
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	2100019296	    	First American Trust
	 First American Capital Trust
	  	1085900405	    	First American Trust
	 First American Capital Trust
	  	1085900407	    	First American Trust
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	816472047	    	JP Morgan
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	816472286	    	JP Morgan
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	816472294	    	JP Morgan
	 First Advantage Corporation (FSA)
	  	475734513	    	JP Morgan Chase
	 First Advantage Corporation (FSA)
	  	475734521	    	JP Morgan Chase
	 First Advantage Corporation (HSA)
	  	397021661764	    	JP Morgan Chase
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	323-395880	    	JPM Chase Bank Acts.

  

	 53 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Entity
	  	 Account Number
	    	 Bank

	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	765-911763	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	765-011755	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	601-862659	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	304-604712	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	601-873003	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	601-886757	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	304-658642	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	6300068619	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	601-883879	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	304-607665	    	JPM Chase Bank
Acts.
	 Corp Accounts
	  	0904716289	    	Wells Fargo
	 Corp Accounts
	  	4159403435	    	Wells Fargo
	 Corp Accounts
	  	4375652740	    	Wells Fargo
	 Corp Accounts
	  	4588-533299	    	Wells Fargo
	 First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.
	  	4120855325	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	4496820812	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	4496820804	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	4121085526	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	4945091239	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	4945091221	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Corelogic, Inc. (RES)
	  	858-6282413	    	Wells Fargo
	 First American Real Estate Solutions LLC
	  	4166786624	    	Wells Fargo
	 IOS HC
	  	4311851273	    	Wells Fargo
	 Marketlinx
	  	4121897946	    	Wells Fargo
	 American Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	4496803040	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FAFLO
	  	4030014906	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FAFLO
	  	4375671021	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FAGOS
	  	4121713432	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FALPS
	  	1018236532	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FAOFS
	  	4121701718	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FASLO
	  	4121415582	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FASLO
	  	4121321202	    	WellsFargo Bank

  

	 54 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement – First American Corporation 

 

					
	 Entity
	  	 Account Number
	    	 Bank

	 FASLO
	  	4121631741	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 FASLO
	  	4121783385	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121-191654	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121-160121	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4375-694890	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121-134910	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121-127427	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121-388896	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4801-910621	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121595722	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121732515	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121721104	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	4121732523	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	4121430839	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	4121430813	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	4121055321	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Default Information Services LLC
	  	4121807119	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	4121552988	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC
	  	4121489322	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121-070858	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4000-033753	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4311-851281	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4020-019170	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121747752	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121682140	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121-036263	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121790380	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121790406	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121790414	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121790422	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	4121790398	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	18868200	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC
	  	18868201	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 IOS
	  	4311851273	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	4121638308	    	WellsFargo Bank
	 Wells Fargo Trust Dept
	  	881-3460311	    	WellsFargo Bank

  

	 55 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of April 12, 2010 (the
“Agreement”), made by the Grantors parties thereto in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties. The undersigned agrees for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the
Secured Parties as follows: 
  

	 	1.	The undersigned will be bound by the terms of the Agreement and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to the undersigned.

  

	 	2.	The undersigned will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5.5(a) of the Agreement.

  

	 	3.	The terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 of the Agreement shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to
Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 of the Agreement. 

  

			
	 [NAME OF ISSUER]
  

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	
	Address for Notices:
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

		
	 Fax:
	 	

  

	 56 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Annex 1 to 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of
                    , 201    , made by
                                        
(the “Additional Grantor”), in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders parties to the Credit Agreement referred
to below. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement. 

W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS, The First American Corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent
have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have
entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent for
the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties; 
 WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party
to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this
Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor,
as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct on and as the date
hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date. 
 2. Governing Law. THIS
ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

	 57 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed
and delivered as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  

	 58 
	 © Copyright 2010 

Table of Contents

 Annex 1-A to 

Assumption Agreement 

Supplement to Schedule 1 

Supplement to Schedule 2 

Supplement to Schedule 3 

Supplement to Schedule 4 

Supplement to Schedule 5 

Supplement to Schedule 6 
  

	 59 
	 © Copyright 2010Exhibit 10.3

 Exhibit 10.3 

PROPOSED RESTATEMENT 

OF THE 

FAIRFIELD COUNTY BANK INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN 

EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2010 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

ARTICLE II 

ADMINISTRATION 
  

					
	 2.1
	    	 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
	  	13
			
	 2.2
	    	 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
	  	13
			
	 2.3
	    	 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	  	13
			
	 2.4
	    	 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
	  	13
			
	 2.5
	    	 RECORDS AND REPORTS
	  	14
			
	 2.6
	    	 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS
	  	14
			
	 2.7
	    	 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
	  	14
			
	 2.8
	    	 CLAIMS PROCEDURE
	  	15
			
	 2.9
	    	 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
	  	15
	
	ARTICLE III
	ELIGIBILITY
			
	 3.1
	    	 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	15
			
	 3.2
	    	 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
	  	15
			
	 3.3
	    	 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	16
			
	 3.4
	    	 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	16
			
	 3.5
	    	 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE
	  	16
			
	 3.6
	    	 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
	  	17
			
	 3.7
	    	 OWNER-EMPLOYEE LIMITATION
	  	17
			
	 3.8
	    	 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE; INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE
	  	17
	
	ARTICLE IV
	CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION
			
	 4.1
	    	 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
	  	17
			
	 4.2
	    	 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION
	  	18
			
	 4.3
	    	 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
	  	20
			
	 4.4
	    	 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND USAGE OF FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	  	20
			
	 4.5
	    	 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST
	  	22
			
	 4.6
	    	 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST
	  	23
			
	 4.7
	    	 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST
	  	25
			
	 4.8
	    	 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST
	  	27
			
	 4.9
	    	 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	  	29
			
	 4.10
	    	 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	  	30
			
	 4.11
	    	 PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS (OTHER THAN ROLLOVERS) FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
	  	30
			
	 4.12
	    	 ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS
	  	31
			
	 4.13
	    	 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS
	  	32
			
	 4.14
	    	 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE
	  	33

					
	ARTICLE V
	VALUATIONS
			
	 5.1
	    	 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND
	  	33
			
	 5.2
	    	 METHOD OF VALUATION
	  	33
	
	ARTICLE VI
	DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
			
	 6.1
	    	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
	  	33
			
	 6.2
	    	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	  	34
			
	 6.3
	    	 DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFITS
	  	34
			
	 6.4
	    	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
	  	34
			
	 6.5
	    	 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	  	36
			
	 6.6
	    	 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	  	36
			
	 6.7
	    	 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION
	  	36
			
	 6.8
	    	 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
	  	37
			
	 6.9
	    	 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL
	  	40
			
	 6.10
	    	 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN
	  	40
			
	 6.11
	    	 PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	40
			
	 6.12
	    	 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION
	  	40
			
	 6.13
	    	 DIRECT ROLLOVER
	  	40
			
	 6.14
	    	 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
	  	41
			
	 6.15
	    	 CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS
	  	41
			
		    	ARTICLE VII	  	
	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERS AND LOANS
			
	 7.1
	    	 AMENDMENT
	  	41
			
	 7.2
	    	 TERMINATION
	  	42
			
	 7.3
	    	 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS
	  	42
			
	 7.4
	    	 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
	  	42
	
	ARTICLE VIII
	TOP-HEAVY
			
	 8.1
	    	 TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
	  	43
			
	 8.2
	    	 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
	  	43
	
	ARTICLE IX
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 9.1
	    	 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS
	  	45
			
	 9.2
	    	 ALIENATION OF BENEFITS
	  	45
			
	 9.3
	    	 CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION OF PLAN
	  	45
			
	 9.4
	    	 GENDER AND NUMBER
	  	45
			
	 9.5
	    	 LEGAL ACTION
	  	45
			
	 9.6
	    	 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS
	  	45
			
	 9.7
	    	 EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	  	46
			
	 9.8
	    	 INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	  	46
			
	 9.9
	    	 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS
	  	46

					
	 9.10
	    	 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
	  	46
			
	 9.11
	    	 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
	  	46
			
	 9.12
	    	 HEADINGS
	  	46
			
	 9.13
	    	 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
	  	47
			
	 9.14
	    	 ELECTRONIC MEDIA
	  	47
			
	 9.15
	    	 PLAN CORRECTION
	  	47
			
	 9.16
	    	 UNIFORMITY
	  	47
	
	ARTICLE X
	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
			
	 10.1
	    	 ADOPTION BY OTHER EMPLOYERS
	  	47
			
	 10.2
	    	 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	  	47
			
	 10.3
	    	 DESIGNATION OF AGENT
	  	47
			
	 10.4
	    	 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS
	  	48
			
	 10.5
	    	 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES
	  	48
			
	 10.6
	    	 AMENDMENT
	  	48
			
	 10.7
	    	 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION
	  	48
			
	 10.8
	    	 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY
	  	48
			
	 10.9
	    	PROVISIONS APPLIED SEPARATELY (OR JOINTLY) FOR PARTICIPATING NON-AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS	  	48
			
	 10.10
	    	 TOP-HEAVY APPLIED SEPARATELY FOR PARTICIPATING NON-AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS
	  	49
			
	 10.11
	    	 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS
	  	49
			
	 10.12
	    	 SERVICE
	  	49
			
	 10.13
	    	 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
	  	49

 FAIRFIELD COUNTY BANK INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN 

THIS PLAN, hereby adopted this      day of
                        , by Fairfield County Bank (herein referred to as the “Employer”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Employer heretofore established a Profit Sharing Plan effective March 1, 1990, (hereinafter called the “Effective
Date”) known as Ridgefield Bank Incentive Retirement Plan and which plan shall hereinafter be known as Fairfield County Bank Incentive Retirement Plan (herein referred to as the “Plan”) in recognition of the contribution made to its
successful operation by its Employees and for the exclusive benefit of its Eligible Employees; and 
 WHEREAS, under the terms
of the Plan, the Employer has the ability to amend the Plan, provided the Trustee joins in such amendment if the provisions of the Plan affecting the Trustee are amended; 

NOW, THEREFORE, effective January 1, 2010, except as otherwise provided herein, the Employer in accordance with the provisions of
the Plan pertaining to amendments thereof, hereby amends the Plan in its entirety and restates the Plan to provide as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 1.1
“Account” means any separate notational account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant under the Plan. The term “Participant’s Account” or “Participant’s Account
Balance” generally means the sum of all Accounts being maintained for the Participant, which represents the Participant’s total interest in the Plan. Section 6.8 contains a definition of “Participant’s Account Balance”
for purposes of that Section. To the extent applicable, a Participant may have any (or all) of the following notational Accounts: 
  

	 	(a)	the Elective Deferral Account 

  

	 	(b)	the Matching Contribution Account 

  

	 	(c)	the Nonelective Contribution Account 

  

	 	(d)	the Qualified Matching Contribution Account 

  

	 	(e)	the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account 

  

	 	(f)	the Rollover Account 

  

	 	(g)	the Transfer Account 

  

	 	(h)	any other account, including an overlapping account or sub-account, necessary for the administration of the Plan 

1.2 “ACP” means the actual contribution percentage that is equal to, for a specific group of Participants (either Highly
Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the ACRs (calculated separately for each Participant in such group). The ACP for each group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

 For purposes of computing an ACP, a Participant is an Eligible Employee who is eligible to have Matching Contributions or
Qualified Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (whether or not a deferral election was made) allocated to such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account for a “specific
Plan Year”. In addition, if an Employee contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated (for purposes of the
ACP test) as an eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Employee contributions are made. However, if a Participant has no 414(s) Compensation for the Plan Year, then such Participant shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating the ACP of a
group. 
 For purposes of the above paragraph, the term “specific Plan Year” means, for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees, the Plan Year being tested. If the current year testing method is being used, then the term “specific Plan Year” means, for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, the Plan Year being tested. If the
prior year testing method is being used, then the term “specific Plan Year” means, for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year being tested. 

1.3 “ACP Test” means the actual contribution percentage test determined pursuant to Section 4.7. 

1.4 “ACR” means the actual contribution ratio of each Participant, that is a ratio (expressed as a percentage) equal to
(1) the Contribution Percentage Amounts of such Participant for such Plan Year, to (2) such Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for such Plan Year. 

Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year
if made no later than the end of the twelve (12) month period beginning on the date after the close of the Plan Year. 
  

 - 1 - 

 The ACR for each Participant shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one
percent. 
 1.5 “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 1.6 “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the Employer pursuant to
Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. “Administrator” also includes any Qualified Termination Administrator (QTA) that has assumed the responsibilities of the Administrator in accordance with guidelines set
forth by the Department of Labor. 
 1.7 “ADP” means the actual deferral percentage that is equal to, for a specific group of
Participants (either Highly Compensated Employees or Nonhighly Compensated Employees) for a Plan Year, the average of the ADRs (calculated separately for each Participant in such group). The ADP for each group shall be calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of one percent. 
 For purposes of computing an ADP, a Participant is an Eligible Employee who is eligible to make
Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 (whether or not a deferral election was made) allocated to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for a “specific Plan Year.” However, if a Participant has no 414(s) Compensation
for the Plan Year, then such Participant shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating the ADP of a group. 
 For purposes of
the above paragraph, the term “specific Plan Year” means, for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, the Plan Year being tested. If the current year testing method is being used, then the term “specific Plan Year”
means, for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, the Plan Year being tested. If the prior year testing method is being used, then the term “specific Plan Year” means, for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees, the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year being tested. 
 1.8 “ADP Test” means the actual deferral percentage test
determined pursuant to Section 4.5. 
 1.9 “ADR” means the actual deferral ratio of each Participant, that is a ratio
(expressed as a percentage) equal to (1) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Participant for such Plan Year, to (2) such Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for such Plan Year.

 For purposes of this definition of ADR, Employer contributions actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of any Participant
shall include: (a) any Elective Deferrals (other than Catch-Up Contributions) made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election (including Excess Deferrals of any Highly Compensated Employee), but excluding (1) Excess Deferrals of
any Nonhighly Compensated Employee that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or any other plans maintained by the Employer, and (2) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP Test set forth in
Section 4.7 (provided that the ADP Test is satisfied both with and without the exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (b) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to the
extent such contributions are not used to satisfy the ACP Test, as well as any contributions authorized by (and to the extent prescribed by) Section 4.6(c). 

For purposes of computing a Participant’s ADR, an Eligible Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make Elective
Deferrals shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made. 
 The ADR for each Participant
shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. 
 1.10 “Affiliated Employer” means any corporation which is a
member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the
Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
to Regulations under Code Section 414(o). 
 1.11 “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year. 

1.12 “Annual Additions” means, for purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the sum credited to a
Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year of (1) Employer contributions, (2) Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)
which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, (5) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as
defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer and (6) allocations under a simplified employee pension plan. 

Annual Additions do not include the transfers of funds from one plan to another. In addition, the following are not Annual Additions for
the purposes of this definition: (1) rollover contributions as defined in Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) and 457(e)(16); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayment of
distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); (4) repayment of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); (5) Catch-Up
Contributions and (6) employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6). 

1.13 “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom the share of a deceased Participant’s interest in the Plan is payable.
Section 6.8 contains a definition of “designated Beneficiary” for purposes of that Section. 
  

 - 2 - 

 1.14 “Catch-Up Contribution” means, effective January 1, 2002, Elective Deferrals made
to the Plan by a Catch-Up Eligible Participant during any taxable year of such Participant that are in excess of: 
 (a) a
statutory dollar limit on Elective Deferrals or Annual Additions as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(30), 402(h), 403(b), 408, 415(c), or 457(b)(2) (without regard to Code Section 457(b)(3)), as applicable; 

(b) a Plan limit on Elective Deferrals which is not a limit provided in (a) above; or 

(c) the limit imposed by the ADP Test under Code Section 401(k)(3), in which Excess Contributions would otherwise be distributed
pursuant to Section 4.6(b) to a Highly Compensated Employee who is a Catch-Up Eligible Participant. 
 Catch-Up
Contributions for a Participant for a Participant’s taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the Participant’s taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up
Contributions under 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the
Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. 

1.15 “Catch-Up Eligible Participant” means, effective January 1, 2002, a Participant who: 

 

	 	(a)	is eligible to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 4.2; and 

  

	 	(b)	will attain age 50 or over by the end of the Participant’s taxable year. 

1.16 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time. 

1.17 “Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant and except as otherwise provided herein, such Participant’s wages for
the Plan Year (the “determination period”) within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) (for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages
based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)) (wages subject to Federal income tax withholding). Compensation for any Self-Employed
Individual shall be equal to such individual’s Earned Income. 
 For purposes of this Section, the determination of
Compensation shall be made by: 
 (a) excluding (even if includible in gross income) reimbursements or other expense allowances,
fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits. 
 (b) including amounts which
are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and employee contributions
described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions. For this purpose, effective January 1, 1998, amounts not includible in gross income under Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not
available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that the Participant has other health coverage, provided the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the
Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. 
 (c) including
pre-participation Compensation paid during the Plan Year while not a Participant in the component of the Plan for which Compensation is being used. 

(d) including Post-Severance Compensation. 

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Compensation in excess of $200,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code)
shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of salary deferral elections pursuant to Section 4.2. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), except
that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any “determination period” of less than twelve (12) months, the
Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the “determination period” begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short “determination
period” by twelve (12). A “determination period” is not less than twelve (12) months solely because a Participant’s Compensation does not include Compensation paid during a “determination period” while the
Participant was not a Participant in the Plan (or a component of the Plan). 
 If any Employees are excluded from the Plan (or
from any component of the Plan), then Compensation for any such Employees who become eligible or cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan (or in the component of the Plan) during a Plan Year shall only include Compensation while such
Employees are Eligible Employees of the Plan (or of such component of the Plan). 
 For purposes of this Section, if the Plan is
a plan described in Code Section 413(c) or 414(f) (a plan maintained by more than one Employer), the limitation applies separately with respect to the Compensation of any Participant from each Employer maintaining the Plan. 

 

 - 3 - 

 If, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the definition of Compensation has
been modified, then, except as otherwise provided herein, for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect.

 1.18 “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy or annuity contract (group
or individual) issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 

1.19 “Contribution Percentage Amounts” means the sum of any Matching Contributions which are made pursuant to Section 4.1(b);
Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent such Qualified Matching Contributions are not used to satisfy the ADP Test) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions (to the extent not used to satisfy the ADP Test), as well as any contributions
authorized by (and to the extent prescribed by) Section 4.8(g). In addition, Contribution Percentage Amounts may include Elective Deferrals, provided the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP Test and continues to be
met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP Test. However, Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due
to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. 

1.20 “Custodian” means a person or entity that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan assets. 

1.21 “Designated Investment Alternative” means a specific investment identified by name by the Employer (or such other Fiduciary who has
been given the authority to select investment options) as an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant. 

1.22 “Directed Account” means that portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan with respect to which the Participant has
directed the investment in accordance with the Participant Direction Procedures. 
 1.23 “Directed Investment Option” means a
Designated Investment Alternative and any other investment permitted by the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant. 

1.24 “Disability” means a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which
renders such Participant incapable of continuing usual and customary employment with the Employer. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.

 1.25 “Early Retirement Date.” This Plan does not provide for a retirement date prior to Normal Retirement Date. 

1.26 “Earned Income” means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual, the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business
with respect to which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions
allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Self-Employed Individual to a qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
allowed to the Self-Employed Individual by Code Section 164(f). 
 If any combination of bonuses, commissions, tips,
overtime, moving expenses, fringe benefits, or any other element of compensation is excluded from Compensation for the purpose of determining any contribution, then for the purpose of determining the amount of such contribution on behalf of any
Self-Employed Individual, such person’s Earned Income will be reduced in the same proportion that the “includible compensation” of “common law participants” bears to the “total compensation” of all “common law
participants.” 
 For purposes of the preceding paragraph, “common law participant” means a Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Self-Employed Individual, “includible compensation” means the amount of Compensation taken into account in determining the amount of such contribution for “common law participants,” and
“total compensation” means the amount of Compensation that would have been taken into account in determining such contribution for “common law participants” if (1) no element of Compensation had been excluded in determining
such contribution, and (2) all of the following are included in Compensation: any amount which is contributed by the Employer at the election of the Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross
income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions. 

However, to the extent that the amount of “includible compensation” for “common law participants” includes any amount
which is contributed by the Employer at the election of the Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
403(b) or 457(b), and employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions, then those amounts shall be added back to Earned Income after making the adjustment described in the preceding
paragraph. 
 1.27 “Elective Deferral” means any Employer contributions made to the Plan at the election of the Participant in
lieu of cash Compensation pursuant to Section 4.2. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant’s Elective Deferrals is the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement (“CODA”) described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p) and
any plan described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer 
  

 - 4 - 

 
contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not
include any deferrals properly distributed as excess Annual Additions pursuant to Section 4.10(a). 
 1.28 “Elective Deferral
Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from Elective Deferrals. Amounts in the Elective Deferral
Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 4.2(d). 
 1.29 “Eligible
Employee” means any Employee, except as provided below, and except as provided in any other particular provision for the limited purposes of that provision (e.g., ADP test). The following Employees shall not be eligible to participate in
this Plan: 
 (a) Employees of Affiliated Employers, unless such Affiliated Employers have specifically adopted this Plan in
writing. 
 (b) An individual shall not be an Eligible Employee if such individual is not reported on the payroll records of the
Employer as a common law employee. In particular, it is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on its payroll records and out-sourced workers, are neither Employees nor Eligible Employees, and are
excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. However, this paragraph shall not apply to partners or other Self-Employed
Individuals unless the Employer treats them as independent contractors. 
 (c) Unless or until otherwise provided, Employees who
became Employees as the result of a “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction” will not be Eligible Employees until the expiration of the transition period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first
Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is
subject to the special rules set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). 
 1.30 “Employee” means any common law employee,
Self-Employed Individual, Leased Employee or other person to the extent that the Code treats such an individual as an employee of the Employer for purposes of the Plan, such as (for certain purposes) any person who is employed by an Affiliated
Employer. 
 1.31 “Employer” means Fairfield County Bank and any successor which shall maintain this Plan; and any predecessor
which has maintained this Plan. The Employer is a corporation, with principal offices in the State of Connecticut. In addition, where appropriate, the term Employer shall include any Participating Employer. 

1.32 “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: 

(a) The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts actually made on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for such
Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ACR, over 
 (b) The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts
permitted by the ACP Test of Section 4.7(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of their ACRs beginning with the highest of such ACRs). 

Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 and
then taking into account any adjustments of any Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6. 
 1.33 “Excess
Compensation” with respect to any Participant means the Participant’s Compensation which is in excess of the “integration level,” which shall be the Taxable Wage Base. For any determination period of less than twelve
(12) months, the “integration level” shall be reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short year and the denominator of which is twelve (12). A determination period is not less than twelve
(12) months solely because a Participant’s Compensation does not include Compensation paid during a determination period while the Participant was not a Participant in this component of the Plan. 

1.34 “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess of Elective Deferrals made on behalf of Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under Section 4.5(a) (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
in order of the ADRs beginning with the highest of such ADRs). Excess Contributions shall be treated as an Annual Addition pursuant to Section 1.12. 

1.35 “Excess Deferrals” shall mean those Elective Deferrals of a Participant that either (1) are made during the Participant’s
taxable year and which exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for such year; or (2) are made during a calendar
year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar
year, counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer. 
 1.36
“Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets,
(b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or
discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan. 
  

 - 5 - 

 1.37 “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year of 12 months commencing on
January 1 of each year and ending the following December 31. 
 1.38 “Forfeiture” means that portion of a
Participant’s Account that is not Vested, and which becomes a Forfeiture at the time described below: 
 The earlier of:

 (a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a Participant who has severed
employment with the Employer. For purposes of this provision, if the Participant has a Vested benefit of zero (determined without regard to the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account or Rollover Account), then such
Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested benefit as of the date on which the severance of employment occurs, or 

(b) the last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive
1-Year Breaks in Service. 
 In addition, the term “Forfeiture” shall also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures
pursuant to any other provisions of this Plan. 
 Regardless of the preceding provisions, if a Participant is eligible to share
in the allocation of Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur, then the Forfeiture will not occur until the end of the subsequent Plan Year. 

For purposes of this Plan, any Forfeiture will be disposed of in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture arises.

 1.39 “Former Employee” means an Employee who had a severance from employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.

 1.40 “415 Compensation” with respect to any Participant means such Participant’s wages for the Plan Year within the
meaning of Code Section 3401(a) (for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the
services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)). 415 Compensation for any Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to such individual’s Earned Income. 

Notwithstanding the above, the determination of 415 Compensation shall be made by: 

(a) including any Elective Deferrals, and any amount which is contributed by the Employer at the election of the Participant pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2)
that are treated as Employer contributions. For this purpose, effective January 1, 1998, amounts not includible in gross income under Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of
group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that the Participant has other health coverage, provided the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the
enrollment process for the health plan. 
 (b) including Post-Severance Compensation. 

1.41 “414(s) Compensation” means 415 Compensation or any other definition of compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination
requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period
taken into account to that part of the Plan Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a Participant in the component of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for
the Plan Year. 
 1.42 “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee described in Code Section 414(q) and the
Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who: 
 (a) was a “five percent owner” as defined in
Section 1.47(b) at any time during the “determination year” or the “look-back year”; or 
 (b) for the
“look-back year” had 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the Top-Paid Group for the “look-back year.” The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code
Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. 
 The
“determination year” means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed, and the “look-back year” means the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. 

In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who received no earned income (within the
meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. If an Employee who is a nonresident alien has U.S. source income,
that Employee is treated as satisfying this definition if all of such Employee’s U.S. source income from the Employer is exempt from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken
into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees 

 

 - 6 - 

 
are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be
applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the
“determination year.” 
 1.43 “Highly Compensated Participant” means, for a particular Plan Year, a Participant who
meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 
 1.44 “Hour of Service” means
(1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are
performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties
(such as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty, disability, lay-off, military duty or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-2,
which is incorporated herein by reference); (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to
which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3). 

Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited to an Employee on account of any
single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a
period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. 

For purposes of (2) above, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is
made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other
entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. 
 Notwithstanding
the foregoing, each Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month in which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for at least one Hour of Service. 

For purposes of this Section, Hours of Service will be credited for employment with any Affiliated Employers. The provisions of
Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference. 
 1.45 “Income” means the
gains or losses for the “applicable computation period” allocable to an “excess amount”, which amount shall be determined and allocated, at the discretion of the Administrator, using any of the methods set forth below:

 (a) Method of allocating Income. The Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the Income allocable to an
“excess amount” for the “applicable computation period,” provided that the method is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the “applicable computation period,”
and is used by the Plan for allocating earnings to a Participant’s “specific account(s).” 
 (b) Alternative
method of allocating Income. The Administrator may allocate Income to an “excess amount” for the “applicable computation period” by multiplying the earnings for the “applicable computation period” allocable to the
“Employer contributions” taken into account under the test or limitation giving rise to such “excess amount” by a fraction, the numerator of which is the “excess amount” for the Employee for the “applicable
computation period,” and the denominator of which is the sum of: 
 (1) The “specific account(s)” balance(s) taken
into account under the test or limitation giving rise to such “excess amount” as of the beginning of the “applicable computation period,” and 

(2) Any additional amount of such “Employer contributions” made for the “applicable computation period” to the
“specific account(s).” 
 (c) For purposes of calculating the Income attributable to Excess Deferrals of
Section 4.2(g), the terms “applicable computation period”, “Employer contributions”, “excess amount”, and “specific account(s)” will have the following substitutions: 

 

	 	(1)	The taxable year of the Participant shall be substituted for the “applicable computation period”; 

 

	 	(2)	Elective Deferrals shall be substituted for “Employer contributions”; 

 

	 	(3)	Excess Deferrals shall be substituted for “excess amount”; and 

  

	 	(4)	The Elective Deferral Account shall be substituted for the “specific account(s).” 

 

 - 7 - 

 (d) For purposes of calculating the Income attributable to Excess Contributions of
Section 4.6(b), the terms “applicable computation period”, “Employer contributions”, “excess amount”, and “specific account(s)” will have the following substitutions: 

(1) The Plan Year shall be substituted for the “applicable computation period”; 

(2) Elective Deferrals, and other contributions included in determining the ADR under Section 1.9, shall be substituted for
“Employer contributions”; 
 (3) Excess Contributions shall be substituted for “excess amount”; 

(4) The Elective Deferral Account, and, if included in the determination of the ADR under Section 1.9, the Qualified Matching
Contribution and/or the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account(s), shall be substituted for the “specific account(s).” 

(e) For purposes of calculating the Income attributable to Excess Aggregate Contributions of Section 4.8(b), the terms
“applicable computation period”, “Employer contributions”, “excess amount”, and “specific account(s)” will have the following substitutions: 

(1) The Plan Year shall be substituted for the “applicable computation period”; 

(2) Any Matching Contributions which are made pursuant to Section 4.1(b); Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent such
Qualified Matching Contributions are not used to satisfy the ADP Test) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions (to the extent not used to satisfy the ADP Test) shall be substituted for “Employer contributions.” Elective Deferrals may be
included in the substitution listed above, provided the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP Test. However,
Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess
Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions shall not be included in the substitution listed above. 
 (3) Excess Aggregate
Contributions shall be substituted for “excess amount”; 
 (4) The Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Matching
Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall be substituted for the “specific account(s).” 

(f) With respect to Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions, effective beginning with the first Plan Year beginning in
2006, Income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) is required to be distributed. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the Income that is allocable to
Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the Income allocable to Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the distribution. Income for the
“gap period” shall be calculated by using any of the methods set forth below: 
 (1) Safe harbor method of allocating
“gap period” income. The Administrator may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine the Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions for the “gap period.” Under this safe harbor method,
Income on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions for the “gap period” is equal to 10% of the Income allocable to Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under
paragraph (b) above (with the appropriate substitutions of paragraph (d) and paragraph (e)), multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar
months that have elapsed under this safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a
month is treated as made on the last day of the month. 
 (2) Alternative method for allocating Plan Year and “gap
period” income. The Administrator may determine the allocable Income for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the “gap period” by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (b) above with respect to the entire period
represented by the Plan Year and the “gap period”, rather than just the Plan Year. 
 1.46 “Investment Manager” means
any Fiduciary described in Act Section 3(38). 
 1.47 “Key Employee” means, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001, an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or Former Employee (as well as each of the Employee’s or Former Employee’s Beneficiaries) is considered a
Key Employee if the Employee or Former Employee, at any time during the Plan Year that contains the “determination date” is described in one of the following categories: 

(a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual
415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002). 

(b) a “five percent owner” of the Employer. “Five percent owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as owning
within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the
case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code
Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. 
  

 - 8 - 

 (c) a “one percent owner” of the Employer having an annual 415 Compensation from
the Employer of more than $150,000. “One percent owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock
possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in the
Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in determining whether an individual has
415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into account. 

In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and
(o) shall be treated as separate employers. In determining whether an individual has 415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and
(o) shall be taken into account. 
 1.48 “Late Retirement Date” means a Participant’s actual Retirement Date after
having reached Normal Retirement Date. 
 1.49 “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient
Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance
with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased
Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore, Compensation for a Leased Employee shall only include Compensation from
the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer. 
 A Leased Employee shall not
be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (a) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined
in Code Section 415(c)(3), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient Employer’s nonhighly compensated
work force. 
 1.50 “Limitation Year” means the Plan Year. However, the Employer may elect a different Limitation Year by
amending the Plan. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. Furthermore, unless there is a change to a new Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be a twelve (12) consecutive month period. In the case
of an initial Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on the last day of the initial Plan Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the
new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. 
 1.51 “Matching
Contribution” means any Employer contribution (including a contribution made at the Employer’s discretion) to the Plan on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals. 

1.52 “Matching Contribution Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant
with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from Matching Contributions. However, if Matching Contributions are Qualified Matching Contributions, then such Qualified Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the
Qualified Matching Contribution Account. 
 1.53 “Nonelective Contribution” means any Employer contribution (including a
contribution made at the Employer’s discretion) to the Plan, other than a Participant’s Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions. 

1.54 “Nonelective Contribution Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant
with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from Nonelective Contributions. 
 1.55 “Nonhighly
Compensated Employee/Participant” means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. However, for purposes of Section 4.5(a) and Section 4.7(a), if the prior year testing method is used, a Nonhighly Compensated Employee
shall be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan Year. A Nonhighly Compensated Participant is a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 

A Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Participant for a particular Plan Year if such Participant does not meet the definition of a
Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 
 1.56 “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or Former Employee (and
such Employee’s or Former Employee’s Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee. 
 1.57 “Normal Retirement Age” means
the Participant’s 65th birthday. A Participant shall become fully Vested in the Participant’s Account upon attaining Normal Retirement Age (if the Participant is still employed by the Employer on or after that date). 

1.58 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age. 

 

 - 9 - 

 1.59 “1-Year Break in Service” means, for purposes of eligibility for participation, a
Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. 
 1.60 “1-Year Break in Service” means, for purposes of vesting, the
applicable computation period during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether a Participant has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service
shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service shall be measured on the same computation period. 

For purposes of this definition, “authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment with
the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason. 

Furthermore, for purposes of this definition, “maternity and paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any
period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period
immediately following such birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a
1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for “maternity and paternity leaves of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited but for
such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for “maternity and paternity leaves of
absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service. 
 1.61
“Owner-Employee” means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a partner (or member in the case of a limited liability company treated as a partnership or sole proprietorship for federal income tax
purposes) who owns more than 10% of either the capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for personal services from the Employer. 

1.62 “Participant” means any Employee or Former Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and entered the Plan
and is eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan. In addition, the term “Participant” also includes any individual who was a Participant (as defined in the preceding sentence) and who must continue to be taken into account under a
particular provision of the Plan (e.g., because the Participant has an Account Balance in the Plan). 
 1.63 “Participant Direction
Procedures” means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.13 and observed by the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who
have Participant Directed Accounts. 
 1.64 “Participating Employer” means an Employer who adopts the Plan pursuant to
Section 10.1. 
 1.65 “Period of Service” means each twelve (12) month period of service commencing with the
Employee’s first day of employment or reemployment with the Employer or Affiliated Employer and ending on the date a 1-Year Break in Service begins. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of
Service. An Employee who incurs a Period of Severance of twelve (12) months or less will also receive service-spanning credit for all such Periods of Severance. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days. A
Participant’s whole year Periods of Service is equal to the sum of all full and partial periods of service, whether or not such service is continuous or contiguous, and whether or not such service is actual service or imputed service (under the
service-spanning rule above), expressed in the number of whole years represented by such sum. 
 Periods of Service with any
Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Periods of Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. 

In addition, Periods of Service with Fairfield County Saving Bank and Bank of Westport shall be recognized for purposes of eligibility.

 In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the hour-of-service method to the elapsed-time method, an
Employee will receive credit for a Period of Service consisting of: 
 (a) A number of years equal to the number of Years of
Service credited to the Employee before the computation period during which the amendment occurs; and 
 (b) The greater of
(1) the Periods of Service that would be credited to the Employee under the elapsed-time method for service during the entire computation period in which the amendment occurs or (2) the service taken into account under the hour-of-service
method as of the date of the amendment. 
 In addition, the Employee will receive credit for service subsequent to the amendment
commencing on the day after the last day of the computation period in which the amendment occurs. 
 1.66 “Period of Severance”
means a continuous period of time during which an Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the
Employee was otherwise first absent from service. 
  

 - 10 - 

 In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the
twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a 1-Year Break in Service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons
means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by
such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 
 1.67
“Plan” means this instrument, including all amendments thereto. 
 1.68 “Plan Year” means the Plan’s
accounting year of twelve (12) months commencing on January 1 of each year and ending the following December 31. 

1.69 “Post-Severance Compensation” means payments made within 2
 1/2 months after severance from employment (within
the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) if they are payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for
services during the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation, and payments for
accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any payments not described above are not considered compensation if paid after severance from employment,
even if they are paid within 2  1/2 months following
severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not
exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service. 

1.70 “Qualified Matching Contribution” means any Employer contribution (including a contribution made at the Employer’s discretion)
to the Plan on account of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are designated as such pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.8. 
 1.71
“Qualified Matching Contribution Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from Qualified
Matching Contributions. Amounts in the Qualified Matching Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 4.2(d). 

1.72 “Qualified Nonelective Contribution” means any Employer contributions to the Plan that are designated as such pursuant to Sections
4.1(c), 4.6 and 4.8 or any other provision of the Plan. Qualified Nonelective Contributions may be used to satisfy the ADP Test or the ACP Test. All such contributions shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, and shall
be fully vested and subject to the restrictions on distributions from that Account. 
 1.73 “Qualified Nonelective Contribution
Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Amounts in the
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 4.2(d). 

1.74 “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or a delegate of the Secretary of the
Treasury, and as amended from time to time. 
 1.75 “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires for
reasons other than Disability, whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date. 
 1.76
“Rollover Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to such Participant’s interest in the Plan resulting from amounts that are rolled over from another
plan or Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.12. Amounts in the Rollover Account are nonforfeitable when made. 

1.77 “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual, other than an independent contractor, who has Earned Income for the taxable year
from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, and, also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. A Self-Employed Individual shall be treated
as an Employee. 
 1.78 “Shareholder-Employee” means a Participant who owns more than five percent (5%) of the
Employer’s outstanding capital stock during any year in which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the applicable Code Section. 

1.79 “Taxable Wage Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the
Social Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year. 
 1.80 “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a
Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Disability or retirement. 
 1.81 “Top-Heavy Plan”
means a plan described in Section 8.1(a). 
 1.82 “Top-Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan. 
  

 - 11 - 

 1.83 “Top-Paid Group” means the top-paid group as determined pursuant to Code
Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of 415 Compensation received
from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees shall be treated as Employees if required pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees who are nonresident
aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore, for
the purpose of determining the number of Employees in any year, the following additional Employees may also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group:

  

	 	(a)	Employees with less than six (6) months of service; 

  

	 	(b)	 Employees who normally work less than 17
 1/2 hours per week;

  

	 	(c)	Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and 

 

	 	(d)	Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21). 

In addition, if ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor
finds to be collective bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the
total number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group. 
 The
foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable. Furthermore, in applying such exclusions, the Employer may substitute
any lesser service, hours or age. 
 1.84 “Total Vested Benefit” means the total Participant’s Vested Account balances
derived from Employer and Employee contributions, including rollover contributions, whether Vested before or upon death. 
 1.85
“Transfer Account” means the separate account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred to this Plan
from a direct plan-to-plan transfer in accordance with Section 4.11. To the extent that the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit or defined contribution pension plan, then the funds transferred to this Plan from such
other plan shall be treated as funds that are subject to a life annuity form of payment as well as the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 (and are part of the Participant’s Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
Account). The preceding sentence does not apply to amounts rolled over into a Participant’s Rollover Account, even if from a pension plan. 

1.86 “Trustee” means the person or entity named as trustee herein or in any separate trust forming a part of this Plan, and any
successors, effective upon the written acceptance of such person or entity to serve as Trustee. 
 1.87 “Trust Fund” means the
assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall exist from time to time. 
 1.88 “Valuation Date” means the Anniversary Date and
may include any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of the Participants’ Accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee, any transfer agent appointed by the
Trustee or the Employer or any stock exchange used by such agent, is open for business. Nothing in this Plan requires or implies a uniform Valuation Date for all Accounts; thus certain valuation provisions that apply to an Account that is not valued
on each business day will have no application, in operation, to an Account that is valued on each business day. 
 1.89
“Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on behalf of a Participant. 
 1.90 “Year of
Service” means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive months, herein set forth, during which an Employee has at least 1,000 Hours of Service. 

For vesting purposes, the computation periods shall be the Plan Year, including periods prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.

 The computation period shall be the Plan Year if not otherwise set forth herein. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any short Plan Year, the determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service shall be
made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation 2530.203-2(c). However, in determining whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit accrual purposes in the short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service required shall
be proportionately reduced based on the number of full months in the short Plan Year. 
 Years of Service with Fairfield County
Saving Bank and Bank of Westport shall be recognized for purposes of vesting. 
 Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer
shall be recognized. 
  

 - 12 - 

 In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the elapsed-time method to the
hour-of-service method, an Employee will receive credit for Years of Service equal to: 
 (a) The number of Years of Service
equal to the number of 1-year Periods of Service credited to the Employee as of the date of the amendment; and 
 (b) In the
computation period which includes the date of the amendment, a number of Hours of Service (using the Hours of Service equivalency method elected in the Plan) to any fractional part of a year credited to the Employee under this Section as of the date
of the amendment. 
 ARTICLE II 

ADMINISTRATION 
  

	2.1	POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER 

(a) Appointment of Trustee and Administrator. In addition to the general powers and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this
Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of
the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Act, the Plan and the Code. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems
necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan. The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the Plan as fiduciary expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses
of the Employer), to the extent not paid by the Employer. 
 (b) Appointment of Investment Manager. The Employer may
appoint, at its option, an Investment Manager (qualified under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended), investment adviser, or other agent to provide investment direction to the Trustee with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such
appointment shall be given by the Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee and shall specifically identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have authority to direct the investment.

 (c) Funding policy and method. The Employer shall establish a funding policy and method, i.e., it shall determine
whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or
its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such a funding policy and method shall not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as
to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such funding policy and method shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Act. 

(d) Review of fiduciary performance. The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to
whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate ways. 
  

	2.2	DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY 

The Employer shall be the Administrator. The Employer may appoint any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of the
Employer, to perform the duties of the Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. Upon the resignation or removal of any individual performing the duties of the Administrator, the
Employer may designate a successor. 
  

	2.3	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 

If more than one person is serving as Administrator, the responsibilities of each Administrator may be specified by the Employer and
accepted in writing by each Administrator. In the event that no such delegation is made by the Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the
Trustee in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator. The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators
file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation. 
  

	2.4	POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR 

The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in
connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Any such determination by the
Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or
advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform principles consistently applied and shall be
consistent with the intent that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have
all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish the Administrator’s duties under the Plan. 
  

 - 13 - 

 The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the Plan
as set forth under the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: 
 (a) the discretion to determine all
questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan; 

(b) the authority to review and settle all claims against the Plan, including claims where the settlement amount cannot be calculated or
is not calculated in accordance with the Plan’s benefit formula. This authority specifically permits the Administrator to settle disputed claims for benefits and any other disputed claims made against the Plan; 

(c) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be
entitled hereunder; 
 (d) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all discretionary or otherwise directed
disbursements from the Trust; 
 (e) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan; 

(f) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the terms
hereof; 
 (g) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any insurer, and to designate the insurer from
which such Contract shall be purchased; 
 (h) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from time to time the
sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan; 
 (i) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding
the short and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee can exercise any investment discretion (if the Trustee has such discretion) in a manner designed to accomplish specific objectives; 

(j) to prepare and implement a procedure to notify Eligible Employees that they may elect to have a portion of their Compensation deferred
or paid to them in cash; 
 (k) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communications with Participants as needed to
maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c), including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmitting of Participant’s directions as to the investment of their account(s) under the Plan and the formulation of policies, rules, and
procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with respect to the investment of their accounts; 

(l) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any qualified domestic relations order received by it; and

 (m) to assist any Participant regarding the Participant’s rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan.

  

	2.5	RECORDS AND REPORTS 

 The
Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, policies, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all information
and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law. 
  

	2.6	APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS 

The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including
nonfiduciary agents) and other persons as the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the administration and
management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and to Plan
Participants. 
  

	2.7	PAYMENT OF EXPENSES 

 All
reasonable expenses of administration may be paid out of the Plan assets unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any
named Fiduciary incident to the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of assisting the
Administrator or the Trustee in carrying out the instructions of Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts (if permitted) and other specialists and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412,
and other costs of administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. In addition, unless specifically prohibited under statute, regulation or other guidance of general applicability, the

  

 - 14 - 

 
Administrator may charge to the Account of an individual Participant a reasonable charge to offset the cost of making a distribution to the Participant, Beneficiary, or alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). If liquid assets of the Plan are insufficient to cover the fees of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator, then Plan assets shall be liquidated to the extent necessary for
such fees. In the event any part of the Plan assets becomes subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Plan assets. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. 

 

	2.8	CLAIMS PROCEDURE 

 Claims
for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits) after the
application is filed, or such period as is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be
understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of
the Plan’s claims review procedure. 
  

	2.9	CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE 

Any Employee, Former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to
Section 2.8 shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to a claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the
claimant believes the claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits) after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.8.
The Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60 days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits), at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of such claimant’s choosing and
expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of the claim. At the hearing the claimant or the claimant’s representative shall have an opportunity to review all
documents in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. A final decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim
involves disability benefits) of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits) due to special circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances
occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the 60-day period (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits)). Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific
reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent any of the time periods specified in this Section are amended by law or Department of
Labor regulation, then the time frames specified herein shall automatically be changed in accordance with such law or regulation. 

If the Administrator, pursuant to the claims review procedure, makes a final written determination denying a Participant’s or
Beneficiary’s benefit claim, then in order to preserve the claim, the Participant or Beneficiary must file an action with respect to the denied claim not later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of the
Administrator’s final determination. 
 ARTICLE III 

ELIGIBILITY 
  

	3.1	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY 

(a) Eligibility. For all Plan purposes, any Eligible Employee who has completed 30 days and has attained age 19 shall be eligible
to participate hereunder as of the date such Employee has satisfied such requirements. However, any Employee who was a Participant in the Plan prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to participate in the Plan.

  

	3.2	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION 

(a) Effective date of participation. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant effective as of the first day of the month
coinciding with or next following the date on which such Employee met the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 (or if sooner, the first day of the following Plan Year), provided said Employee was still employed as of such date (or if not
employed on such date, as of the date of rehire if a 1-Year Break in Service has not occurred or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee not terminated employment). 

(b) Recognition of other employer service. If an Eligible Employee satisfies the eligibility requirement conditions of a specific
component of the Plan by reason of recognition of service with an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer, then such Employee shall become a Participant in such component of the Plan as of the day that the Plan credits such service with the entity
or, if later, the date the Employee would have otherwise entered such component of the Plan had the service with the entity been recognized for purposes of this Plan. 

(c) Ineligible to eligible classification. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would
otherwise have become a Participant in the Plan, shall go from a classification of an ineligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if
later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. 
 (d)
Eligible to ineligible classification. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would otherwise become a Participant in the Plan, shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible
class of Employees, such 
  

 - 15 - 

 
Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had
the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5. 

 

	3.3	DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 

The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the
Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.9. 

 

	3.4	TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 

In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee with respect to the Plan, then
such Participant shall continue to Vest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while an ineligible Employee, until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, the
Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund. 
  

	3.5	REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE 

(a) Reemployed before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service. If any Employee becomes a Former Employee due to
severance from employment with the Employer and is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service occur, then the Former Employee’s prior service shall count in the same manner as if severance from
employment with the Employer had not occurred. If any Participant ceases to be a Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service occur, then
the Participant shall resume participation (in the same manner as if severance from employment with the Employer had not occurred) as of the reemployment date. 

(b) Reemployed after five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service (“rule of parity” provisions). If any Employee
becomes a Former Employee due to severance from employment with the Employer and is reemployed after a 5-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years and Periods of Service shall include Years and Periods of Service prior to the 5-year break in service
subject to the following rules: 
 (1) Rule of parity. In the case of a Participant who under the Plan does not have a
nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions, Years or Periods of Service, whichever is applicable, before a period of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service will not be taken into account if the number of
consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years or Periods of Service, whichever is applicable. Such aggregate number of Years or Periods of Service,
whichever is applicable, will not include any Years or Periods of Service, whichever is applicable, disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service. 

(2) Participation in Plan. A Former Employee shall participate in the Plan as of the date of reemployment, or if later, as of the
date that the Former Employee would otherwise enter the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 taking into account all service not disregarded in this subsection. 

(c) Vesting after five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service. After a Participant who has severed employment with the
Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion of said Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts
will be maintained as follows: 
 (1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and 

(2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer derived account balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service.

 (d) Buyback provisions. If any Participant severs employment with the Employer and is reemployed by the Employer before
five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Participant had received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to reemployment, then the forfeited account shall be reinstated only if the Participant repays the full amount
which had been distributed. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. In the
event the Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the
distribution. The source for such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore any such forfeited Accounts provided,
however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year pursuant to Section 4.1(d), such contribution will first be applied to restore any such Accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 If a non-Vested Participant was deemed to have received a distribution and such Participant is reemployed by
the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment. 

 

 - 16 - 

	3.6	ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE 

(a) Irrevocable election not to participate. An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily not to
participate in every Qualified Plan maintained by the Employer. Such election must be made prior to the time the Employee first becomes eligible to participate under any Qualified Plan maintained by the Employer. The election not to participate must
be irrevocable and communicated to the Employer, in writing, within a reasonable period of time before the date the Employee would have otherwise entered any Qualified Plan. “Qualified Plan” means, for purposes of this Section, a plan
intended to be tax-qualified under Code Section 401(a). 
 (b) Prior Plan document provision. Notwithstanding
anything in this Section to the contrary, if any prior Plan document of this Plan contained a provision permitting an Employee to make a revocable election not to participate and an Employee made such revocable election not to participate while that
prior Plan document was in effect, then such Employee may irrevocably revoke such election at any time and participate in the Plan. 

(c) Effect on coverage, ADP and ACP Tests. An Employee who elected not to participate under the Plan is treated as a nonbenefiting
Employee for purposes of the minimum coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b). Furthermore, such Employee is not a Participant for purposes of the ADP Test or the ACP Test. 

 

	3.7	OWNER-EMPLOYEE LIMITATION 

If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees, the contributions on behalf of any Owner-Employee shall
be made only with respect to the Earned Income for such Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with respect to which such Plan is established. 
  

	3.8	OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE; INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE 

If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such
omission is not made until after a contribution by the Employer for the year has been made and allocated, or any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included, then the Employer shall apply the
principles described by, and take corrective actions consistent with, the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System. 

ARTICLE IV 

CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION 
  

	4.1	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION 

For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan: 

(a) Salary reductions. The amount that all Participants’ Compensation was reduced pursuant to Section 4.2(a), which
amount shall be Elective Deferrals. 
 (b) Matching Contributions. On behalf of each Participant who is eligible to share
in Matching Contributions for the Plan Year, a discretionary Matching Contribution equal to a uniform percentage (to be determined each year by the Employer) of each such Participant’s Elective Deferrals. 

Except, however, in applying the matching percentage specified above, only salary reductions up to 6% of Compensation may
be considered. 
 Matching Contributions shall be determined and any Compensation or dollar limitation used in
determining such Matching Contributions shall be based on the Plan Year. 
 Catch-Up Contributions shall be
subject to the Matching Contribution. 
 (c) Qualified Nonelective Contribution. On behalf of each Participant who is
eligible to share in the Qualified Nonelective Contribution for the Plan Year, a discretionary Qualified Nonelective Contribution equal to a uniform percentage of each eligible individual’s Compensation or 415 Compensation. Such Qualified
Nonelective Contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account. 
 (d) Nonelective
Contributions. A discretionary amount, which amount, if any, shall be a Nonelective Contribution. 
 (e) Top-Heavy
contribution. Additionally, to the extent necessary, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan the amount necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum contribution, even if it exceeds the amount that would be deductible under Code
Section 404. 
 (f) Form of contribution. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in such property
as is acceptable to the Trustee. 
  

 - 17 - 

	4.2	PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION 

(a) Deferral elections. Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of Compensation which would have been received in the Plan
Year (except for the deferral election) by up to the maximum amount which will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Sections 4.5(a) and 4.9. A deferral election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to
Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election. For purposes of this Section, Compensation shall be determined prior to any reductions made pursuant to Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457(b), and employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Employer may impose a minimum elective deferral percentage of
1% as an administrative procedure applied on a uniform and consistent basis to all Participants. 
 For purposes
of this Section, the annual dollar limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17) ($200,000 as adjusted) shall not apply except that the Administrator may elect to apply such limit as part of the deferral election procedures established hereunder.

 Automatic deferral election procedures. Effective January 1, 2007, in the event a Participant who
is described in the next sentence fails to make a new affirmative deferral election, such Participant shall be deemed to have made a pre-tax deferral election equal to 3% of Compensation per payroll period. Only those Employees who became
Participants on or after January 1, 2007 shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph. 
 The amount
that is deferred by a Participant shall be subject to the limitations of this Section, shall be an Elective Deferral, and shall be held for such Participant in the Elective Deferral Account. 

(b) Catch-Up Contributions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 2002, each Catch-Up
Eligible Participant shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions during the Participant’s taxable year in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Such Catch-Up Contributions are not subject to the
limits on Annual Additions under Code Section 415(c), are not counted in the ADP Test of Section 4.5(a), are not counted in determining the minimum allocation required in a Top-Heavy Plan during a Top-Heavy Plan Year under Code
Section 416 (but Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan), and are not taken into account under the limit on Elective Deferrals under Code Section 402(g). Catch-Up
Contributions may be a dollar amount or a percentage of Compensation for each payroll period not to exceed the applicable dollar limit under Code Section 414(v), pursuant to procedures established by the Administrator. The Plan shall not be
treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3), 416 or 410(b), as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. 

(c) Full vesting. Each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
Forfeiture for any reason. 
 (d) Distribution restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
effective with respect to distributions and transactions made after December 31, 2001, amounts (including any offset of loans) held in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account may not be distributed except as authorized by other
provisions of this Plan, but in no event may such amounts be distributed earlier than: 
 (1) a Participant’s death,
disability or other severance of employment; 
 (2) a Participant’s attainment of age 59
 1/2; 

(3) effective beginning with the first Plan Year beginning in 2006, the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan
termination of an alternative defined contribution plan or the establishment of an alternative defined contribution plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the Plan
maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a defined contribution plan is not treated as an alternative defined contribution plan if the plan is an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409(a)), a simplified
employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k)), a SIMPLE IRA plan (as defined in Code Section 408(p)), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 403(b), or a plan that is described in Code Sections
457(b) or 457(f). Furthermore, if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the date of the Plan’s termination, fewer than 2% of the Participants in the Plan as of the date of Plan termination are eligible under the
other defined contribution plan, then the other defined contribution plan is not an alternative defined contribution plan. Distributions from the terminating Plan may only be made in lump sum distributions, pursuant to and defined in Regulation
1.401(k)-1(d)(4)(ii); 
 (e) Suspension due to hardship. In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution,
on or after December 31, 2001 pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(E)(2) from this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer, then such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Elective Deferrals contributed to the
Plan for a period of six months following the receipt of the distribution. 
 (f) Deferrals limited to Code
Section 402(g) dollar limit. A Participant’s “elective deferrals” made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan during any calendar year shall not exceed the dollar
limitation. For this purpose, “elective deferrals” means, with respect to a calendar year, the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred
arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in 

 

 - 18 - 

 
Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plans described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on the
behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. “Elective deferrals” shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess “Annual
Additions” pursuant to Section 4.9. “Dollar limitation” shall mean the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. In the case of a
participant aged 50 and over by the end of the taxable year, the “dollar limitation” described in the preceding sentence shall be adjusted to include the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be treated as Catch-Up Contributions. The
“dollar limitation” contained in Code Section 402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001, increasing to $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000
for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006 the $15,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 402(g)(4). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.

 (g) Assigning Excess Deferrals to this Plan. If a Participant’s Elective Deferrals under this Plan together with
any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as described in Code Section 401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as described in Code Section 408(k)(6)), a simple
individual retirement account plan (as described in Code Section 408(p)), a salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 3121(a)(5)(D)), or a trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the
“dollar limitation” described in the subsection 4.2(f) of this Section, for such Participant’s taxable year, then the Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying
the Administrator in writing on or before March 1 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year, of the amount of the Excess Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant shall be deemed to notify the Administrator of any
Excess Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plan, contract, or arrangement of the Employer. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute
such Excess Deferrals, plus any Income allocable to such Excess Deferrals, to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. Such a distribution may be made to a Participant to
whose account Excess Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year or/and who claims Excess Deferrals for such taxable year or calendar year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferrals and Income shall be treated as a pro
rata distribution of Excess Deferrals and Income. The amount of the distribution shall not exceed the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under the Plan for the taxable year (and any Income allocable to such Excess Deferrals). If a distribution of
Excess Deferrals is to be made on or before the last day of the Participant’s taxable year, then each of the following conditions must be satisfied: 

(1) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferrals; 

(2) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferrals; and 

(3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals. 

Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals and, thereafter, from
Elective Deferrals which are matched. 
 Matching Contributions that relate to Excess Deferrals which are
distributed pursuant to this Section 4.2(g) shall be treated as a Forfeiture. 
 (h) Coordination with ADP Test.
Notwithstanding Section 4.2(g) above, a Participant’s Excess Deferrals shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6 for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable
year of the Participant. 
 (i) Segregation. Elective Deferrals made pursuant to this Section may be segregated into a
separate account for each Participant in a federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate, or other short-term debt security acceptable to the Trustee until such time as
the allocations pursuant to Section 4.4 have been made. 
 (j) No conditions to receive Elective Deferrals.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who terminated employment for any reason during the Plan Year shall share in the Elective Deferrals made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the Hours of Service
credited. 
 (k) Procedures to implement deferral elections. The Employer and the Administrator may adopt a procedure to
implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein. If such procedure is adopted, then the procedure shall include (and shall not be limited to) the following: 

(1) A Participant must make an initial salary deferral election, or an election to receive cash in lieu of a salary deferral election,
unless the Employer has implemented an automatic deferral election feature. If the Participant fails to make an initial salary deferral election, or an election to receive cash in lieu of a salary deferral election, if the automatic deferral
election applies, then such Participant may thereafter make an election in accordance with the rules governing modifications. The Participant shall make such an election by entering into a salary reduction agreement with the Employer and filing such
agreement with the Administrator. Such election shall initially be effective beginning with the pay period following the acceptance of the salary reduction agreement by the Administrator (or as soon thereafter as practical), shall not have
retroactive effect and shall remain in force until revoked. 
  

 - 19 - 

 (2) A Participant may modify a prior salary deferral election during the Plan Year and
concurrently make a new election by filing a notice with the Administrator (in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator) within a reasonable time before the pay period for which such modification is to be effective. However,
modifications to a salary deferral election shall only be permitted monthly, during election periods established by the Administrator prior to the first day of each month. Any modification shall be implemented as soon as practical after being
accepted by the Administrator, shall not have retroactive effect and shall remain in force until revoked. 
 (3) A Participant
may elect to prospectively revoke the Participant’s salary reduction agreement in its entirety at any time during the Plan Year by providing the Administrator with thirty (30) days written notice of such revocation (or upon such shorter
notice period as may be acceptable to the Administrator). Such revocation shall become effective as of the beginning of the first pay period coincident with or next following the expiration of the notice period (or as soon thereafter as practical).

 (4) Any notices or required actions under this subsection may be provided or made in accordance with Section 9.14.

  

	4.3	TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION 

Unless otherwise provided by contract or law, the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time
as the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. If the Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, then the Employer will designate to the Administrator the Plan Year for which the Employer is
making its contribution. 
  

	4.4	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND USAGE OF FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS 

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the
Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to a particular Account of each such Participant as set forth herein. 

(b) Allocation of contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by the Administrator to
make a proper allocation of the Employer contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

 (1) Elective Deferrals. With respect to the Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 4.1(a), to each
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account. 
 (2) Matching Contributions. With respect to the Matching Contribution
made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), to each Participant’s Matching Contribution Account in accordance with Section 4.1(b). 

Any Participant employed during the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in the Matching Contribution for the Plan Year.

 (3) Qualified Nonelective Contributions. With respect to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to
Section 4.1(c), to each Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account in accordance with Section 4.1(c). 

The Employer may limit such Qualified Nonelective Contributions only to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
Employees and/or Non-Key Employees. In addition, the Employer may condition such Qualified Nonelective Contributions only to Participants who have completed a Year of Service (or portion thereof) during the Plan Year and/or who are employed on the
last day of the Plan Year. 
 (4) Nonelective Contributions. With respect to the Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to
Section 4.1(d), to each Participant’s Nonelective Contribution Account in the following manner: 
 (i) A dollar amount
equal to 5.7% of the sum of each Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, then each Participant will
be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that the Participant’s total Compensation plus the Participant’s total Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess Compensation
of all Participants for that year. 
 (ii) The balance of the Employer Contribution over the amount allocated above, if any,
shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that the Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. 

No other qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the
Employer shall (A) impute disparity pursuant to Regulation 1.401(a)(4)-7 for any Participant and (B) provide for permitted disparity pursuant to Code Section 401(l). 

Additionally, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is thirty-five (35) total cumulative permitted disparity
years. Total cumulative permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever
maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity 
  

 - 20 - 

 
limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning after
December 31, 1993, then such Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding paragraphs, any Participant whose cumulative permitted disparity limit would exceed thirty-five (35) will receive the allocation above by substituting total Compensation for Excess Compensation. 

(5) Entitlement to Nonelective Contribution. Only Participants who are employed on the last day of the Plan Year shall be eligible
to share in the discretionary contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(d) for the year. Employees of Fairfield County Bank Insurance Services, LLC shall not be eligible to share in any such contribution. 

(6) Waiver of conditions to share in Nonelective Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who are not employed on
the last day of the Plan Year due to Retirement (Normal or Late), Disability and death shall share in the allocation of Nonelective Contributions for that Plan Year. 

(c) Usage of Forfeitures. On or before each Anniversary Date, any Forfeitures may be made available to reinstate previously
forfeited Account balances of Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.5(d), and any remaining Forfeitures may be used to satisfy any contribution that may be required pursuant to Section 3.8 or 6.10, or be used to pay any
administrative expenses of the Plan. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be allocated in the following manner: 
 (1)
Forfeitures attributable to Matching Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) shall be used to reduce the Employer’s Contributions for the Plan Year. 

(2) Forfeitures attributable to Nonelective Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be used to reduce the Employer’s
contributions for the Plan Year. 
 (d) Minimum required allocation to those not otherwise eligible to share. For any
Top-Heavy Plan Year, Non-Key Employees not otherwise eligible to share in the allocation of contributions as provided above, shall receive the minimum required allocation of Section 4.4(g) if eligible pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4.4(j). 
 (e) Allocation of earnings. As of each Valuation Date, before the current valuation period
allocation of Employer contributions, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all
Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date. Earnings or losses with respect to a Participant’s Directed Account shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.13. 

(f) Incoming transfers and rollovers. Participants’ transfers from other qualified plans and rollovers deposited in the
general Trust Fund shall share in any earnings and losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund in the same manner provided above. Each segregated account maintained on behalf of a Participant shall be credited or charged with its
separate earnings and losses. 
 (g) Minimum required allocation for Top-Heavy Plan Years. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee’s 415 Compensation (reduced by contributions and
forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Non-Key Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this Plan in a required aggregation group). However, if (1) the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant’s Account
of each Key Employee for such Top-Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s 415 Compensation and (2) this Plan is not required to be included in an aggregation group to enable a defined benefit plan to
meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, then the sum of the Employer contributions allocated to the Participant’s Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Account of any Key
Employee. However, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the minimum required allocation, such Non-Key Employee’s Elective Deferrals shall not be taken into account. The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D). 

However, no minimum required allocation shall be required in this Plan for any Non-Key Employee who participates in
another defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 included with this Plan in a required aggregation group, if the other defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 satisfies the minimum required allocation.

 (h) Top-Heavy contribution allocation. For purposes of the minimum required allocation set forth above, the percentage
allocated to the Account of any Key Employee who is a Participant shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer contributions (excluding any Catch-Up Contributions) allocated on behalf of such Key Employee for the Plan Year divided by the
415 Compensation for such Key Employee for the Plan Year. 
 (i) Matching contributions used to satisfy top-heavy
contribution. Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum required allocation of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.
The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum required allocation shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the
minimum required allocation shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP Test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m). 
  

 - 21 - 

 (j) Participants eligible for top-heavy allocation. For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the
minimum required allocation set forth above shall be allocated to the Nonelective Contribution Account of all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year regardless of the Non-Key
Employee’s level of Compensation, including Non-Key Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; and (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement,
Elective Deferrals to the Plan. 
 (k) 415 Compensation for top-heavy purposes. For the purposes of this Section, 415
Compensation will be limited to the same dollar limitations set forth in Section 1.17, adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section 415(d). 

(l) Delay in processing transactions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, all information necessary to
properly reflect a given transaction may not be available until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the transaction will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to express
limits that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason or force majeure (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer
programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and the correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of
a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan. 
  

	4.5	ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST 

(a) ADP Test. The ADP for Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants for each Plan Year and the ADP for Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants for each Plan Year (or for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used) shall satisfy one of the following tests: 

(1) The ADP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ADP for the group of Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) multiplied by 1.25, or 

(2) The ADP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ADP for the group of Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year, if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) by more than two percentage points.
Furthermore, the ADP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year, if the prior year testing method is
used to calculate the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) multiplied by 2. 
 (b) Prior
Year test upon amendment. Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year test method is used to calculate the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants for the first Plan Year of this amendment and restatement, then
the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants for the preceding Plan Year shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions of the Plan then in effect. 

(c) Participant regardless of deferral election. For the purposes of Sections 4.5(a) and 4.6, a Participant shall be any Employee
eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2 at any point during the Plan Year. 
 (d) Aggregation with
other plans. In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code Sections only if
aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a
plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such Regulations, unless the Employer has elected
to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP Testing method. 

(e) ADP of Highly Compensated Employee in multiple plans. For the purposes of this Section, the ADP for any Participant who is a
Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated
to the Participant’s accounts under two or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified
Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions) were made under a single cash or deferred arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the Employer or an Affiliated
Employer that have different plan years, then all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. However, for Plan Years beginning before 2006, if the cash or deferred arrangements have different plan
years, then all such cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under
the Regulations of Code Sections 401(k) or 410(b). 
 (f) Testing method. For the purpose of this Section, when
calculating the ADP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants, the current year testing method shall be used. Once the current year testing method has been elected, then the Employer may elect to use the prior year
testing method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the current year testing method for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a

  

 - 22 - 

 
merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing method and a plan using current year testing method and the
change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii). 
 (g) Otherwise excludable
Employee and early participation rules. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 4.6 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations)
to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iv). For purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(b)
provided such date is applied on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants. Alternatively, the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied
the greatest minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). 
 (h) Timing of allocations. For
purposes of determining the ADP Test, only Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that are contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the
Plan Year to which the contributions relate shall be considered. 
 (i) Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in and after 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account in determining the ADR for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such
contributions exceed the product of that Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s “representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified
Nonelective Contribution taken into account under an ACP Test under Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the representative contribution rate for purposes of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), is not
permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this paragraph (including the determination of the representative contribution rate under this Section). For purposes of this subsection: 

(1) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Nonhighly
Compensated Employee among a group of eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any
eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and 

(2) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee is the sum of the Qualified Matching
Contributions taken into account for the eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Contributions made for the eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible Nonhighly Compensated
Employee’s 414(s) Compensation for the same period. 
 Restriction on Qualified Matching
Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions may only be used to calculate the ADP to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions are Matching Contributions that are not precluded from being taken into account for ACP Test purposes
under the rules of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii). 
 Restrictions of Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account to determine the ADP to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes
of satisfying any other ADP Test, any ACP Test, or the requirements of Regulation Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be
taken into account under the ADP Test. Similarly, if a plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c), then Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are taken
into account under the current year testing method for a year may not be taken into account under the prior year testing method for the next year. 

(j) ADP when no Nonhighly Compensated Employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for a Plan Year, there are no eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees, then the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year. 

(k) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Code Section 401(m) in effect prior to the enactment of
the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001. 
  

	4.6	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST 

(a) Authority to correct. In the event that the initial allocations of the Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 4.2 do
not satisfy the ADP Test set forth in Section 4.5(a), the Administrator shall implement some or all of the provisions of this Section in order to correct such failure. 

(b) Corrective action. The Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the largest dollar amount of Elective
Deferrals shall have a portion of such Participant’s Elective Deferrals first treated as Catch-Up Contributions and then distributed until the amount of such Participant’s remaining Elective Deferrals equals the Elective Deferrals (less
Catch-Up Contributions) of the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the second largest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals (less Catch-Up Contributions). This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions
has been eliminated. In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be treated as Catch-Up Contributions and/or distributed with respect to an affected Participant who 

 

 - 23 - 

 
is a Highly Compensated Employee as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced pursuant to Section 4.2(g) by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such affected Participant who
is a Highly Compensated Employee for such Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year. 
 (1)
Corrective distribution. With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to (a) above, such distribution: 

(i) may be postponed but not later than the last day of the twelve-month period following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

 (ii) shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals and, thereafter, proportionately from Elective Deferrals which are
matched and the related Matching Contributions that are used in the ADP Test pursuant to Section 4.5; 
 (iii) shall be
adjusted for Income; and 
 (iv) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income).

 Matching contributions which relate to Excess Contributions that are distributed pursuant to this subsection
shall be treated as a Forfeiture to the extent required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder, unless the related Matching Contribution is distributed as an Excess Contribution or as an Excess Aggregate Contribution.

 (2) Income and principal. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a
pro rata distribution of Excess Contributions and Income. 
 (3) Related Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions
which relate to Excess Contributions shall be forfeited unless the related Matching Contribution is distributed as an Excess Aggregate Contribution pursuant to Section 4.8. 

(c) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is used, within twelve
(12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated either to the
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. If the prior year testing method
is used, then neither a Qualified Nonelective Contribution nor a Qualified Matching Contribution may be made to correct a failed ADP test. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being
made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to: 
 (1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of
Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation
for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees for such year. 
 (2) A Qualified
Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly
Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees for such year. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not
employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (3) A
Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

 (4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to
satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan
Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may
be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly
Compensated Employee having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP Test pursuant to Section 4.5(i) (Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied.

 (6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to
satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set
forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9 or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP Test pursuant to
Section 4.5(i) 
  

 - 24 - 

 
(Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution,
Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

(7) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Elective
Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees. 
 (8) A Qualified Matching
Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each
Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees. However, for purposes of this
contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

(9) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of
the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in
Section 4.5(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9, subject to the restriction on Qualified Matching Contributions imposed by the provisions of
Section 4.7(g). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied. 
 (10) A
Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching
Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible
amount pursuant to Section 4.9, subject to the restriction on Qualified Matching Contributions imposed by the provisions of Section 4.7(g). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a) is satisfied).
However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

Notwithstanding the above, if the testing method changes from the current year testing method to the prior year testing
method, then for purposes of preventing the double counting of Qualified Nonelective Contributions for the first testing year for which the change is effective, any special Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants used to satisfy the ADP Test or the ACP Test under the current year testing method for the prior year testing year shall be disregarded. 

(d) Administrator may prevent projected failure. If during a Plan Year, it is projected that the aggregate amount of Elective
Deferrals to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a), then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly
Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest ADR until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until such Participant’s ADR equals the ADR of the Highly Compensated Participant having
the next highest ADR. This process may continue until it is anticipated that the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5(a). Alternatively, the Employer may specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred.

 (e) Excise tax after 2
 1/2 months.
Any Excess Contributions (and Income) which are distributed on or after 2
 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be
subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979. 
  

	4.7	ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST 

(a) ACP Test. The ACP for Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants for each Plan Year and the ACP for Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants for each Plan Year (or for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used) shall satisfy one of the following tests: 

(1) The ACP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ACP for the group of Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) multiplied by 1.25; or 

(2) The ACP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ACP for the group of Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year, if the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) by more than two percentage points.
Furthermore, the ACP for the group of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants shall not exceed the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants (for the preceding Plan Year, if the prior year testing method is
used to calculate the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants) multiplied by 2. 
 (b)
Prior-year test upon amendment. Notwithstanding the above, if the prior year test method is used to calculate the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants for the first Plan Year of this amendment and
restatement, then the ACP for the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants for the preceding Plan Year shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions of the Plan then in effect. 

 

 - 25 - 

 (c) Aggregation with other plans. In the event that this Plan satisfies the
requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan (other than the average
benefits test under Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)), then this Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated
Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such Regulations, unless the
Employer has elected to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method. 

(d) ACP of Highly Compensated Employee in multiple plans. For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated Employee is a
Participant under two (2) or more plans which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which Matching Contributions, nondeductible Employee contributions, or both, are made, then all such contributions on behalf of such
Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated Employee’s ACR. If the plans have different plan years, then all such contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall
be aggregated. However, for Plan Years beginning before 2006 this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as
separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401(m). 
 (e) Current year testing
method. For the purpose of this Section, when calculating the ACP for the group of Nonhighly 
 Compensated Employees who are
Participants, the current year testing method shall be used. Once the current year testing method has been elected, then the Employer may elect to use the prior year testing method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used the current year testing
method for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years that the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a
plan using prior year testing method and a plan using current year testing method and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii). 

(f) Otherwise excludable Employee and early participation rules. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the
provisions of this Section and Section 4.8 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each plan within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4). For purposes of applying
this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(b) provided such date is applied on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants. Alternatively, the provisions of Code
Section 401(m)(5)(C) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). 

(g) Targeted Matching Contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in and after 2006, a Matching
Contribution (and a Qualified Matching Contribution not used in the ADP Test) with respect to an Elective Deferral for a year is not taken into account in determining the ACP for Nonhighly Compensated Employees to the extent it exceeds the greatest
of: 
  

	 	(1)	five percent (5%) of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year; 

 

	 	(2)	the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year; and 

  

	 	(3)	the product of two (2) times the Plan’s “representative matching rate” and the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year.

 For purposes of this subsection, the Plan’s “representative matching rate” is the
lowest “matching rate” for any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee among a group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective
Deferrals for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “matching rate” for all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for the
Plan Year). 
 For purposes of this subsection, the “matching rate” for an Employee generally is the
Matching Contributions (and Qualified Matching Contributions not used in the ADP Test) made for such Employee divided by the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year. If the matching rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals
for an Employee, then the Employee’s “matching rate” is determined assuming that an Employee’s Elective Deferrals are equal to six percent (6%) of 414(s) Compensation. 

 

 - 26 - 

 (h) Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for
Plan Years beginning in and after 2006, Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account in determining the ACR for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that
Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two times the Plan’s “representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account in the ADP test
under Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (including determination of the representative contribution rate for purposes of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B)), is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this
paragraph (including the determination of the representative contribution rate under this Section). For purposes of this subsection: 

(1) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Nonhighly
Compensated Employee among a group of eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any
eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and 

(2) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee is the sum of the Matching Contributions
taken into account under this Section for the eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions taken into account under this Section made for the eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year, divided by the eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation for the same period. 

Restrictions of Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken into account to determine the ACP to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other ACP Test, any ADP Test, or the requirements of
Regulation Sections 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3(b) cannot be taken into account under the ACP Test. Similarly, if a plan
switches from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(1), then Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a
year may not be taken into account under the prior year testing method for the next year. 
 (i) ACP when no Nonhighly
Compensated Employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year, there are no eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees, then the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the
Plan Year. 
 (j) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Code Section 401(m) in effect prior
to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001. 
  

	4.8	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST 

(a) Authority to correct. In the event that the ACP Test set forth in Section 4.7(a) is not satisfied, the Administrator shall
implement some or all of the provisions of this Section in order to correct such failure. 
 (b) Corrective distribution or
Forfeiture. On or before the close of the following Plan Year, the Participant who is the Highly Compensated Employee having the largest dollar amount of Contribution Percentage Amounts shall have a portion of such Contribution Percentage
Amounts (and Income allocable to such amounts) distributed or, if non-Vested, treated as a Forfeiture (including Income allocable to such Forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount
of the Participant’s Contribution Percentage Amounts equals the Contribution Percentage Amounts of the Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee having the next largest amount of Contribution Percentage Amounts. This process shall
continue until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed or forfeited. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of Contribution Percentage Amounts shall be made in the following order: 

 

	 	(1)	Matching Contributions distributed and/or forfeited pursuant to Section 4.6(b); 

 

	 	(2)	Any remaining Matching Contributions. 

If the distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to Matching Contributions is not in proportion to the
Vested and non-Vested portion of such Matching Contributions, then the Vested portion of the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account after the distribution shall be subject to Section 6.5(e). 

(c) Source of corrective distribution or Forfeiture. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or Forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income). Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution
of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.4. 

(d) Treatment of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions, including Matching Contributions that are treated
as Forfeitures, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan. 
  

 - 27 - 

 (e) Ordering of tests. The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate
Contributions with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as After-Tax Voluntary Contributions due to recharacterization for the Plan Year of any other qualified cash or
deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year. 

(f) Administrator may prevent projected failure. If during a Plan Year the projected aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts to
be allocated to all Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees under this Plan would, by virtue of the ACP Test of Section 4.7(a), cause the Plan to fail the ACP Test, then the Administrator may automatically reduce proportionately or in
the order provided in Section 4.8(b) the projected share each affected Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee of such contributions by an amount necessary to satisfy the ACP Test of Section 4.7(a). 

(g) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is used, within twelve (12) months
after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution, or Matching Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions, which contribution shall be allocated to the
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, or Matching Account of each Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. If the prior
year testing method is used, then neither a Qualified Nonelective Contribution nor Qualified Matching Contribution may be made to correct a failed ACP test. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the
contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to: 
 (1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be
made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s
414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees for such year. 

(2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one
of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly
Compensated Employees for such year. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

(3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one
of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). 
 (4) A
Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).
However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

(5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one
of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in
Section 4.7(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9, or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP Test pursuant to Section 4.7(h)
(Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied. 

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one
of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in
Section 4.7(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9, or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP Test pursuant to Section 4.7(h)
(Targeted Qualified Nonelective Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the
end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (7) A Matching Contribution or
Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated 
 Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy
one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s
Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees. 
 (8) A Matching
Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified
Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

 

 - 28 - 

 (9) A Matching Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of
Nonhighly Compensated Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having
the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9, subject to the restriction on
Targeted Matching Contributions imposed by the provisions of Section 4.7(g). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied. 

(10) A Matching Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated 

Employees in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to
the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee having the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated Employee has received
the maximum permissible amount pursuant to Section 4.9, subject to the restriction on Targeted Matching Contributions imposed by the provisions of Section 4.7(g). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 4.7(a) is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 

(h) Excise tax. Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) which are distributed on or after 2
 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be
subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979. 
  

	4.9	MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

(a) Maximum permissible amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the
maximum Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year shall equal the lesser of: 
  

	 	(1)	$40,000 adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to the Regulations, or 

 

	 	(2)	one-hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year. 

The percentage limitation in paragraph (2) above shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical benefits
(within the meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an annual addition, or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code Section 415(l)(1). 

For any short Limitation Year, the dollar limitation in paragraph (1) above shall be reduced by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of full months in the short Limitation Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12). 
 (b)
Reasonable estimate permissible. Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation
of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum permissible amount for the
Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. 
 (c)
Excess Annual Additions defined. For purposes of this Article, the term “Excess Annual Additions” for any Participant for a Limitation Year means a Participant’s Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans of the
Employer or Affiliated Employer that are in excess of the maximum permissible amount of Section 4.9 for a Limitation Year. The Excess Annual Additions will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual
Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, and then by Annual Additions to a plan subject to Code
Section 412, regardless of the actual allocation date. 
 (d) Annual Additions can cease when maximum permissible amount
reached. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, then the amount that
would otherwise be contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the maximum permissible amount, and any such amounts which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to
other Participants. 
 (e) All DC plans treated as one plan. For the purpose of this Section, all qualified defined
contribution plans (regardless of whether such plan has terminated) maintained by the Employer during a Limitation Year shall be treated as one defined contribution plan. 

(f) All Employees of Related Employers treated as employed by one Employer. For the purpose of this Section, if the Employer is a
member of a controlled group of corporations, trades or businesses under common control (as defined by Code Section 1563(a) or Code Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), is a member of an affiliated service
group (as defined by Code Section 414(m)), or is a member of a group of entities required to be aggregated pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o), then all Employees of such Employers shall be considered to be employed by a
single Employer. 
 (g) 413(c) Plan. If this is a plan described in Code Section 413(c) (other than a plan described
in Code Section 414(f)), then all of the benefits or contributions attributable to a Participant from all of the Employers maintaining this Plan shall be taken into account in 

 

 - 29 - 

 
applying the limits of this Section with respect to such Participant. Furthermore, in applying the limitations of this Section with respect to such a Participant, the total 415 Compensation
received by the Participant from all of the Employers maintaining the Plan shall be taken into account. 
 (h)(1) DC Plans
with same/different Anniversary Dates. If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer that have different Anniversary Dates, then the maximum permissible amount under this Plan shall equal the
maximum permissible amount for the Limitation Year minus any Annual Additions previously credited to such Participant’s Accounts during the Limitation Year. 

(2) If a Participant participates in both a defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 and a defined contribution plan not
subject to Code Section 412 maintained by the Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, then Annual Additions will be credited to the Participant’s Accounts under the defined contribution plan subject to Code Section 412 prior to
crediting Annual Additions to the Participant’s Accounts under the defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412. 

(3) If a Participant participates in more than one defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412 maintained by the
Employer which have the same Anniversary Date, then the maximum permissible amount under this Plan shall equal the product of (A) the maximum permissible amount for the Limitation Year minus any Annual Additions previously credited under
subparagraphs (1) or (2) above, multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the Annual Additions which would be credited to such Participant’s Accounts under this Plan without regard to the limitations of Code
Section 415 and (ii) the denominator of which is such Annual Additions for all plans described in this subparagraph. 
  

	4.10	ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

(a) Disposal of Excess Annual Additions. Allocation of Annual Additions to a Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year
generally will cease in accordance with Section 4.9(d) once the maximum permissible amount of Section 4.9 has been reached for such Limitation Year. However, if, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s
Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant with respect to the maximum permissible amount of Section 4.9
or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the Annual Additions under this Plan would cause Excess Annual Additions for any Participant, then the Excess Annual Additions will be disposed of in one of the
following ways, as uniformly determined by the Administrator for all Participants similarly situated. 
 (1) Any unmatched
Elective Deferrals and, thereafter, proportionately from Elective Deferrals which are matched and Matching Contributions which relate to such Elective Deferrals, will be reduced to the extent they would reduce the Excess Annual Additions. The
Elective Deferrals (and any gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals) shall be distributed to the Participant and the Matching Contributions (and any gains attributable to such Matching Contributions) will be used to reduce the Employer
contribution in the next Limitation Year; 
 (2) If the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year,
then the Excess Annual Additions will be used to reduce the Employer contribution for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; 

(3) If the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, then the Excess Annual Additions will be held
unallocated in a “Section 415 suspense account.” The “Section 415 suspense account” will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
Limitation Year if necessary; 
 (4) If a “Section 415 suspense account” is in existence at any time during the
Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, then the “Section 415 suspense account” will not participate in the allocation of investment gains and losses of the Trust Fund. If a “Section 415 suspense account” is in existence at any
time during a particular Limitation Year, then all amounts in the “Section 415 suspense account” must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any Employer contributions or any Employee contributions may be made
to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Except as provided above, Excess Annual Additions may not be distributed to Participants. 

(b) Section 415 suspense account defined. For purposes of this Section, the term “Section 415 suspense account”
means an unallocated account equal to the sum of Excess Annual Additions for all Participants in the Plan during the Limitation Year. 
  

	4.11	PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS (OTHER THAN ROLLOVERS) FROM QUALIFIED PLANS 

(a) Transfers into this Plan. With the consent of the Administrator (such consent must be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner
and applied uniformly to all Participants), amounts may be transferred (within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under Code Section 401(a), provided that the plan from which such funds are
transferred permits the transfer to be made, the funds are not subject to the notice and consent requirements of Code Section 417 (i.e., qualified joint and survivor annuity requirements), and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt
status of the Plan or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require satisfactory evidence that the amounts to be transferred meet the
requirements of this Section. The transferred amounts shall be allocated to the Transfer Account of the Participant. 
  

 - 30 - 

 At the time of the transfer, the nonforfeitable percentage of the funds
under the transferor plan shall apply, but thereafter shall increase (if applicable) for each Year of Service that the Participant completes after such transfer in accordance with the Vesting provisions of this Plan applicable to the type of Account
represented by the transferred funds (e.g., transferred nonelective funds will be subject to the vesting schedule applicable to Nonelective Contributions under this Plan). If the vesting schedule applicable to a Transferred Account changes as a
result of this paragraph, such change will be treated as an amendment to the vesting schedule for each affected Participant. 

(b) Accounting of transfers. The Transfer Account of a Participant shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this
Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value
or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan. 

(c) Restrictions on elective deferrals. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4), amounts
attributable to elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6), including amounts treated as elective deferrals, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall
be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in Code Section 401(k)(2) and the Regulations. 
 (d)
Distribution of Transfer Account. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the Transfer Account of a Participant shall be used to provide
additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distributions of amounts held in the Transfer Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6,
including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the Transfer Account shall be considered as part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether
an involuntary cash-out of benefits may be made without Participant consent. 
 (e) Segregation. The Administrator may
direct that Employee transfers made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated or be invested as
part of the general Trust Fund or be directed by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.13. 
 (f) Protected benefits.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of
any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” as described in Section 7.1(e). 
 (g) Separate Accounts. With
respect to each Participant’s Transfer Account, separate sub-accounts shall be maintained to the extent necessary to carry out the provisions of this Plan. 
  

	4.12	ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS 

(a) Acceptance of rollovers into the Plan. This Section applies to a rollover from an eligible retirement plan into this Plan made
on or after January 1, 2002. With the consent of the Administrator (such consent must be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner and applied uniformly to all Participants), the Plan may accept a rollover by Participants, excluding Participants
who are no longer employed as an Employee and including Eligible Employees, provided the rollover will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The rollover amounts shall be allocated to
the Rollover Account of the Participant. The Rollover Account of a Participant shall be 100% Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. 

(b) Treatment of Rollover Account in the Plan. The Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this
Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value
or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan. 

(c) Distribution of rollovers. At such date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive
benefits, the Rollover Account of a Participant shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Furthermore, amounts in the Participant’s Rollover Account shall be considered as part of a
Participant’s benefit in determining whether the $5,000 threshold has been exceeded for purposes of the timing or form of payments under the Plan as well as for the Participant consent requirements. Any distributions of amounts that are held in
the Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations
thereunder. 
 (d) Limits on accepting rollovers. Prior to accepting any rollovers to which this Section applies, the
Administrator may require the Employee to provide evidence that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section. The Employer may instruct the Administrator, operationally and on a nondiscriminatory basis, to limit
the source of rollovers that may be accepted by the Plan. 
 (e) Rollovers maintained in a separate account. The
Administrator may direct that rollovers received after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated or
be invested as part of the general Trust Fund or be directed by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.13. 
  

 - 31 - 

 (f) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

 (1) The term “rollover” means: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another “eligible
retirement plan;” (ii) distributions received by an Employee from other “eligible retirement plans” which are eligible for tax-free rollover to an “eligible retirement plan” and which are transferred by the Employee to
this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt thereof; and (iii) any other amounts which are eligible to be rolled over to this Plan pursuant to the Code. 

(2) The term “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a)), an
annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code Section 457(e)(1)(A), and an annuity contract
described in Code Section 403(b). 
  

	4.13	PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS 

(a) Directed Investments allowed. Participants may, subject to a procedure established by the Administrator (the Participant
Direction Procedures) and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner, direct the Trustee, in writing (or in such other form which is acceptable to the Trustee), to invest their entire Accounts in specific assets, specific funds or other
investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures. That portion of the interest of any Participant so directing will thereupon be considered a Participant’s Directed Account. 

(b) Establishment of Participant Direction Procedures. The Administrator will establish Participant Direction Procedures, to be
applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, setting forth the permissible investment options under this Section, how often changes between investments may be made, and any other limitations and provisions that the Administrator may impose on
a Participant’s right to direct investments. 
 (c) Administrative discretion. The Administrator may, in its
discretion, include or exclude by amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the
same accordingly. 
 (d) Allocation of earnings. As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts shall be
charged or credited with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when available or appropriate as follows: 

(1) to the extent that the assets in a Participant’s Directed Account are accounted for as pooled assets or investments, the
allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant’s Directed Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and 

(2) to the extent that the assets in the Participant’s Directed Account are accounted for as segregated assets, the allocation of
earnings, gains and losses from such assets shall be made on a separate and distinct basis. 
 (e) Plan will follow investment
directions. Investment directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee that
investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee
reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by the Employer, Administrator or Trustee. Furthermore, the processing of any investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate
business reason or force majeure (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for
errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction. 

(f) Section 404(c) provisions. The Participant Direction Procedures shall provide an explanation of the circumstances under
which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment instructions, including, but not limited to, the following to the extent required under the Department of Labor regulations or guidance: 

(1) the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest Participant Directed Accounts in Directed
Investment Options; 
 (2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or persons
designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing information to the Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed Investment Options; 

(3) applicable restrictions on transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative; 

 

 - 32 - 

 (4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to a
Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries; 
 (5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses
which affect the balances in Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of Directed Investment Options; and 

(6) general procedures for the dissemination of investment and other information relating to the Designated Investment Alternatives as
deemed necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a description of the following: 
 (i) the investment vehicles
available under the Plan, including specific information regarding any Designated Investment Alternative; 
 (ii) any designated
Investment Managers; and 
 (iii) a description of the additional information which may be obtained upon request from the
Fiduciary designated to provide such information. 
 (g) Other documents. Any information regarding investments available
under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant Direction Procedures, may be provided to the Participant in one or more written documents (or in any other form including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are
separate from the Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan. 
 (h)
Instructions, guidelines or policies. The Administrator may, in its discretion, include or exclude by amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or
appropriate to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly. 
  

	4.14	QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service will be provided in accordance with Code
Section 414(u). Furthermore, loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4). 

ARTICLE V 

VALUATIONS 
  

	5.1	VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND 

The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Valuation Date, to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund
as it exists on the Valuation Date. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair market value as of the Valuation Date and shall deduct all expenses for which the Trustee has not yet
obtained reimbursement from the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee may update the value of any shares held in the Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held by that Participant, priced at the market value as of the
Valuation Date. 
  

	5.2	METHOD OF VALUATION 

 In
determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the
close of business on the Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be valued at the prices at
which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered
broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 
  

	6.1	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT 

Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for the purposes hereof on the Participant’s Normal
Retirement Date. However, a Participant may postpone the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to
Section 4.4, shall continue until such Participant’s Late Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s Retirement Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Administrator shall direct the distribution, at the election of the
Participant, of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan (or any portion thereof), in accordance with Section 6.5. 
  

 - 33 - 

	6.2	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH 

(a) 100% Vesting on death. Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of
employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Account shall become fully Vested. 
 (b) Distribution upon
death. Upon the death of a Participant, the Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of any remaining amounts credited to the accounts of the deceased Participant to such
Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (c) Security for loans. Any security interest held by the Plan by reason of an
outstanding loan to the Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the death benefit. 
 (d)
Determination of death benefit by Administrator. The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the account of a deceased Participant as the
Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive. 

(e) Beneficiary designation. The Beneficiary of the death benefit payable pursuant to this Section shall be the Participant’s
surviving spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse if: 
 (1) the spouse has
waived the right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary, or 
 (2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned
(within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or 

(3) the Participant has no spouse, or 

(4) the spouse cannot be located. 

In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant
may at any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or change a Beneficiary by filing written notice (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) of such revocation or change with the Administrator. However, the
Participant’s spouse must again consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to
a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right. 
 (f) Beneficiary if no beneficiary
elected by Participant. In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists with respect to all or a portion of the death benefit, or if the Beneficiary of such death benefit is not alive at the time of the Participant’s death and no
contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then such death benefit will be paid to the Participant’s estate. 

If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the death benefit, the death
benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary’s designated Beneficiary (or there is no designated Beneficiary, to the Beneficiary’s estate). 

(g) Divorce revokes spousal beneficiary designation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if a Participant has
designated the spouse as a Beneficiary, then a divorce decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant’s designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a qualified domestic relations order
(within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)) provides otherwise or a subsequent beneficiary designation is made. 
 (h)
Spousal consent. Any consent by the Participant’s spouse to waive any rights to the death benefit must be in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service), must acknowledge the effect of such waiver, and be
witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Further, the spouse’s consent must be irrevocable and must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary. 
  

	6.3	DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFITS 

In the event of a Participant’s Disability prior to the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all
amounts credited to such Participant’s Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a Participant’s Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to such
Participant of all Vested amounts credited to such Participant’s Account. 
  

	6.4	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION 

(a) Payment on termination of employment. If a Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason other
than death, Disability or retirement, then such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided hereinafter pursuant to this Section 6.4. 

Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of an event which would result
in a distributable event had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death, Disability or 

 

 - 34 - 

 
Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct the distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Account be
payable to such Terminated Participant as soon as administratively feasible after termination of employment. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5,
including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder. 

For purposes of this Section 6.4, if the value of a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit is zero, the
Terminated Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested benefit. 
 (b) Vesting schedule.
The Vested portion of the Account of any Participant attributable to Employer contributions shall be a percentage of the total amount credited to the Participant’s Accounts determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of
Service according to the following schedule(s): 
 (1) The Elective Deferral Account, the Qualified Matching Contribution Account
and the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall be 100% Vested regardless of a Participant’s number of Years of Service. 

(2) The Vested Portion of the Nonelective Contribution Account and the Vested portion of the Matching Contribution Account shall be
determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule: 
 Vesting Schedule 

 

				
	 Years of Service
	  	Percentage	 
	       0-1
	  	0	% 
	         2
	  	25	% 
	         3
	  	50	% 
	         4
	  	75	% 
	         5
	  	100	% 

 (3)
Grandfathered Vesting. Amounts held under the Plan which are attributable to the Fairfield County Savings Bank 401(k) Plan and which were merged into the Plan shall be subject to the following vesting schedule: 

Vesting Schedule 
  

				
	 Years of Service
	  	Percent Vested	 
	         1
	  	20	% 
	         2
	  	40	% 
	         3
	  	60	% 
	         4
	  	80	% 
	         5
	  	100	% 

 Provided,
however, any former Participant under the Fairfield County Savings Bank 401(k) Plan who remains actively employed with the Employer upon attainment of age 55, shall be 100% vested in his Plan accounts attributable to the Fairfield County Savings
Bank 401(k) Plan regardless of his Years of Service. Future contributions under this Plan shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of the Plan. 

(c) No reduction in Vested percentage due to change in vesting schedule. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, the Vested
percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement. 

(d) Time of application of vesting schedule liberalization. In the absence of any provision to the contrary, any direct or indirect
increase to a Participant’s Vested percentage (at any point on a vesting schedule) will not apply to a Participant unless and until such Participant completes an Hour of Service after the effective date of such amendment. 

(e) 100% Vesting on partial or full Plan termination. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete discontinuance
of the Employer contributions to the Plan or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

 (f) Continuation of old schedule upon subsequent amendment if 3 years of service. The computation of a
Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant’s interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this Plan. In the event that the Plan is amended to change or modify any vesting
schedule, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule,
then each Participant with an Hour of Service after such change and who has at least three (3) Years of Service as of the expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage computed under
the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If such a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant’s election period shall commence on the date the
amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end sixty (60) days after the latest of: 
 (1) the adoption date of the
amendment, 
  

 - 35 - 

 (2) the effective date of the amendment, or 

(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Administrator. 

(g) Excludable service for Vesting. In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service prior
to the vesting computation period in which an Employee attains age eighteen shall be excluded. 
  

	6.5	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 

(a) The Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or such
Participant’s Beneficiary the amount (if any) to which the Participant (or Beneficiary) has become entitled under the Plan in one lump-sum payment in cash. 

(b) Any distribution to a Participant who has a Total Vested Benefit which exceeds $1,000 shall require such Participant’s written
consent (or in such other form as permitted by the Internal Revenue Service) if such distribution occurs during the time the benefit is “immediately distributable.” However, with respect to distributions made on or after March 28,
2005 and prior to January 1, 2010, the dollar threshold in the previous sentence is $5,000. A benefit is “immediately distributable” if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse) before the
Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or age 62. 

Any such distribution may be made less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation
1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

(c) Effective with respect to distributions made on or after January 1, 2010, if a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 is made
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan providing for an automatic distribution to a Participant without the Participant’s consent, and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan
specified by the Participant in a direct rollover (in accordance with the direct rollover provisions of the Plan) or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrator shall direct that the distribution be made in a direct rollover to an
Individual Retirement Account described in Code Section 408(a) or an Individual Retirement Annuity described in Code Section 408(b), as designated by the Administrator. The Administrator may operationally implement this provision with
respect to distributions that are $1,000 or less. 
 (d) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when
distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of the Plan. 

(e) If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s
Account and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then, at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula: 

X equals P(AB plus D) - D 

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the
relevant time, and D is the amount of distribution, and the relevant time is the time at which, under the Plan, the Vested percentage in the account cannot increase. 

(f) Required minimum distributions (Code Section 401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the
distribution of a Participant’s benefits shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.8. 
  

	6.6	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH 

(a) The death benefit payable pursuant to Section 6.2 shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in one lump-sum payment in
cash subject to the rules of Section 6.8. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions
upon the death of a Participant shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.8. 
  

	6.7	TIME OF DISTRIBUTION 

Except as limited by Section 6.8, whenever a distribution is to be made, or a series of payments are to commence, the distribution or
series of payments may be made or begun as soon as practicable. However, unless a Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits
shall begin not later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age
specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates service with the Employer. 

 

 - 36 - 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if applicable, the
Participant’s spouse, to consent to a distribution that is immediately distributable (within the meaning of Section 6.5), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this
Section. 
  

	6.8	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS 

(a) General Rules  

(1) Effective Date. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required
minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2002 calendar year. 
 (2) Precedence. The requirements of
this Section shall apply to any distribution of a Participant’s interest in the Plan and take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 

(3) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in
accordance with the Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). 

(b) Time and manner of distribution 

(1) Required beginning date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the
Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date. 
 (2) Death of Participant before distributions
begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire death benefit will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, as follows: 

(i) Distributions of the required minimum distributions will begin by December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or, if the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s designated beneficiary, by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have
attained age 70  1/2, if later. 

(ii) If there is no beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the distribution
of the Participant’s death benefit will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

(iii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the
surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 6.8(b), other than this paragraph, will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. Thus, in all such cases, the time at
which distributions must commence (or be completed by) shall be determined solely by reference to the year that the Participant died, and not the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70
 1/2. 

For purposes of this Section 6.8(b), unless a surviving spouse is electing to commence benefits
based upon the date that the Participant would have attained age 70
 1/2, distributions are considered to begin on the
Participant’s required beginning date. If the surviving-spouse election applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.8(b). 

(3) Forms of distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the required
beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 6.8(c) and 6.8(d). All distributions under this Section shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions
of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder. 

(c) Required minimum distributions during Participant’s lifetime 

(1) Amount of required minimum distribution for each distribution calendar year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: 
 (i) the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution
calendar year; or 
 (ii) if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the
Participant’s spouse and the spouse is more than 10 years younger than the Participant, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year. 

(2) Lifetime required minimum distributions continue through year of Participant’s death. Required minimum distributions will
be determined under this Section 6.8(c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 

 

 - 37 - 

 (d) Required minimum distributions after Participant’s death 

(1) Death on or after date distributions begin. 

(i) Participant survived by designated beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is
a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the
remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows: 

(A) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one
for each subsequent year. 
 (B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated
beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year.
For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of
the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 
 (C) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is
not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for
each subsequent year. 
 (ii) No designated beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin
and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death
is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

(2) Death before date distributions begin. 

(i) Participant survived by designated beneficiary. Except as provided in Section 6.8(b)(3), if the Participant dies before
the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participant’s Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 6.8(d)(1). 

(ii) No designated beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary
as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death. 
 (iii) Death of surviving spouse before distributions to surviving spouse are required to
begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the
surviving spouse under Section 6.8(b), this Section 6.8(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply: 

(1) “Designated beneficiary” means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the designated
beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-4. 
 (2) “Distribution
calendar year” means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar
year which contains the Participant’s “required beginning date.” For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin
under Section 6.8(b). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s “required beginning date.” The required minimum distribution for
other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s “required beginning date” occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that
distribution calendar year. 
 (3) “Life expectancy” means the life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life
Table in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1. 
 (4) “Participant’s account balance” means the
“Participant’s account balance” as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions

  

 - 38 - 

 
made and allocated or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation
calendar year after the Valuation Date. For this purpose, the Administrator may exclude contributions that are allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date, but that are not actually made
during the valuation calendar year. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution calendar year if distributed or
transferred in the valuation calendar year. 
 (5) “Required beginning date” means, with respect
to any Participant, April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant
retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-percent owner must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1/2. 

(6) “5-percent owner” means a Participant who is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416 at
any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2
. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under this Section they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

 (f) Transition rules  

(1) Rules for plans in existence before 1997. Any required minimum distribution rights conferred on participants in order to
comply with (or as a means of complying with) the changes to Code Section 401(a)(9) made by the Small Business Jobs Protection Act of 1996 that were still in effect immediately prior to this restatement shall be preserved. 

(2) Applicable regulations. Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, required minimum distributions before 2003 were
made as follows: 
 (i) 2001. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made pursuant to the proposed
Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on January 17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed Regulations”). If distributions were made in 2001 under the 1987 Proposed Regulations prior to the date in 2001
the plan began operating under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, the special transition rule in Announcement 2001-82, 2001-2 C.B. 123, applied. 

(ii) 2002. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2002 were made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
1987 Proposed Regulations. 
 (g) Statutory (TEFRA) Transition Rules  

(1) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, other than the spouse’s right of consent afforded under the Plan,
distributions may be made on behalf of any Participant, including a five percent (5%) owner, who has made a designation in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and in accordance with all
of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences): 
 (i) The distribution by the Plan is one which
would not have disqualified such plan under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. 

(ii) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the plan is being
distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant. 
 (iii) Such designation was in writing,
was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. 
 (iv) The Participant had accrued
a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983. 
 (v) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the
Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of
priority. 
 (2) A distribution upon death will not be covered by the transitional rule of this subsection unless the information
in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant. 

(3) For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the
Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the
requirements in (1)(i) and (1)(v) of this subsection. 
 (4) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet 
  

 - 39 - 

 
distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For
calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere
substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). 

(5) In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall apply. 
  

	6.9	DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL 

In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent individual, then the Administrator may direct that such distribution
be paid to the court-appointed legal guardian or any other person authorized under state law to receive such distribution, or if none, then in the case of a minor Beneficiary, to a parent of such Beneficiary, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the guardian, custodian or parent of a minor or incompetent individual shall fully
discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof. 
  

	6.10	LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN 

In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further
diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective with respect to distributions made after
March 28, 2005, if the Plan provides for mandatory distributions and the amount to be distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary does not exceed $1,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, either be
treated as a Forfeiture, or be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional
Employer contribution if necessary. Upon Plan termination, the portion of the distributable amount that is an eligible rollover distribution as defined in Plan Section 6.13 may be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in
Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). However, regardless of the preceding, a benefit that is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law is not treated as a Forfeiture for
purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture under the Code. 
  

	6.11	PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 

At such time as a Participant shall have attained age 59
 1/2, the Administrator, at the election of the
Participant who has not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the amount then credited to all accounts maintained on behalf of the Participant. 

In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan
on the same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11)
and the Regulations thereunder. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, pre-retirement
distributions from a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Nonelective Account, or Qualified Matching Account shall not be permitted prior to the Participant attaining age 59
 1/2 or one of the other events described in
Section 4.2(d). 
  

	6.12	QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION 

All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. Furthermore, a distribution to an alternate payee shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a qualified domestic relations order, even if the affected Participant has not
separated from service and has not reached the earliest retirement age. For the purposes of this Section, the terms “alternate payee,” “qualified domestic relations order” and “earliest retirement age” shall have the
meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p). 
  

	6.13	DIRECT ROLLOVER 

 (a)
Right to direct partial rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Section, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a
distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have only a portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
However, the minimum partial rollover must equal at least $500. 
  

 - 40 - 

 (b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply: 

(1) An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution described in Code Section 402(c)(4) and generally includes
any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
(10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for
net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover
distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. 

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual
retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), (other than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust) described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a) and which agrees
to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state,
political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality thereof which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that accepts the
distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 
 (3) A “distributee” includes an Employee or Former Employee.
In addition, the Employee’s or Former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or Former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code
Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. 
 (4) A “direct
rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified by the distributee. 
 (c)
Participant Notice. A Participant entitled to an eligible rollover distribution must receive a written explanation of his/her right to a direct rollover, the tax consequences of not making a direct rollover, and, if applicable, any available
special income tax elections. The notice must be provided within the same 30-to-90 day timeframe applicable to the Participant consent notice. The direct rollover notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the total amount the Participant
will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected to be less than $200. 
  

	6.14	TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a
distribution prior to the Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death, disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to
assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any
portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax voluntary employee contributions or to a direct or indirect rollover contribution). 
  

	6.15	CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS 

Nothing in this Article shall preclude the Administrator from making a distribution to a Participant, to the extent such distribution is
made to correct a qualification defect in accordance with the corrective procedures under any voluntary compliance program. 

ARTICLE VII 

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGERS AND LOANS 
  

	7.1	AMENDMENT 

 (a) General
rule on Employer amendment. The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan, subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Administrator
may only be made with the Trustee’s or Administrator’s written consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment
affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder. 
 (b) Permissible amendments without affecting reliance. The Employer may
make the modifications described below without affecting reliance on the terms of the Plan. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason may not rely on the advisory letter that the terms of the Plan meet the qualification requirements of
the Code. Permitted changes include: adding options permitted by the Plan; adding or deleting provisions that are optional under the volume submitter specimen plan; changing effective dates within the parameters of the volume submitter specimen
plan; correcting obvious and unambiguous typographical errors; correcting cross-references that do not in any way change the original intended meaning of the provisions; adding a list of benefits that must be preserved as protected benefits within
the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6) and the regulations thereunder; amending provisions dealing with the administration of the Trust; a change to the name of the Plan, Employer, Trustee, custodian, Plan Administrator or any other fiduciary,
the Plan Year; and any sample or model amendment published by the IRS (or other required good-faith amendments) which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the plan to be treated as an individually designed plan. 

 

 - 41 - 

 (c) Sponsoring practitioner amendments. Effective March 31, 2008, the Employer
(and every Participating Employer) expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring organization of this Volume Submitter Plan the right to amend the Plan by submitting a copy of the amendment to each Employer (and Participating Employer) who has
adopted this Volume Submitter Plan, after first having received a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the Volume Submitter Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) (unless a ruling or
determination is not required by the IRS). However, the volume submitter practitioner shall cease to have the authority to amend on behalf of an Employer that adopts an impermissible plan type or impermissible plan provision (as described in IRS
Announcement 2005-37 and any subsequent guidance). The volume submitter practitioner will maintain a record of the Employers that have adopted the Plan, and the practitioner will make reasonable and diligent efforts to ensure that adopting Employers
adopt new documents when necessary. This subsection supersedes other provisions of the Plan to the extent those other provisions are inconsistent with this subsection. 

(d) Impermissible amendments. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund
(other than such part as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates, or causes any reduction in the
amount credited to the account of any Participant, or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer. 

(e) Anti-cutback restrictions. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan
amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit or adds or modifies conditions
relating to Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits which results in a further restriction on such benefits unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption
date or effective date of the amendment. The term “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” means benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. An
amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Account balance with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. The preceding shall not apply to a Plan
amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her Account under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the
optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of
benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. 
  

	7.2	TERMINATION 

 (a)
Termination of Plan. The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such termination. Upon any full or partial termination, all amounts credited to the
affected Participants’ Accounts shall become 100% Vested as provided in Section 6.4 and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture. 

(b) Distribution of assets. Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct the distribution of the assets of the
Plan to Participants in a manner which is consistent with the provisions of Section 6.5 except that no Participant or spousal consent is required. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash or through the purchase of irrevocable
nontransferable deferred commitments from an insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits in accordance with Section 7.1(e). 

(c) Abandoned plan. If the Employer, in accordance with DOL guidance, abandons the Plan, then the Trustee (or Insurer) or other
party permitted to take action as a qualified terminal administrator (QTA), may terminate the Plan in accordance with applicable Department of Labor and IRS regulations and other guidance. 

 

	7.3	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS 

This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan and trust, only if the
benefits which would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan
had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation, and such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits in accordance with
Section 7.1(e). 
  

	7.4	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 

(a) Permitted loans. The Trustee (or the Administrator if the Trustee is a nondiscretionary Trustee or if loans are treated as
Participant directed investments pursuant to this Plan) may, in the Trustee’s (or, if applicable, the Administrator’s) sole discretion, make Plan loans to Participants or Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans
shall be made available to Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount that is made available to other Participants
and Beneficiaries; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time. Furthermore, no Plan loan shall exceed
a Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan. 
  

 - 42 - 

 (b) Plan loans for Owner-Employees or Shareholder-Employees. Effective for Plan loans
made after December 31, 2001, the Plan provisions prohibiting Plan loans to any Owner-Employee or Shareholder-Employee shall cease to apply. 

(c) Prohibited assignment or pledge. An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan and a
loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a Plan loan under this Section. 

(d) Loan program. The Administrator shall be authorized to establish a Participant Loan Program to provide for loans under the
Plan. The Participant Loan Program shall be established in accordance with Department of Labor regulation Section 2550.408(b)-1(d)(2) providing for loans by the Plan to parties-in-interest under this Plan, such as Participants or Beneficiaries.
In order for the Administrator to implement such Participant Loan Program, a separate written document forming a part of this Plan must be adopted, which document shall specifically include, but need not be limited to, the following: 

 

	 	(1)	the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant loan program; 

 

	 	(2)	a procedure for applying for loans; 

  

	 	(3)	the basis on which loans will be approved or denied; 

  

	 	(4)	limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered; 

  

	 	(5)	the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest; 

 

	 	(6)	the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and 

  

	 	(7)	the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event such default. 

Such Participant Loan Program shall be contained in a separate written document which, when properly executed, is hereby
incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan. Furthermore, such Participant Loan Program may be modified or amended in writing from time to time without the necessity of amending this Plan. 

(e) Loan default. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a Plan loan
made pursuant to this Section and such loan is secured by the Participant’s interest in the Plan, then, to the extent provided in the Participant loan program, a Participant’s interest may be offset by the amount subject to the security to
the extent there is a distributable event permitted by the Code or Regulations. 
 (f) Loans subject to Plan terms.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, any Plan loans made prior to the date this amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the Plan in effect at the time such loan was made. 

ARTICLE VIII 

TOP-HEAVY 
  

	8.1	TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS 

(a) Top-Heavy requirements. For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code
Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the minimum required allocation of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Plan. 
  

	8.2	DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS 

(a) Definition of Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exists: 

(1) if the “top-heavy ratio” for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any “required
aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”; 
 (2) if this Plan is a part of a “required
aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or 

(3) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the
“top-heavy ratio” for the “permissive aggregation group” exceeds sixty percent (60%). 
 (b) Top-heavy
ratio. “Top-heavy ratio” means, with respect to a “determination date”: 
 (1) If the Employer maintains
one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the
“determination date” has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of
which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the “determination date” (including any part of any account balance distributed in 

 

 - 43 - 

 
the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance
from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance
distributed in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and
in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. 

Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as
of the “determination date,” but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. 

(2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the “determination date” has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any “required aggregation group” or
“permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above,
and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the “determination date,” and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the “determination date,” all
determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued
benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date” (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and
in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002). 
 (3) For purposes of
(1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent “valuation date” that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the
“determination date,” except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (i) who is not
a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan at any time during the 1-year period (5-year period in determining whether the
Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the “determination date” will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value
of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the “determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year. 

The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that
uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule
of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 
 (4) The calculation of top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers,
and transfers are taken into account, will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. 

(c) Determination date. “Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of
the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year. 

(d) Permissive aggregation group. “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required aggregation group” of
plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 

(e) Required aggregation group. “Required aggregation group” means: (1) each qualified plan of the Employer or any
Affiliated Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the determination date or any of the four preceding plan years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and
(2) any other qualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which enables a plan described in (l) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. 

(f) Valuation Date. “Valuation date” means the date elected by the Employer as of which account balances or accrued
benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the “top-heavy ratio.” 
  

 - 44 - 

 ARTICLE IX 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	9.1	PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS 

This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement
for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge
any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan. 
  

	9.2	ALIENATION OF BENEFITS 

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions provided below, and as otherwise permitted by the Code and the Act, no benefit which
shall be payable to any person (including a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be
subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law. 

(b) Exception for loans. Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, by
reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.4. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such proportion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid
to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from the
Participant’s Account. If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Vested Participant’s Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the validity of the
claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.8 and 2.9. 
 (c) Exception for QDRO. Subsection (a) shall
not apply to a qualified domestic relations order defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The
Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order,
a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan. 
 (d)
Exception for certain debts to Plan. Subsection (a) shall not apply to an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or
decree issued, or a settlement entered into in accordance with Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D). 
  

	9.3	CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION OF PLAN 

(a) Applicable state laws. This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the State of
Connecticut, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not pre-empted by Federal law. 
 (b) Single
subsections. This Plan may contain single subsections. The existence of such single subsections shall not constitute scrivener’s errors. 

(c) Separate Accounts. Unless otherwise specified by a particular provision, the term “separate account” does not require
a separate fund, only a notational entry in a recordkeeping system. 
  

	9.4	GENDER AND NUMBER 

 (a)
Masculine and feminine. Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply. 

(b) Singular and plural. Whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they
were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply. 
  

	9.5	LEGAL ACTION 

 In the
event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee,
the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable. 

 

	9.6	PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS 

(a) General rule. Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the
Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained pursuant to
the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. 
  

 - 45 - 

 (b) Mistake of fact. In the event the Employer shall make an excessive contribution
under a mistake of fact pursuant to Act Section 403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such excessive contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to the
Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 

(c) Contribution conditioned on deductibility. Except as otherwise provided by a particular Plan provision, any contribution made
by the Employer to the Plan is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following the final determination of
the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution within one (1) year
following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 

 

	9.7	EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder
or for the failure on the part of the insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part. 

 

	9.8	INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the insurer, an insurer which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not
have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to see to
the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any actions directed by the Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or
privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the insurer. 
  

	9.9	RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS 

Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for
such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer. 

 

	9.10	ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER 

Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done
and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority. 
  

	9.11	NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY 

The named Fiduciaries of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the Trustee and (4) any Investment
Manager appointed hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any agreement allocating or delegating
their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the authority to appoint
and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s funding policy and method; and to amend or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
including, but not limited to, the items specified in Article II of the Plan, as the same may be allocated or delegated thereunder. The Administrator shall act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with the Participant according to
the Participant Direction Procedures. The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except to the extent directed pursuant to Article II or with respect to those assets, the management of which has
been assigned to an Investment Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or
action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named
Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan as specified or allocated herein. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person
or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity. 
  

	9.12	HEADINGS 

 The headings
and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 
  

 - 46 - 

	9.13	APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for qualification filed by or on behalf of the Plan by the
time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date that the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service or the
Commissioner’s delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan,
it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year after the date the initial qualification is denied, and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee
shall be discharged from all further obligations. If the disqualification relates to an amended plan, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended. 
  

	9.14	ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

 The
Administrator may use telephonic or electronic media to satisfy any notice requirements required by this Plan, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). In addition, a Participant’s consent to an
immediate distribution may be provided through telephonic or electronic means, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). The Administrator also may use telephonic or electronic media to conduct plan
transactions such as enrolling Participants, making (and changing) deferral elections, electing (and changing) investment allocations, applying for Plan loans, and other transactions, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally
applicable guidance). 
  

	9.15	PLAN CORRECTION 

 The
Administrator in conjunction with the Employer may undertake such correction of Plan errors as the Administrator deems necessary, including correction to preserve tax qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or to correct a fiduciary
breach under the Act. Without limiting the Administrator’s authority under the prior sentence, the Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, may undertake correction of Plan document, operational, demographic and
employer eligibility failures under a method described in the Plan or under the IRS Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”) or any successor program to EPCRS. The Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and
appropriate, also may undertake or assist the appropriate Fiduciary or Plan official in undertaking correction of a fiduciary breach, including correction under the DOL Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program (“VFC”) or any successor
program to VFC. For example, to correct an operational error, the Administrator may require the Trustee to distribute Elective Deferrals or Vested Matching Contributions, including earnings, from the Plan where such amounts result from an
operational error other than a failure of Code Section 415, Code Section 402(g), or a failure of the ADP Test or the ACP Test. 
  

	9.16	UNIFORMITY 

 All
provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and any Contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 

ARTICLE X 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 
  

	10.1	ADOPTION BY OTHER EMPLOYERS 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer and Trustee, any other corporation or entity, whether an
Affiliated Employer or not, may adopt this Plan and all of the provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating Employer.

  

	10.2	REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 

(a) Same Trustee for all. Each such Participating Employer shall be required to use the same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

 (b) Holding and investing assets. The Trustee may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold and invest as one
Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof. 
 (c) Payment of
expenses. Unless the Employer otherwise directs, any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the
credit of all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to the credit of all Participants. 
  

	10.3	DESIGNATION OF AGENT 

Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a party to this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with
the Trustee and Administrator for the purpose of this Plan, each Participating Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary, the word
“Employer” shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan. 
  

 - 47 - 

	10.4	EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS 

 In
the event an Employee is transferred between Participating Employers, accumulated service and eligibility shall be carried with the Employee involved. No such transfer shall effect a termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating
Employer to which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred. 

 

	10.5	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES 

Any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be allocated only among those Participants of the
Employer or Participating Employers making the contribution or by which the forfeiting Participant was employed. However, if the contribution is made, or the forfeiting Participant was employed, by an Affiliated Employer, such contribution or
Forfeiture shall be allocated among all Participants of all Participating Employers who are Affiliated Employers in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. On the basis of the information furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee shall keep
separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a
particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another, the employing Participating Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

  

	10.6	AMENDMENT 

 Any
Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer hereby authorizes the Employer to make amendments on its behalf, unless otherwise agreed among all affected parties. If a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer, then amendment of
this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be a Participating Employer shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the affected parties, only be by the written action of each and every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee
where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan. 
  

	10.7	DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION 

Any Participating Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan at any time. At the time of any such
discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Employer shall have the right to discontinue or revoke the participation in the Plan of any Participating
Employer by providing 45 days notice to such Participating Employer. The Trustee shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating Employer to such new Trustee as
shall have been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event that it has established a separate qualified retirement plan for its employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or
reduction of any Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits as described in Section 7.1(e). If a separate plan has not been established, at the time of such continuance or revocation for whatever reason, the assets and liabilities, Contracts and
other Trust Fund assets allocable to such Participating Employer’s participation in this Plan shall be spun off pursuant to Code Section 414(l) and such spun off assets shall constitute a retirement plan of the Participating Employer with
such Participating Employer becoming sponsor and the individual who has signed the Supplemental Participation Agreement on behalf of the Participating Employer becoming Trustee for this purpose. Such individual shall agree to this appointment by
virtue of signing the Supplemental Participation Agreement. If such individual is no longer an Employee of the Participating Employer, then the Participating Employer shall appoint a Trustee. If no successor is designated, the Trustee shall retain
such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of the Trust. In no such event shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted for
purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer. 
  

	10.8	ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY 

The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and
all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article. 
  

	10.9	PROVISIONS APPLIED SEPARATELY (OR JOINTLY) FOR PARTICIPATING NON-AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS 

(a) Separate status. The Plan Administrator will apply the definition of Compensation and perform the tests listed in this Section,
separately for each Participating Employer other than an Affiliated Employer of such Participating Employer. For this purpose, the Employees of each Participating Employer (and its Affiliated Employers), and their allocations and accounts, shall be
treated as though they were in separate plan. Any correction action, such as additional contributions or corrective distributions, shall only affect the Employees of the Participating Employer (and its Affiliated Employers, if any). The tests
subject to this separate treatment are: 
 (1) The ADP Test. 

(2) The ACP Test. 

(3) Nondiscrimination testing as described in Code Section 401(a)(4) and the applicable Regulations. 

 

 - 48 - 

 (4) Coverage testing as described in Code Section 410(b) and the Regulations.

 (5) Status as a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 1.42. 

(b) Joint status. The following tests shall be performed for the plan as whole, without regard to employment by a particular
Participating Employer: 
 (1) Applying the annual addition limitation in Section 4.9, including the related Compensation
definition. 
 (2) Applying the Code Section 402(g) limitation in Section 4.2. 

(3) Applying the limit on Catch-Up Contributions in Section 4.2. 

 

	10.10	TOP-HEAVY APPLIED SEPARATELY FOR PARTICIPATING NON-AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS 

The Plan will apply the Top-Heavy Plan provisions separately to each Participating Employer other than an Affiliated Employer of such
Participating Employer. The Plan will be considered separate plans for each Participating Employer and its Employees for purposes of determining whether such a separate plan is top-heavy under Section 8.1 or is entitled to the exemption
described in such Section. For purposes of applying this Article to a Participating Employer, the Participating Employer and any entity which is an Affiliated Employer to that Participating Employer shall be the “Employer” for purposes of
Section 8.1, and the terms “Key Employee” and “Non-Key Employee” shall refer only to the Employees of that Participating Employer and/or its Affiliated Employers. If such a Participating Employer’s separate plan is
top-heavy, then: 
 (a) Highest contribution rate. The Plan Administrator shall determine the highest Key Employee contribution
rate under Section 4.4(g) by reference to the Key Employees and their allocations in the separate plan of that Participating Employer; 

(b) Top-Heavy minimum allocation. The Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of any required top-heavy minimum allocation
separately for that separate plan under Section 4.4(g); and 
 (c) Plan which will satisfy. The Participating Employer shall
make any additional contributions Section 4.4(g) requires. 
  

	10.11	HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS 

Status as a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 1.42 shall be determined separately with respect to each Participating Employer
(and all its Affiliated Employers). 
  

	10.12	SERVICE 

 An
Employee’s service includes all Hours of Service and Years of Service with any and all Participating Employers and their Affiliated Employers. An Employee who terminates employment with one Participating Employer and immediately commences
employment with another Participating Employer has not separated from service and has not had a severance from employment. 
  

	10.13	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS 

If a Participant is a 5-percent owner (under Section 6.8(e)(6)) of any Participating Employer for which the
Participant is an Employee in the Plan Year the Participant attains age 70
 1/2, then the Participant’s required beginning
date under Section 6.8 shall be the April 1 of the calendar year following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70
 1/2. 

 

 - 49 - 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been executed the day and year first above written.

 Signed and delivered in the presence of: 
  

					
		 		 	Fairfield County Bank
			
	  
	 		 	  

	WITNESS	 		 	EMPLOYER

  

 - 50 - 

 FAIRFIELD COUNTY BANK INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN 

TRUST AGREEMENT 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	ARTICLE I
	TRUSTEES AND TRUST FUND
			
	1.1	    	NAME OF TRUST	  	1
	
	ARTICLE II
	PLAN
			
	2.1	    	DELIVERY OF PLAN TO TRUSTEE	  	1
	
	ARTICLE III
	ADMINISTRATOR
			
	3.1	    	NOTIFICATION OF NAME OF ADMINISTRATOR	  	1
	
	ARTICLE IV
	CONTRIBUTIONS
			
	4.1	    	RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTION	  	2
	
	ARTICLE V
	TRUSTEE
			
	5.1	    	BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE	  	2
			
	5.2	    	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE	  	3
			
	5.3	    	OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE	  	3
			
	5.4	    	DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS	  	4
			
	5.5	    	POWERS OF THE CUSTODIAN	  	4
			
	5.6	    	TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES	  	4
			
	5.7	    	ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE	  	4
			
	5.8	    	AUDIT	  	5
			
	5.9	    	RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE	  	5
			
	5.10	    	TRANSFER OF INTEREST	  	5
			
	5.11	    	TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION	  	6
			
	5.12	    	DIRECT ROLLOVER	  	6
			
	5.13	    	EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY	  	6
			
	5.14	    	MAJORITY ACTION	  	6
	
	ARTICLE VI
	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS
			
	6.1	    	AMENDMENT	  	6
			
	6.2	    	TERMINATION	  	7
			
	6.3	    	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS	  	7

 

 

					
	ARTICLE VII
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	7.1	    	QUALIFIED TRUST	  	7
			
	7.2	    	CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT	  	7
			
	7.3	    	GENDER AND NUMBER	  	7
			
	7.4	    	LEGAL ACTION	  	7
			
	7.5	    	HEADINGS	  	8
			
	7.6	    	IRREVOCABILITY OF TRUST	  	8

 FAIRFIELD COUNTY BANK INCENTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN 

TRUST AGREEMENT 

THIS AGREEMENT, hereby made and entered into this      day of
                        , by and between Fairfield County Bank and Fairfield County Bank Insurance Services (f/k/a Carnall
Insurance, Inc.) (herein referred to as the “Employer”) and David A. Aitoro, Bert Bertram, Lawrence W. Hoyt, Jr., Carl Lecher, Robert J. Morganti and Gary C. Smith (herein referred to as the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Employer has concurrently herewith adopted a Plan known as the Fairfield County Bank Incentive Retirement Plan (herein
referred to as the Plan); and 
 WHEREAS, under the terms of the Plan, funds will from time to time be contributed to the
Trustees (herein referred to as the “Trustee”), which funds as and when received by the Trustee, will constitute a trust fund to be held by said Trustee under the Plan for the benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries; and

 WHEREAS, the Employer desires the Trustee to hold and administer such funds and the Trustee is willing to hold and administer
such funds pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the
mutual covenants herein contained, the Employer and the Trustee do hereby covenant and agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

 TRUSTEES AND TRUST FUND 
  

	1.1	NAME OF TRUST 

 (a) This
Trust shall be entitled the “Fairfield County Bank Incentive Retirement Plan Trust Agreement” (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust”), and shall carry into effect the provisions of the Plan created concurrently herewith and
forming a part hereof. All of the definitions in such Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The Trustee hereby agrees to act as Trustee of the Trust, and to take, hold, invest, administer and distribute in accordance with the following
provisions, any and all contributions and assets paid or delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Plan. 
 (b) All of the assets
at any time held hereunder by the Trustee are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Trust Fund.” All right, title and interest in and to the assets of the Trust Fund shall be at all times, vested exclusively in the Trustee.

 (c) The Trustee shall receive, take and hold any contributions paid to the Trustee by the Employer in cash or, in the case of
a profit sharing plan, such other property as may be acceptable to the Trustee. All contributions so received together with the income therefrom and any other increment thereon shall be held managed and administered by the Trustee pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement without distinction between principal and income and without liability for the payment of interest thereon. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the collection of any contributions to the Plan. 

ARTICLE II 

PLAN 
  

	2.1	DELIVERY OF PLAN TO TRUSTEE 

The Employer shall deliver to the Trustee a copy of the Plan and of any amendment thereto for convenience of reference, but rights,
powers, titles, duties, discretions and immunities of the Trustee shall be governed solely by this instrument without reference to the Plan. 

ARTICLE III 

ADMINISTRATOR 
  

	3.1	NOTIFICATION OF NAME OF ADMINISTRATOR 

(a) The Plan provides for the appointment of an Administrator or Administrators (herein referred to as the “Administrator”), to
administer the Plan. The Employer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name of the Administrator, and of any change in the identity of such Administrator. Until notified of the change, the Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon the
assumption that the identity of the Administrator has not been changed. 
 (b) All directions by the Administrator to the Trustee
shall be in writing signed by such Administrator. 
  

 1 

 (c) The Employer shall furnish to the Trustee a specimen signature of the Administrator or
Administrators at the time the Administrator or Administrators are appointed. 
 (d) The Administrator shall have sole
responsibility for determining the existence, non-existence, nature and amount of the rights and interests of all persons in the Trust Fund. 

ARTICLE IV 

CONTRIBUTIONS 
  

	4.1	RECEIPT OF CONTRIBUTION 

The Trustee shall receive all contributions paid in cash or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, such other property as may be
acceptable to the Trustee, and all contributions so received together with the income therefrom and any increment thereon shall be held, managed and administered by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement without distinction between principal and
income. The Trustee shall have no duty to require any contributions to be made to the Trustee by the Employer or to determine that the amounts received comply with the Plan, or to determine that the Trust Fund is adequate to provide the benefits
payable pursuant to the Plan. 
 ARTICLE V 

TRUSTEE 
  

	5.1	BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE 

(a) The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities: 

(1) To invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however, to the direction of a Participant with respect to Participant
Directed Accounts, the Employer, an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer. 
 (2) At the direction of the
Administrator, to pay benefits required under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death, to their Beneficiaries; and 

(3) To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual
report pursuant to Section 5.7. 
 (b) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the
Participant Direction Procedures), the Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the investment of such
assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions as so directed. 
 (1) The Trustee shall be
entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee, including, but not limited to, voice recorded) instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), the Employer, or
any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability, resulting from such direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the Plan assets.

 (2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary agent, which may be an affiliate of
the Trustee or any Plan representative. 
 (3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the
event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to
comply with any directions from the Participant. 
 (4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s
directions shall be borne by the Participant’s Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer. 
 (c) The Trustee is
accountable to the Employer for the funds contributed to the Plan by the Employer, but the Trustee does not have any duty to see that the contributions received comply with the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated to collect any
contributions from the Employer, nor is it under a duty to see that funds deposited with it are deposited in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. 

(d) The Trustee will credit and distribute the Trust Fund as directed by the Administrator. The Trustee is not obligated to inquire as to
whether any payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or whether the manner of making any payment or distribution is proper. The Trustee is accountable only to the
Administrator for any payment or distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction of the Administrator. 
 (e) The
Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and record-keeping nature. 

 

 2 

 (f) The Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents,
attorneys, accountants and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and
the Trustee may act or refrain from acting on the advice or opinion of any such person. 
  

	5.2	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE 

(a) The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income
and in such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, stocks, common or preferred, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness
or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by
the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any
limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times the Plan may qualify as a qualified plan and trust pursuant to Code Section 401(a). The Trustee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a
like character and with like aims. 
  

	5.3	OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE 

The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of
this Agreement, shall have the following powers and authorities, to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion: 
 (a) To
purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained; 

(b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
with or without advertisement; 
 (c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or
powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate
reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks,
bonds, securities, or other property. However, the Trustee shall not vote proxies relating to securities for which it has not been assigned full investment management responsibilities. In those cases where another party has such investment authority
or discretion, the Trustee will deliver all proxies to said party who will then have full responsibility for voting those proxies; 

(d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the name of the Trust, and the books and records of the Trustee shall at
all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund, or to cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name or in the name of a nominee or in a street name, provided such securities or other
property are held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer, or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in
Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
 (e) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in
such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no
person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing; 

(f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best
interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon; 
 (g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem
advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder; 

(h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may
be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted; 
 (i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any
claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan (provided such arbitration does not apply to Participants or Beneficiaries), to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and
legal and administrative proceedings; 
 (j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and
compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer; 
  

 3 

 (k) To apply for and procure from responsible insurance companies, to be selected by the
Administrator, as an investment of the Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or on the life of any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person
in whom the Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at the direction of the person with the authority to do so, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity or other Contracts;
to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 

(l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances
without liability for interest thereon, including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of any corporate trustee or affiliate thereof; 

(m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations; 

(n) To invest in shares of investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

(o) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered;

 (p) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan
associations including the specific authority to make deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of any corporate trustee or affiliate thereof; 

(q) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such
investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests; and 
 (r)
To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. 

 

	5.4	DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS 

At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out
of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of such payments. 
  

	5.5	POWERS OF THE CUSTODIAN 

The Employer may appoint a custodian of the Plan assets. A custodian has the same powers, rights and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee.
Any reference to a nondiscretionary Trustee also is a reference to a custodian unless the context of the Agreement indicates otherwise. A limitation of the Trustee’s liability by Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the custodian’s
liability. The Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the direction of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary or other third party with authority to
provide direction to the Custodian. The resignation or removal of the custodian shall be made as though the custodian were a Trustee. 
  

	5.6	TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES 

The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a
schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive compensation from the Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be
reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may
be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund. 
  

	5.7	ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE 

(a) Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer contribution for each Plan Year,
the Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth: 

(1) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund; 

(2) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the assets; 

(3) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund; 

 

 4 

 (4) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and 

(5) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate. 

(b) The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and advise the
Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval thereof. The approval by the
Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial
settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this Section shall deprive the Trustee of its
right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires. 
  

	5.8	AUDIT 

 (a) If an audit of
the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose.
Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report
of the audit setting forth the accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists that are required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented fairly in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently. 
 (b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be
an expense of and may, at the election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund. 
 (c) If some or all of the information
necessary to enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, then it shall
transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of
the Secretary of Labor. 
  

	5.9	RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE 

(a) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at
least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of resignation. 
 (b) Unless otherwise agreed to by both
the Trustee and the Employer, the Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s removal. 

(c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor,
upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as a Trustee herein.
Until such a successor is appointed, the remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan. 

(d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a
successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee
herein immediately upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor. 
 (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder
ceases to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either
(i) included as part of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 5.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no later than the
due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section 5.7 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and
approval by the Employer of any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 5.7 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have
any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 5.7 and this subparagraph. 

 

	5.10	TRANSFER OF INTEREST 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the
Vested interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming part of a pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant’s new employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements of
Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made. 
  

 5 

	5.11	TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION 

The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the
Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee’s power and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct. 

 

	5.12	DIRECT ROLLOVER 

 (a)
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a “distributee’s” election under this Section, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to
have any portion of an “eligible rollover distribution” that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a “direct rollover.” 

(b) For purposes of this Section the following definitions shall apply: 

(1) An “eligible rollover distribution” is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
“distributee,” except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the “distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the “distributee’s” designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution
to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any other distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
employer securities); any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV); and any other distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. 

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual
retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), (other than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust) described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a) and which agrees
to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Trust, an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state,
political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality thereof which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Trust, and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that accepts the
distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relation order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 
 (3) A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee.
In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code
Section 414(p), are “distributees” with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. 
 (4) A
“direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee.” 
  

	5.13	EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY 

The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real
property,” as those terms are defined in the Act, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be permitted to acquire any “qualifying Employer securities” or “qualifying Employer real property” if, immediately after the
acquisition of such securities or property, the fair market value of all “qualifying Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real property” held by the Trustee hereunder should amount to more than 100% of the fair market
value of all the assets in the Trust Fund. 
  

	5.14	MAJORITY ACTION 

 Except
where there has been an allocation and delegation of powers, if there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf. 

ARTICLE VI 

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS 
  

	6.1	AMENDMENT 

 (a) The
Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Agreement. However, any amendment which affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Administrator may only be made with the Trustee’s or Administrator’s written
consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder. 

(b) No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is
required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or cause any reduction in the amount credited to the account of
any Participant; or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer. 
  

 6 

 (c) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS
guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or
modifies conditions relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further restriction on such benefit unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of
the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms
of benefit. A Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of the Participant’s interest in the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit will be permissible if the amendment satisfies the
conditions in (1) and (2) below: 
 (1) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise
identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of
benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. 

(2) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity
Starting Date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act requirements at 29 CFR
2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications) or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 

 

	6.2	TERMINATION 

 This
Agreement and the Trust created hereby will terminate as to the Employer in the case of complete distribution of the Trust Fund held for the benefit of the Participants pursuant to the Plan. Such distribution will be at the time and manner
determined by the Administrator pursuant to the requirements of the Plan with written instructions to the Trustee. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of “Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits” in accordance with Section 6.1(c). 
  

	6.3	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS 

This Trust may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other trust only if the benefits
which would be received by a Participant of the Plan, in the event of a termination of the Plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had
terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation, and such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” in accordance with
Section 6.1(c). 
 ARTICLE VII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	7.1	QUALIFIED TRUST 

 The
Trust is hereby designated as constituting a part of the Plan which is intended to continue to qualify and to be tax exempt under Section 401(a) and Section 501(a), respectively, of the Code, and of the Act, as amended from time to time.
Until advised otherwise, the Trustee may conclusively presume that this Trust is qualified under Section 501(a) of the Code as amended from time to time, and that this Trust is exempt from federal income taxes. 

 

	7.2	CONSTRUCTION OF AGREEMENT 

This Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the State of Connecticut, other than its laws
respecting choice of law, to the extent not pre-empted by the Act. 
  

	7.3	GENDER AND NUMBER 

Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in
another gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply. 

 

	7.4	LEGAL ACTION 

 In the
event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee,
the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable. 

 

 7 

	7.5	HEADINGS 

 The headings
and subheadings of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 
  

	7.6	IRREVOCABILITY OF TRUST 

All contributions made by the Employer shall be irrevocable, and no part of the corpus of the Trust Fund or any income therefrom shall
revert to the Employer or be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as provided by law, as provided in the Plan. 

 

 8 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Trust has been executed the day and year first above written.

 Signed and delivered 
 in the
presence of: 
  

					
		 		  	Fairfield County Bank
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	EMPLOYER
			
		 		  	David A. Aitoro
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE
			
		 		  	Bert Bertram
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE
			
		 		  	Lawrence W. Hoyt, Jr.
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE
			
		 		  	Carl Lecher
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE
			
		 		  	Robert J. Morganti
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE
			
		 		  	Gary C. Smith
			
	  
	 		  	  

	WITNESS	 		  	TRUSTEE

  

 9

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}]]